SCENARIOS FOR COMMUNITY-BASED MANAGEMENT OF
CUTOVER NATIVE FOREST IN PAPUA NEW GUINEA
Cossey Keosai Yosi
Submitted in total fulfilment of the requirements
for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
July 2011
Melbourne School of Land and Environment
Department of Forest and Ecosystem Science
The University of Melbourne
ldquoProduced on archival quality paperrdquo
ii
ABSTRACT
There is an increasing demand for multiple objectives from forest management
worldwide and this is particularly challenging for tropical forests due to their diverse
composition structure and a wide range of stakeholder expectations and requirements
In Papua New Guinea (PNG) forest management is generally considered to be
unsustainable and commercial harvesting leaves behind large forest areas to degrade
overtime with little attention paid to their future management There were four
objectives of this study The first was to assess the current condition and future
production potential of cutover forests in PNG The second objective focussed on
developing scenario analyses and evaluation tools for assisting decision making in
community-based management of cutover native forests In the third objective the
study tested the tools developed under the second objective in two case study sites
where extensive harvesting of primary forest had taken place in the past The fourth
objective of this study was to develop a conceptual framework for community-based
management of cutover native forests in PNG
The methodology used in this study was a combination of qualitative analyses of
community interests and expectations in small-scale harvesting and quantitative
analyses of permanent sample plots (PSPs) forest resources and cash-flow associated
with different management scenarios in two case study sites Analyses of PSPs in
cutover forests showed that there was a gradual increase in residual stand basal area
(BA) and timber volume over time and these forests generally showed a high degree
of resilience following harvesting In the two case study sites timber volume for the
residual stand and aboveground forest carbon (C) in the Yalu community forest were
estimated at 127 m3
ha-1
plusmn 45 (SD) and 1499 MgC ha-1
plusmn 375 (SD) respectively In
the Gabensis community forest timber volume and forest C were estimated at 152 m3
ha-1
plusmn 28 (SD) and 1621 MgC ha-1
plusmn 506 (SD) respectively Analyses of field
interviews in communities in the two case study sites showed that community
sawmill local processing log export and carbon trade were the main options
preferred by the communities for the future management of their cutover forests
Scenario analyses using a planning tool showed that a management regime with a
short cutting cycle (10-20 years) a reduced cut proportion (50) at the initial harvest
iii
and removing a proportion of only commercial timber species was sustainable
Longer cutting cycles have lower short-term yields but potentially higher yields in the
long term because the forest has a greater time to recover to higher volumes for later
cutting cycles
This study developed decision analyses models for community-based management of
cutover forest in PNG With the data available the models were tested in the Yalu
case study site and depending on the input variables in the model the expected
monetary value (EMV) returned was determined by the related cash flow associated
with each scenario For example sensitivity analysis of the EMV showed that in a
local processing scenario the annual sawn timber production and sawn timber price in
the overseas certified market had the largest impact on the EMV
An integrated conceptual framework for community-based forest management
(CBFM) was developed in this study The framework is appropriate for application in
CBFM throughout PNG
This study concludes that the scenario evaluation and analyses tools developed are a
new approach in tropical forest management and its application is justified in the
context of CBFM because of the complexity and uncertainty affecting tropical forests
and their management A new policy direction in community forestry is therefore
necessary for the application of these systems in CBFM and utilisation in PNG
iv
DECLARATION
This is to certify that
i) the thesis comprises only my original work
ii) due acknowledgement has been made in the text to all other material used
iii) the thesis is less than 100000 words in length exclusive of tables maps
references and appendices
___________________
Cossey Keosai Yosi
July 2011
v
DEDICATION
This thesis is dedicated to the pioneering teachers of the Zare Aingse primary school
in Morobe Patrol Post of the Huon District in Papua New Guinea who set the
foundation for my education and career In 1964 when the Zare Aingse primary
school was being established I was born at Kaingze hamlet near Aingse village The
pioneering teachers at that time were Mr Eike Guguwa Mr Arataung Kuru and the
late Mr Naira During that time because there were no classrooms school children
were taught in a small hut at Zare village From 1966 to 1969 the school was
relocated and a small patch of coconut trees near Aingse village was cleared by the
village people and a few classrooms were built from the bush material During those
days the English language was non-existent and the school children were taught in
the Zia dialect In 1970 the school was relocated to Seboro near what is now the Wizi
hamlet At this stage the official English language was used to teach the school
children and I was among the first village school children to enrol at the school when
English was introduced at primary school level in this part of the country From 1970
to 1976 the following teachers taught in the school using English as the official
language for education Mr Zama Mr Bera Koi Mr Amo Ms Anake Guguwa Ms
Zane Tunina late Mr Mainuwe Kelly Seregi Mr Tingkeo Puro Mr Waria Woreti
and Mr Don Amos In 1976 I completed my Year 6 and in 1977 I said goodbye to my
village my school and my village friends when I was among the seven local students
selected by the Education Department to start a new life of modern education in the
urban centre of Lae (now PNGlsquos second city) My modern education started then at
the Bugandi High School (now Bugandi Secondary School) and in 1980 I completed
my Year 10 education After completing Year 12 in 1982 at the Passam National
High School in Wewak East Sepik Province (one of PNGlsquos four national high
schools at that time) I went on to study a three year Diploma in Forestry course at the
PNG Forestry College in Bulolo and graduated in 1985 Three years later I received a
PNG Government scholarship and completed a Forest Science Degree course at the
PNG University of Technology in Lae and graduated in 1992 Since then it has taken
me 19 long years to have reached this far a PhD I humbly salute the pioneering
teachers of the Zare Aingse primary school those who have passed away and those
who are still alive for starting this challenging journey for me
vi
PREFACE
PSP data used in Chapter 3 are the property of the Papua New Guinea Forest
Authority (PNGFA) and its Research Institute and the International Tropical Timber
Organisation (ITTO) research Project number PD16292
Data for the forest assessment in case study sites in Chapter 4 are from the
implementation of a collaborative research project between The University of
Melbourne and PNG project partners PNG Forest Research Institute (PNGFRI) and
Village Development Trust (VDT) under the ACIAR Project number FST2004061
The Decision Tree Models developed in Chapter 6 are based on a Spreadsheet
Modelling and Decision Analysis technique Two Excel Spreadsheet add-ins called
TreePlan and SensIT were used to develop the models and carry out sensitivity
analyses TreePlan and SensIT were developed by Professor Michael R Middleton at
the University of San Francisco and modified for use at Fuqua (Duke) by Professor
James E Smith
The following sections of this thesis are contained in publications
Parts of Chapter 1 and 2 are contained in
Yosi CK Keenan JR and Fox JC 2011 Forest management in Papua New
Guinea historical development and future directions In J C Fox R J Keenan C
L Brack and S Saulei (Eds) Native forest management in Papua New Guinea
advances in assessment modelling and decision-making ACIAR Proceeding No
135 18-31 Australian Center for International Agricultural Research Canberra
Chapter 3 has been published in
Yosi CK Keenan RJ and Fox JC 2011 Forest dynamics after selective timber
harvesting in Papua New Guinea Forest Ecology and Management 262 895-905
Parts of Chapter 5 and 6 are contained in
Yosi CK Keenan RJ Coote DC and Fox JC 2011 Evaluating scenarios for
community-based management of cutover forests in Papua New Guinea In J C Fox
R J Keenan C L Brack and S Saulei (Eds) Native forest management in Papua
New Guinea advances in assessment modelling and decision-making ACIAR
Proceeding No 135 185-201 Australian Center for International Agricultural
Research Canberra
vii
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This thesis would not have been completed without the support of various people and
organisations Firstly I would like to extend my special appreciation to my
supervisors Professor Rodney J Keenan and Dr Julian C Fox for their professional
advice encouragement and support provided throughout this study The regular
consultations meetings and networking that I have had with the two of you had
motivated me to stay focused on the completion of this thesis and I sincerely thank
you both very much I also thank both of you for your willingness to provide
constructive discussions feedback and comments on draft chapters and related
support during the duration of my study Dr Yue Wang formerly of Melbourne
School of Land and Environment (MSLE) and Dr Andrew Haywood of Department
of Sustainability and Environment (DSE) Victorian Government are also
acknowledged for providing some advice during the initial stages of this study
The Department of Forest and Ecosystem Science (DFES) of the University of
Melbourne are acknowledged for the use of University facilities in the completion of
this study
Many thanks are extended to PNGFA and PNGFRI for releasing me for the duration
of my study The ITTO Project PD 16292 and PNGFRI are acknowledged for the use
of their permanent sample plot (PSP) data set to undertake the study in Chapter 3
Those staff of PNGFRI who assisted in the PSP data collection included Forova
Oavika Joseph Pokana and Kunsey Lavong The field assistants who undertook field
work for the PSP data collection were Stanley Maine Matrus Peter Timothy Urahau
Amos Basenke Gabriel Mambo Silver Masbong Dingko Sinawi and late Steven
Mathew Janet Sabub provided data entry services for the PSPs Their efforts and
related support are gratefully acknowledged
This study is a component of ACIAR Project FST2004-061 which I have been
involved with for the last four years The data for forest assessment in the case study
sites in Chapter 5 are a part of the work carried out under this ACIAR Project The
staff of the Project involved in the forest assessment work are acknowledged for their
assistance
viii
In PNG where this research was conducted various stakeholders participated in this
study I would like to thank the following for their assistance in one way or another
Desmond Celecor of TFTC Kenneth Mamu of PNGFA Madang office Robert
Songan of VDT Israel Bewang and Emmanual Mu of FPCD Cosmos Makamet and
Oscar Pileng of FORCERT Ltd Francis of Ditib Eco-Timber Abraham of Narapela
Wei Ltd Mr Kabusoda of Santi Timbers Ltd Watam Afing and Bernard Bobias of
LBC Ltd and Emmaus Tobu of Madang Timbers Ltd
My special appreciation is extended to Francis Inude of VDT for assisting with field
interviews of community groups The following community groups are acknowledged
for their participation in this study Konzolong Clan of Yalu village TN Eco-Timber
of Gabensis village and Sogi Eco-Timber of Madang province
My special thanks are offered to ACIAR for awarding me the John Allwright
Fellowship to pursue PhD study at the Department of Forest and Ecosystem Science
of The University of Melbourne The AusAID team including Lucia Wong and Jacqui
are acknowledged for administering my award and other related support at The
University of Melbourne during the duration of this study
Above all I give Glory and Honour to the Almighty God for his guidance throughout
the difficult and challenging times of my study and up to the successful completion of
this thesis ―Praise be to God from Whom all things come
I also would like to thank my wife Relly and our three lovely children Cerbera
Cassandra and Caleb for their time patience encouragement and support given to me
throughout the duration of my study
Finally but not the least my deep gratitude goes to my mother Mrs Aratamase
Bawang Ainase and my late father Mr Yosi Guwa Ami for nurturing me to become
the man that I am today
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABSTRACT II DECLARATION IV DEDICATION V PREFACE VI ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS VII TABLE OF CONTENTS IX LIST OF TABLES XIII LIST OF FIGURES XIV LIST OF ACRONYMS XV
INTRODUCTION 1
CHAPTER 1 THESIS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW 2
11 THESIS INTRODUCTION 2 12 FOREST MANAGEMENT ISSUES AND PROBLEMS IN PNG 4 13 BACKGROUND 7
131 History of Timber Harvesting in PNG 8 132 Papua New Guinearsquos National Forest Policy 12 133 Papua New Guinearsquos Forest Resources and Timber Production 14 134 Certification Efforts in PNG 18 135 Case Study Sites 20 136 The PNGFRI Permanent Sample Plot Network 22
14 RESEARCH QUESTIONS AND OBJECTIVES 27 15 THESIS OUTLINE 28
REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE 27
CHAPTER 2 AN OVERVIEW OF CURRENT ISSUES IN TROPICAL FOREST
MANAGEMENT 28
21 FOREST DYNAMICS 28 211 Introduction 28 212 Overview of Tropical Forests 30 213 Tropical Forest Dynamics 31 214 Forest Types 32 215 Species Diversity 33 216 Species Distribution 35 217 Regeneration Mechanisms 36 218 Shade Tolerance 39 219 Stand Structure 40 2110 Responses of Forest to Disturbances 40 2111 Discussion 44 2112 Conclusions 46
22 CURRENT ISSUES IN TROPICAL FOREST MANAGEMENT 47 221 Introduction 47 222 Illegal Logging 49 223 Deforestation 50 224 Climate Change 52 225 Community Forest Management in the Tropics 56 226 Certification 58 227 Governance 60 228 Discussion 62
x
229 Conclusions 63 23 FOREST MANAGEMENT APPROACHES 65
231 The Management Strategy Evaluation (MSE) 65 232 The Scenario Method 67 233 The Bayesian Belief Network (BBN) 69 234 Discussion 70 235 Conclusions 71
CONDITION OF CUTOVER FOREST 72
CHAPTER 3 FOREST DYNAMICS AFTER SELECTIVE TIMBER HARVESTING
IN PNG 65
3 1 INTRODUCTION 65 32 MATERIALS AND METHODS 67
321 PNGFRI Permanent Sample Plots ndash Background 67 322 Study Sites and PSP Locations 68 323 PSPs used in this Study and Data Analyses 69 324 Analyses of Stand Structure 70 325 Assessing the Dynamics of Cutover Forests 71 326 Basal Area and Volume Growth 72 327 Estimating Mortality due to the 1997-98 El Nino Drought 74 328 Shannon-Wiener Index (H
1) 74
33 RESULTS 75 331 Change in Stand Structure after Harvesting 75 332 Trends in Stand Basal Area 78 333 Basal Area Growth since Harvesting 79 334 Critical Threshold Basal Area for Recovery of Harvested Forest 81 335 Trends in Timber Volume 81 336 Timber Yield since Harvesting 83 337 Mortality due to the Fire Caused During the 1997-98 El Nino Drought 83 338 Species Diversity in Cutover Forest 84
34 DISCUSSION 85 35 CONCLUSIONS 90
CHAPTER 4 FOREST ASSESSMENT IN CASE STUDY SITES 91
41 INTRODUCTION 91 42 BACKGROUND 92
421 Yalu Community Forest 92 422 Gabensis Community Forest 93
43 FOREST ASSESSMENT METHODS 94 44 DATA ANALYSIS 95
441 Estimating Stems per Hectare 95 442 Timber Volume 96 443 Aboveground Live Biomass 96 444 Determining Sample Size 97
45 RESULTS 98 451 Size Class Distribution 98 452 Residual Timber Volume 100 a The table excludes other non-commercial and secondary timber species 100
453 Mean Residual Timber Volume 101 454 Aboveground Forest Carbon 101 455 Sample Size 101 456 Summary of Resource 102
46 DISCUSSION 103 47 CONCLUSIONS 105
xi
SCENARIO ANALYSES AND EVALUATION TOOLS 106
CHAPTER 5 EVALUATION OF SCENARIOS FOR COMMUNITY-BASED
FOREST MANAGEMENT 107
51 INTRODUCTION 107 52 BACKGROUND 108
521 The Scenario Approach 108 522 Modelling Tropical Forest Growth and Yield 109
53 METHODOLOGY 110 531 Criteria for Developing Scenarios 110 532 Field Interviews using the PAR Protocol as a Guide 111 533 Scenario development 112 534 Scenario Analysis using a Spreadsheet Tool 114
54 RESULTS 118 541 Current Forest Uses and Future Forest Management Options 118 542 Scenario Indicators 122 543 Estimating Timber Yield under Different Management Scenarios 123 544 Analyses of Residual Timber Volume over a 60 Year Cycle 129 545 Projection of Annual Yield over a 60 Year Cycle 130
55 DISCUSSION 131 551 Outcomes from Field Interviews 131 552 Analyses Output from the Planning Tool 131
56 CONCLUSIONS 134
CHAPTER 6 DECISION TREE MODELS FOR COMMUNITY-BASED FOREST
MANAGEMENT IN PNG 136
61 INTRODUCTION 136 62 BACKGROUND ndash DECISION TREE MODELS 138 63 METHODOLOGY 138
631 Building the Decision Tree 139 632 Nodes and Branches 139 633 Terminal Values 140 634 Expected Monetary Values (EMV) 140 635 Application of the Decision Tree Models 141 636 Decision Tree Model Parameters 145
64 RESULTS 146 641 Decision Tree Model 1 Community Sawmill 146 642 Decision Tree Model 2 Local Processing 149 643 Decision Tree Model 3 Log Export 155 644 Decision Tree Model 4 Carbon Trade 160
65 DISCUSSION 164 651 Silvicultural Management of Rainforests 164 652 Testing the Decision Tree Models 165
66 CONCLUSIONS 169
CHAPTER 7 SCENARIO EVALUATION FRAMEWORK FOR COMMUNITY-
BASED FOREST MANAGEMENT 170
71 INTRODUCTION 170 72 BACKGROUND 171
721 The Management Strategy Evaluation (MSE) approach 171 722 Overview of Forest Planning in PNG 173 723 Small-Scale Timber Harvesting in PNG 176 724 Requirements for Certification 176
73 METHODOLOGY 181 731 Stakeholder Consultation 181 732 Forest Inventory 181
xii
733 Planning System 182 734 Decision Analysis Tools 182 735 Sensitivity Analyses 182
74 RESULTS 183 741 A Scenario Analyses and Evaluation Framework 183
75 DISCUSSION 184 76 CONCLUSIONS 186
CONCLUSIONS 187
CHAPTER 8 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 188
81 INTRODUCTION 188 82 RESEARCH OBJECTIVES AND QUESTIONS 188
821 Research Objectives 188 822 Research Questions 189
83 KEY OUTPUTS OF THE STUDY 191 84 APPLICATION OF THE TOOLS DEVELOPED IN THIS STUDY 192 85 CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE PRESENT STUDY 192 86 LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY 193
861 Forest Management Implications 193 87 FUTURE DIRECTIONS 194
871 Future Research Needs 194 872 Future Policy Directions 195
88 DISCUSSION 195 89 CONCLUSIONS 196
REFERENCES 198
APPENDICES 219
APPENDIX 3-1 SUMMARY OF PSPS USED IN THE STUDY 219 APPENDIX 3-2 SUMMARY OF THE PSPS IN UNLOGGED FOREST 219 APPENDIX 3-3 UN-BURNED PSPS IN HARVESTED FOREST WITH INCREASING BA 220 APPENDIX 3-4 UNBURNED PSPS IN HARVESTED FOREST WITH FALLING BA 222 APPENDIX 3-5 PSPS BURNED BY FIRE DURING THE DROUGHT 223 APPENDIX 3-6 10 PSPS SEVERELY BURNED DURING THE DROUGHT 223 APPENDIX 4-1 SAMPLING POINT DATA-YALU COMMUNITY FOREST AREA 224 APPENDIX 4-2 INVENTORY DATA-GABENSIS COMMUNITY FOREST 237 APPENDIX 5-1 PNGFA MINIMUM EXPORT PRICE SPECIES GROUP 240 APPENDIX 5-2 CURRENT FOREST USES IN CASE STUDY SITES 241 APPENDIX 5-3 FUTURE FOREST USES IN CASE STUDY SITES 242 APPENDIX 6-1 REQUIREMENTS ndash COMMUNITY SAWMILL 243 APPENDIX 6-2 REQUIREMENTS ndash LOCAL PROCESSING 244 APPENDIX 6-3 REQUIREMENTS ndash MEDIUM-SCALE LOG EXPORT 245 APPENDIX 6-4 REQUIREMENTS - CARBON TRADE 246
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1 Location of the 72 PSPs and their forest types (Yosi 1999) 23 Table 1-2 Description of Vegetation Types according to CSIRO 24
Table 3-1 Mean BAI for plots with increasing and falling BA 79 Table 3-2 Comparison of results of this study with similar studies 87
Table 4-1 Unmeasured Components of AGLBge10cm (AGLBge10cm) 97 Table 4-2 Size Class Distribution 98 Table 4-3 Residual Merchantable Volume for Major Timber Species
a 100
Table 4-4 Mean Residual Timber Volume ge 20cm DBH (m3 ha
-1) 101
Table 4-5 Aboveground Forest Carbon (MgC ha-1
) with SD in parenthesis 101 Table 4-6 Estimate of number of samples 102 Table 4-7 Summary Results 102
Table 5-1 Yalu community forest area 115 Table 5-2 Yalu community forest inventory data 116 Table 5-3 Data for a management regime with 50 constant cut proportion 116 Table 5-4 Data for a management regime with 75 constant cut proportion 117 Table 5-5 Data for a management regime with 20 years constant cutting cycle 117 Table 5-6 Management regime with a constant cut proportion of 50 123 Table 5-7 Management regime with a constant cut proportion of 75 124 Table 5-8 Management regime with a constant cutting cycle of 20 years 124 Table 5-9 Residual and annual volume over a 60 year cutting cycle 129 Table 5-10 Comparison of shorter and longer cutting cycles 133
Table 6-1 Sensitivity data - Community sawmill 146 Table 6-2 Sensitivity data ndash Local processing 149 Table 6-3 Sensitivity data ndash Medium-scale log export 155 Table 6-4 Sensitivity data ndash Carbon trade 161 Table 6-5 Comparison of the four management scenarios 168
Table 7-1 Forest Planning and inventory requirements in Papua New Guinea 175 Table 7-2 Strengths and weaknesses of certification 177
xiv
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-1 Timber Volume and Area harvested from 1988 to 2007 (PNGFA 2007) 17 Figure 1-2 Export of Primary Products by PNG (ITTO 2006) 17 Figure 1-3 Map of case study sites selected for the study 22 Figure 1-4 Plot layout in the field (adapted from Romijn (1994a) 25 Figure 1-5 Permanent Sample Plots Location Map (adapted from (Fox et al 2010) 26
Figure 2-1 Key features of the general MSE Framework (Sainsbury et al 2000) 67
Figure 3-1 Map of PNG showing study sites and permanent sample plot locations 69 Figure 3-2 Trends in stem and BA distribution since harvesting 76 Figure 3-3 Representation of trends in commercial and non-commercial tree species 77 Figure 3-4 Trends in BA since harvesting for the 84 un-burned plots 78 Figure 3-5 Average trends in MBAI since harvesting 80 Figure 3-6 BA growth of harvested forest in PNG 81 Figure 3-7 Trends in timber volume for trees ge 20cm DBH 82 Figure 3-8 Timber yield of trees ge 20cm DBH in the residual stand 83 Figure 3-9 Ingrowth recruitment and mortality for the 10 burned plots 84 Figure 3-10 Species diversity represented by the change in Shannon-Wiener Index 85
Figure 4-1 An aster image of the Yalu community forest 93 Figure 4-2 An aster image of the Gabensis community forest 94 Figure 4-3 Size Class Distribution for tress ge10cm DBH in the Yalu study site 99 Figure 4-4 Size Class Distribution for trees ge20cm DBH in the Gabensis study site 99
Figure 5-1 Example output of the Planning tool (Keenan et al 2005) 114 Figure 5-2 Current main forest uses in Yalu and Gabensis villages 118 Figure 5-3 Future forest management options in case study sites 119 Figure 5-4 Factors influencing community attitudes towards small-scale harvesting 121 Figure 5-5 Graphical presentation of the frequencies from field interviews 122 Figure 5-6 Timber yield under different scenarios with a 50 cut proportion 126 Figure 5-7 Timber yield under different scenarios with a 75 cut proportion 127 Figure 5-8 Timber yield for a constant cutting cycle of 20 years 128 Figure 5-9 Residual timber volume for a 100 year cycle 130 Figure 5-10 Annual Yield for a 60 year cycle 130
Figure 6-1 Basic framework for decision analyses 142 Figure 6-2 Main Features of decision tree model 1 - Community sawmill 148 Figure 6-3 Main features of decision tree model 2 ndash Local processing 151 Figure 6-4 EMV sensitivity at +-10 of the base case ndash Local processing 153 Figure 6-5 Impact of input variables on the EMV at +-10 ndash Local processing 154 Figure 6-6 Main features of decision tree model 3 ndash Medium-scale log export 157 Figure 6-7 EMV sensitivity at +-10 of the base case ndash Log export 159 Figure 6-8 Impact of input variables on the EMV at +-10 - Log export 160 Figure 6-9 Main features of decision tree model 4 ndash Carbon trade 162 Figure 6-10 EMV sensitivity at +-10 of base case ndash Carbon trade 163 Figure 6-11 Impact of input variables on the EMV at +-10 - Carbon trade 164
Figure 7-1 The MSE framework for natural resource management 173 Figure 7-2 Certification model promoted by FORCERT in PNG 180 Figure 7-3 A conceptual framework for community-based forest management 184
xv
LIST OF ACRONYMS
ACIAR Australian Centre for International Agricultural Research
APFC Asia Pacific Forestry Commission
AR Afforestation Reforestation
asl Above Sea Level
BA Basal Area
BBN Bayesian Belief Network
C Carbon
CBOs Community Based Organisations
CBFM Community-based Forest Management
CBFT Community-based Fair Trade
CCAMLR Commission for Conservation of Antarctica Marine Living
Resources
CDM Clean Development Mechanism
CERFLOR Certificacao Florestal
CIFOR Centre for International Forestry Research
CMU Central Marketing Unit
CO2 Carbon Dioxide
CSIRO Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation
D Simpsonrsquos Index
DBH Diameter at Breast Height
DBHOB Diameter at Breast Height Over Bark
DEC Department of Environment and Conservation
DFES Department of Forest and Ecosystem Science of The University of
Melbourne
DFID Department for International Development
DSE Department of Sustainability and Environment of Victorian
Government
EMV Expected Monetary Value
ENSO El Nino Southern Oscillation
ESD Ecologically Sustainable Development
FAO Food and Agricultural Organisation of The United Nations
FIP Forest Industry Participant
xvi
FLEG Forest Law Enforcement and Governance
FORCERT Forest Management and Production Certification Service
FPCD Foundation for People and Community Development
FSC Forest Stewardship Council
FRA Forest Resource Assessment
GHG Green House Gases
GTP Gogol Timber Project
HCV High Conservation Value
HCVF High Conservation Value Forest
HCVFT High Conservation Value Forest Toolkit
H1 Shannon-Wienner Index
ILG Incorporated Land Group
IRR Internal Rate of Return
ITTA International Tropical Timber Agreement
ITTO International Tropical Timber Organisation
IWC International Whaling Commission
JANT Japan And New Guinea Timbers
LBC Lae Builders and Contractors
LULUCF Land use land-use change and forestry
MBAI Mean Basal Area Increment
MEP Minimum Export Price
MFROA Madang Forest Resource Owners Association
m2 ha
-1 Basal Area in square meters per hectare
m3 ha
-1 Timber Volume in Cubic meters per hectare
mm annum-1
Rainfall in millimetres per annum
MOMASE Morobe Madang Sepik
MSE Management Strategy Evaluation
MSLE Melbourne School of Land and Environment
MVOLI Mean Volume Increment
NFDP National Forest Development Programme
NGOs Non-Government Organisations
N ha-1
Number of stems per hectare
NPV Net Present Value
NTFP Non Timber Forest Product
xvii
OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
PAR Participatory Action Research
PEFC Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification
PERSYST Permanent Sample Plot data management System
PES Payment for Environmental Services
PFE Permanent Forest Estate
PINFORM PNG and ITTO Natural Forest Model
PNG Papua New Guinea
PNGFA Papua New Guinea Forest Authority
PNGFRI Papua New Guinea Forest Research Institute
PNGK Papua New Guinea Kina
PPP Public Procurement Policies
PRA Participatory Rapid Appraisal
PSP Permanent Sample Plot
PSR Pressure State Response
RAI Ramu Agri Industry
REDD Reduced Emission from Deforestation and forest Degradation
RIL Low Impact Logging
SABLs Special Agricultural and Business Leases
SEQHWP South East Queensland Healthy Waterways Partnership
SFM Sustainable Forest Management
SPCGTZ South Pacific Commission German
TFAP Tropical Forest Action Plan
TFTC Timber and Forestry Training College
TRP Timber Rights Purchase
TSH Time Since Harvesting in years
UK United Kingdom
UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
UNEP United Nations Environment Program
UNESCO United Nations Education Scientific and Cultural Organisation
USA United States of America
UTM Universal Traverse Mercator
VDT Village Development Trust
WWF World Wide Fund for Nature
INTRODUCTION
2
CHAPTER 1
THESIS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW
11 THESIS INTRODUCTION
Forest management worldwide is increasingly focused on values such as biodiversity
conservation carbon water and recreation as well as timber production Ownership
and governance arrangements are also changing with an increase in private ownership
of forest resources focused on timber production and devolution of management and
control from the state to the community-level Due to overexploitation of tropical
forests there has been a widespread concern about how tropical forests are being
managed however according to Poore (1989) tropical forests can be managed for
sustainable production of timber at a number of different intensities Whitmore (1990)
points out that tropical forest can be managed not only for timber production but also
for multiple purposes to meet the needs of conservation as well as to produce other
useful products In terms of sustainable forest management (SFM) if long-term
sustainability of timber production is sought from tropical mixed forests their
economic performance must be improved by transforming or replacing the original
growing stock (Lamprecht 1989)
These concerns have given rise to institutions such as the Tropical Forest Action Plan
(TFAP) and International Tropical Timber Agreement (ITTA) to address issues
relating to SFM in the tropics While that is so Non Government Organisations
(NGOs) have been vocal critics of tropical forest management While SFM may be a
concept which is quite new to many tropical countries for those countries which are
members of the International Tropical Timber Organisation (ITTO) achieving
ITTOlsquos year 2000 Objective still remains a major challenge The ITTO year 2000
Objective calls for all forest products for export to come from forests managed in a
sustainable way In PNG some efforts have been put to meet the ITTO year 2000
Objective by enforcing strict controls on timber harvesting practices through the
introduction and adoption of the PNG Logging Code of practice Despite varying
difficulties in the region there has been significant progress towards SFM in the
tropics since ITTO conducted an initial survey in 1988 (ITTO 2006) According to
3
ITTO (2006) there is positive progress towards SFM in that countries are now
beginning to establish and implement forest policies that address SFM and more
forest areas are being allocated as permanent forest estates (PFE) for production or
protection Some PFEs in the region are being certified however the proportion of
natural production forest under SFM in the region is still low and SFM is distributed
unevenly across the tropics (ITTO 2006)
ITTOlsquos focus in SFM is to improve the social and economic livelihoods of poor
communities who depend on their forests for survival whilst also maintaining
ecosystem services like provision of clean water and conservation of biodiversity To
support SFM and assist monitoring ITTO has developed a set of seven key criteria
and indicators for sustainable management of tropical forest (ITTO 1998) which
have evolved into the requirements for forest certification In terms of progress
towards SFM findings from Forest Resource Assessment (FRA) 2005 indicated that
forest management is generally improving in the global context however the
scenario changed dramatically when information is interpreted at the regional level
with alarming trends in several tropical sub-regions (FAO 2006)
PNG has a significant area of tropical forest composed of a wide range of forest types
and environments However these forests are increasingly under threat from high
human population growth and industrial activities such as mining and logging These
activities are also contributing to the increase in deforestation rates of over 1 per
year (see Ericho 1998 Shearman et al 2009b) Most of the forest in PNG is under
the customary ownership of indigenous people with a similarly high ethnic and
cultural diversity Local people have used forest land and resources for thousands of
years for subsistence and cultural needs For the past 20 years much of the focus of
formal forest management and policy in PNG has been concentrated on large-scale
conventional harvesting to meet national requirements for economic development and
little attention has been given to community-level forest management The current
management system is considered by many to be unsustainable and as commercial
timber resources in primary forests have been extracted there have been few
examples of future management plans for cutover forests This has resulted in
extensive cutover forest areas being left to degrade over time
A new policy approach is therefore required for forest management in PNG that
reflects changing local and international expectations from forests and the current
4
state and future requirements for forest resources This should include consideration
for the future production capacity of cutover and degraded forests and development of
the capacity of local forest owner communities This will assist communities to
participate in small-scale forest management and utilization for example through
management systems that are compliant with requirements of certification bodies
This thesis is focused on assisting decision-making in community-based management
of cutover forests in PNG and at the same time support the capacity of PNGFA and
set a new direction for an integrated regional forest planning and management system
for cutover forests in PNG
12 FOREST MANAGEMENT ISSUES AND PROBLEMS IN PNG
There is an increasing demand for multiple objectives to forest management world-
wide and particularly tropical forests are complex hence their management is
challenging Due to their diverse composition structure wide range of stakeholder
expectations and requirements tropical forest management is associated with many
difficulties Uncertainty is also a characteristic of many situations in tropical forest
management (Wollenberg et al 2000) hence traditional methods such as straight
forward projections of growth and yield may not be able to meet these challenges
Uncertainties in tropical forest management also make SFM in the region a major
challenge for governments NGOs local communities and the timber industry
Therefore new management approaches creative processes and policy directions are
required to meet these challenges
PNG has abundant natural resources with very diverse ecosystems and the country is
home to an estimated 15000 or more native plant species (Beehler 1993 Sekhran
and Miller 1994) However the country is faced with many challenges in terms of
resource development as the government looks for alternative ways to improve and
sustain the livelihoods of a large rural population PNG has 394 million hectares of
forests (PNGFA 1998) As it has always been in many communities throughout the
country forests are a part of the peoples way of life and over 80 of the population of
the country depend on them for food shelter medicine and cultural benefits and 97
of the forest are under customary ownership by individuals or community groups
(PNGFA 1998) According to ITTO on average each citizen of PNG has rights over
about 64 hectares of forest however the majority of people still live in extreme
5
poverty (ITTO 2006) The forestry sector is the countrys third major contributor to
government revenue For example in 2003 PNG earned US$126 million from the
export of tropical timber (ITTO 2006) This revenue has been generated from
primary forests Given customary ownership arrangements the future management of
cutover forests is likely to be decided by local community groups This is because in
the past there was lack of landowner participation in forest management decision-
making However today community groups are beginning to accept that their forests
provide many values and services apart from timber products Therefore they would
like to participate in decision-making and also manage their own forests to get
maximum benefits and improve their livelihoods
Due to the fact that most global wood production comes from natural or semi-natural
forests rather than plantations (Johns 1997) natural forests research and management
elsewhere as well as in PNG remains an important basis to assist SFM As natural
forests are being exhausted in PNG through commercial timber harvesting and other
land uses such as large-scale forest conversion to agriculture and shifting cultivation1
forest management will begin to focus on cutover secondary forests and a new
paradigm in forest use and management is likely to emerge when cutover forest areas
are taken over by community landowner groups
A major challenge is the development of sustainable management systems for cutover
forests that meet the needs of community forest owners Another concerning
development and challenge for land owning communities is the PNG governmentlsquos
rapid expansion of Special Agricultural and Business Leases (SABLs) SABLs may
limit landowner rights and their access to traditional lands and forests In SABLs
forest lands which may be originally intended for agricultural development usually
for a lease period of 99 years could be diverted to other land uses by foreign or
multinational corporations especially for large-scale harvesting interests without
proper landowner consent (Wwwpostcouriercompg)
In PNG there are many problems associated with forest management For example
apart from stakeholder demands land and forest ownership arrangements are
complicated issues Generally forest management in PNG is considered unsustainable
and this is compounded by high deforestation rates Evidence suggests that forest
cover in PNG declined at an estimated annual rate of 113000 hectares (04) 1 Shifting cultivation is a traditional method of subsistence farming that contributes to loss of forest cover
6
between 1990 and 2000 (FAO 2005) Reports from PNGFA suggest that PNGlsquos
natural forests are being exploited at an overwhelming rate with estimates that forest
areas are decreasing at a rate of 120000 ha per annum (PNGFA 2003) through
logging agricultural activities mining and other land uses Current statistics from
PNGFA (2007) also show that from 1988 to 2007 well over 2 million hectares of
primary forest have been harvested through commercial logging Evidence from a
recent study (Shearman et al 2009a Shearman et al 2009b) showed that the
deforestation rate in PNG increased from 046 to 141 from 1972 to 2002
although there is some debate about the assumptions underlying this figure (Filer et
al 2009) Generally the main drivers of forest cover change including deforestation
in PNG are subsistence agriculture timber harvesting fire plantation conversion and
mining (Filer et al 2009 Keenan 2009 Shearman et al 2009b) There have also
been ongoing problems of illegal logging in PNG From 2000 to 2005 the PNG
government reviewed the operations of the logging industry and found that none of
the projects were operating legally with the exception of only two projects (Forest
Trends 2006) However Curtin (2005) claims that the World Bank sponsored audit
of the PNG timber industry from 2000 to 2004 found full compliance by the industry
with the countrylsquos Forestry Act 1991 Despite these various reviews of the timber
industry it is a general understanding by the public that illegal logging in PNG seems
to continue
At present the timber production capacity of cutover forest areas and secondary
forests in PNG are poorly understood and the future of marketing wood products from
native forests is also uncertain This study will attempt to address these uncertainties
and to develop a framework whereby information will be generated and made
available to all stakeholders to assist community management of cutover native
forests in PNG This research study will develop methods for analysis of management
scenarios for cutover forests in PNG
7
13 BACKGROUND
The background of this study presents the historical development of forest
management in PNG in terms of history of harvesting Forest Policy development
forest resources and timber production PNGlsquos efforts in certification particularly at
community-level are discussed Some background about the case study sites and
PNGlsquos comprehensive PSP network are also given in this section
Subsection 131 is the history of timber harvesting in PNG which is based on an
earlier study by Lamb (1990) This subsection provides details of timber exploitation
before and after the Second World War As far as the history of timber harvesting in
PNG is concerned in the early 1970s and 1980s harvesting of primary forests started
and this has increased extensively in the 1990s Since the 2000s harvesting has
increased rapidly and the PNGFA records show that about 10 of accessible primary
forests have been harvested by 2007 under commercial logging (PNGFA 2007)
In Subsection 132 Forest Policy development in PNG is discussed PNGlsquos Forest
Policy was adopted in 1990 and has been focused mainly on large-scale commercial
harvesting of primary forests with little or no attention given to management of the
residual stand after harvesting Therefore the 1990 National Forest Policy does not
provide directions on technical aspects of management of logged-over forest areas in
PNG and there are no guidelines for land use plans after logging Although the 1991
Forestry Act has been amended numerous times since 1991 (PNGFA 2007) there
have been no provisions made in the Act for the management of forest areas left
behind after harvesting This study sets the basis for policy changes in order to
facilitate sustainable management of cutover forest areas in PNG
The overview of PNGlsquos forest resources and timber production are given in
Subsection 133 This includes the major forest types found in the country with
lowland tropical forests found most commonly throughout PNG PNG is considered
as a country blessed with abundant natural resources with 70 of the country under
forest cover (ITTO 2006) Details of PNGlsquos production and trade of primary products
from 2002 to 2007 are also discussed in this subsection and this includes products
such as logs and sawn timber A record of PNGlsquos timber production and trade shows
that in 2003 the country was the worldlsquos second largest exporter of tropical logs after
8
Malaysia (ITTO 2004 ITTO 2005) The forest industry in PNG still remains the
third largest revenue earner for the country
In Subsection 134 certification efforts in PNG are discussed Efforts are increasing
particularly at community-level forest management and this initiative is likely to bring
significant benefits to communities However evidence shows that only a small
number of forest management certificates have been granted for village-based timber
operations in the Asia-Pacific region including PNG (Scheyvens 2009) With the
assistance of the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) a high conservation value forest
(HCVF) toolkit for PNG has been developed to be used in forest management
certification (PNG FSC 2006) This toolkit is now being promoted by NGOs and
used to support certification in PNG
Details of case study sites in this research are given in Subsection 135 The study
sites are located in two village communities near Lae in Morobe province where
large-scale timber harvesting has taken place in the past Field interviews and data
collection for the study have been undertaken in the two villages
Subsection 136 of the background section gives details of the PNGFRI PSP network
Extensive work on establishment and measurement of PSPs have taken place since
1993 and the field procedures of plot measurements and recording (Romijn 1994a)
are included in this subsection
131 History of Timber Harvesting in PNG2
The then Forestry Department in PNG was established in 1938 and began operations
but these initial operations were interrupted by the advent of World War II (Lamb
1990) During the Second World War in 1942 some timber harvesting occurred and a
few forest resource surveys were also carried out These were mainly for military
purposes Several years after the second World War forestry activities resumed and
efforts were then concentrated on producing timber for post-war reconstruction and
building In the 1950s timber harvesting started in the Bulolo area where a ply mill
was established to process Araucaria logs from natural forest stands
2 The history of timber harvesting in PNG is based on earlier study by Lamb (1990)
9
In 1951 the first official statement on forest policy in PNG was issued by the then
Minister for Territories in the Australian Parliament (Lamb 1990) The Ministerlsquos
policy statement called for location assessment and regulation of availability of
forest resources for the development of PNG Although several years of surveys and
research followed by 1957 progress was still slow
Following on from 1957 the PNG Administration issued a five year Forestry Plan for
1962-1967 In 1963 the Administration had 548000 hectares of forest areas available
for exploitation most of these were allocated for temporary Timber Rights Purchase
(TRP) In the 1980s and early 1990s TRP areas were allocated by the government for
timber extraction The procedures involved purchase of timber and harvesting rights
by the government from the landowners from designated forest areas The
government then transferred the harvesting rights to in many cases an international
harvesting company for timber exploitation The extraction timber volumes in the
TRP areas depended on the density of commercial species The 1991 Forest Policy
and Act replaced the TRP system with what is now the forest management areas
(FMAs) Typically the procedures for the government to acquire an FMA from the
landowners are similar to those of TRPs but permits for granting a licence for an
FMA area are for forest areas that exceed 80000 ha Since 2000 up to now allocation
of forest areas for timber extraction under the FMA arrangement has increased In
such areas the extraction volumes differ from one concession area to another but
average timber volume removed during harvesting is about 15m3 ha
-1 (Keenan et al
2005)
During 1963 there were about 82 sawmills with a combined capacity of 930m3
per
day The timber industry in PNG at that time was fairly small as reflected by the low
amount of export Prior to 1962 annual log exports were less than 5000m3 and sawn
timber exports less than 800m3 (Office of Forest 1979) At that time the only major
timber development in the country was in Bulolo where the large ply mill was based
on Araucaria forests (Lamb 1990)
In 1964 a World Bank report indicated extensive forest resources in PNG and this
warranted large scale commercial exploitation By this time it was also indicated that
PNG would take advantage of a major timber deficit as anticipated in South Asia
East Asia and Oceania by 1975 however an expansion in the timber industry was
difficult at that time because of a high diversity of timber species and difficult terrain
10
in most forested areas throughout the country (Lamb 1990) The World Bank further
called for the need to attract large companies with marketing skills managerial
abilities and financial resources to make the timber industry successful
In 1963 and 1964 large timber areas in Bougainville and Madang were offered for
sale by public tender and by now there was an increase in timber areas allocated
throughout PNG under TRP arrangements Between 1964 and 1969 over 36 million
hectares of forest areas were assessed and by now the Forestry Department had some
11 million hectares under TRP (Lamb 1990) During the same period harvested log
volumes increased from 183000m3 to 421000m
3 ha
-1 In 1968 the Administration
prepared a Five Year Development Plan for the country and the Forestry component
of the plan called for further increases in production and downstream processing of
timber
In 1959 the first reconnaissance survey of the timber resources of the Gogol Valley
was carried out to assess the potential for timber development in the area The survey
covered an estimated area of 15000 hectares and in 1962 and 1963 detailed surveys
were carried out which used temporary plots of 01 hectares in size Data analysis
from these surveys recommended timber development in the Gogol Valley thus a
TRP was designated In 1964 the Gogol Valley timber resource was offered for
tender by the PNG Administration however as no successful tender was received by
the Administration the timber resources still remained undeveloped for some time In
1968 timber rights were again offered for tender and this time a Japanese consortium
submitted an application and began a feasibility study to determine the potential of
developing the timber resources for making pulp from the mixed timber species The
Japanese consortiumlsquos application was rejected by the PNG Administration because it
failed to meet the requirements for Australian or PNG equity in the project (DeAth
1980)
In 1970 when the potential for pulpwood development was considered a further
survey was carried out to assess the volume of smaller size class timber This survey
identified high volumes of sawlog size timber on the flatter areas of the flood plain
while pulpwood size timbers were located in most secondary forests Similar surveys
were carried out in adjacent forest areas including the Gum Naru and North Coast
Blocks and arrangement for TRPs were also carried out The estimated area included
11
in the Gogol Timber Project (GTP) was about 88000 hectares which contained an
estimated 7 million m3 of timber
The GTP was signed in 1971 between Japan and New Guinea Timbers (JANT) a
local company called Wewak Timbers and the PNG Administration for the
development of the Gogol Valley timber resources JANT started harvesting timber
for pulpwood in most parts of the GTP area while Wewak Timberslsquo harvesting
operations covered parts of Madang North Coast area In 1974 JANT shipped the
first woodchips from the GTP to Honshu Paper Co (Lamb 1990) By 1980 JANTlsquos
operations had covered most parts of the GTP area and harvesting for pulpwood
continued throughout the Naru and Gum Blocks By 1981 JANT had taken control of
timber resources of the Gogol Valley and its clear-felling operations spread into most
areas of the GTP and extended to cover the Western boundary of the existing Gogol
TRP
Before the 1980s Australian companies also carried out small-scale timber harvesting
in some parts of PNG The period 1980s to 1990s saw an influx of Japanese and
Malaysian companies carrying out harvesting operations in the country Currently the
timber industry in PNG is dominated by Asian companies and more than 80 of all
timber concessions are controlled by the Malaysian logging giant Rimbunan Hijau
From 2000 up to now allocation of new timber concession areas increased and in
2007 ten new areas have been released for harvesting
The history of harvesting in PNG from this literature review shows that there has been
an extensive logging of primary forests over the years This suggests that primary
forests in PNG are under extreme pressure from industry and the amount of cutover
forest is rapidly increasing
12
132 Papua New Guinearsquos National Forest Policy
The National Goals and Directive Principles as set out in PNGlsquos Constitution in
particular the Fourth Goal of the Constitution provides the basis for the countrylsquos
forest policies which is to ensure that the forest resources of the country are used and
replenished for the collective benefit of all Papua New Guineans now and for future
generations The countrylsquos new National Forest Policy has been designed and
formulated to remedy the shortcoming of the previous policy of 1987 to address the
recommendations of the Barnett Forest Industry Inquiry3 of 1989 and the World Bank
Review of 1990 and to adjust to new situations in the forestry and forest industry
sectors (Ministry of Forests 1991a) The National Forest policy was approved in
1990 followed by passing of the Forestry Act in the National Parliament in July 1991
(Ministry of Forests 1991b) The new Forestry Act replaced the previous national
legislation on forestry matters and reflects the objectives and strategies of the new
Forest Policy
The two main objectives of the countrylsquos forest policies are management and
protection of the nationlsquos forest resources as a renewable natural asset and utilisation
of the nationlsquos forest resources to achieve economic growth employment creation
greater PNG participation in industry and increased viable domestic processing The
Policy also calls for skills and technology transfer and the promoted export of value-
added products However up to now little progress has been made in terms of phasing
out log exports and increasing domestic processing although a lot of attempts have
been made in the past In 2008 the National Minister for Forests announced the phase
out of log exports from PNG by 2010 and increasing downstream processing of wood
products (ITTO 2008)
After the approval of the Policy and passing of the Act in 1990 and 1991 several new
pieces of forestry legislation have been put in place (PNGFA 2007) These include
the following
Forest Regulation No 15 1992 was introduced to enable registration of forest
industry participants and consultants under the Act Forestry (Amendment) Act 1993
was certified in April 1993 and provided for a clear administrative function of the
3 Inquiry carried out into the Forest Industry by former National Court judge Justice Tos Barnett which uncovered
mal-practices and corrupt dealings in the timber industry
13
Board the National Forest Service through the Managing Director and the Provincial
Forest Management Committees (PNGFA 1993) The National Forest Development
Guidelines were issued by the Minister for Forests and endorsed by the National
Executive Council during September 1993 The Guidelines were an implementation
guide for aspects covered in the new Forest Act especially in terms of sustainable
production domestic processing forest revenue training and localisation review of
existing projects forest resource acquisition and allocation and sustainable
development The National Forest Plan is prepared by the Forest Authority under the
Forestry Act 1991 (as amended) as required under the Act to provide a detailed
statement of how the national and provincial governments intend to manage and
utilise the countrylsquos forest resources (Ministry of Forests 1991b PNGFA 1996b)
The National Forest Development Programme (NFDP) under the Plan is now under
implementation
The PNG Logging Code of Practice (PNGLCP) was finalised in February 1996 and
tabled in Parliament in July 1996 (PNGFA and DEC 1996) The PNG Code is
inconsistent with the Regional Code proposed at the 1995 Suva Heads of Forestry
Meeting but is more specific to PNG operating conditions and was made mandatory
in July 1997 The 1996 Forestry Regulations which cover all aspects of the industry
procedures and control were approved by the National Executive Council in 1996 in
principle subject to some changes to be finalized later These Regulations provide the
legal status for the implementation of many of the requirements specified under the
Forestry Act 1991 (as amended)
The Forestry (Amendment no 2) Act 1996 was passed by Parliament and certified on
11 October 1996 (PNGFA 1996a) The major amendment requires the membership to
the Board to have eight representatives including the representatives of a National
Resource Owners Association and the Association of Foresters of PNG
Since the Forestry Act was first enacted in 1991 it has been amended four times
(PNGFA 2007) The first was in 1993 and this was followed by additional
amendments in 1996 2000 and 2005 (PNGFA 2001)
The Forest policy is administered by the PNG Forest Authority (PNGFA) under the
provisions of the Forestry Act 1991 Section 5 (Ministry of Forests 1991b) Section 7
of the Act specifies among the functions of the PNGFA (a) to provide advice to the
Forest Minister on forest policies and legislation pertaining to forestry matters (b) to
14
prepare and review the National Forest Plan and recommend to the National
Executive Council for approval and (c) to direct and supervise the National Forest
Service through the Managing Director Implementation of the Forest Policy Act and
Regulations have been have been problematic over the years This is because the
PNGFA is under-staffed and has limited capacity to fully enforce legal instruments
such as the PNGLCP Enforcement of rules and regulations in timber concession
areas has been difficult due to funding constraints and the isolation of many timber
harvesting project sites
In the case of landuse planning after harvesting there is no clear policy direction on
the management of cutover forest areas in PNG This study addresses some aspects of
National Forest Policy Part II Section 3 Sustained Yield Management The 1991
National Forest Policy does not provide directions on technical aspects of
management of cutover forest areas in PNG and there are no guidelines for land use
plans after harvesting This research will set the basis for development of new policy
guidelines for the management of cutover forest areas in PNG
133 Papua New Guinearsquos Forest Resources and Timber
Production
PNG is located on the eastern half of the Island of New Guinea and lies 160 km north
of Australia (Keenan 2007 ) The country comprises both the mainland and some 600
offshore islands It has a total land area of 470000 Km2 The country covers a total
landmass of about 46 million hectares of which 86 (394 million hectares) are
forested land while 14 (66 million hectares) is non-forested The estimated 394
million hectares of forested land are productive and have potential for some form of
forest development while the 66 million hectares of non-forested land remain un-
productive (PNGFA 1998) While two thirds of PNG is under forest cover the
official timber harvest is well below the estimated national sustainable timber yield of
47 million m3 (ITTO 2006)
15
1331 Forest Types
Different authors have described PNGlsquos vegetation and forest types using their own
terminology (for example Johns 1978) however the countrylsquos vegetation and forest
types have been described in detail and classified based on structural formations
(Hammermaster and Saunders 1995 Paijmans 1975 Paijmans 1976 Saunders
1993) Generally PNG has a wide range of floristic composition which is a
characteristic of the lowland tropical forests At sea level mangrove forests are
common while savannah grasslands can be found in the valleys and on foothills In
higher altitude areas montane forests are common although many of the forest types
in the country are representative of the floristic composition of a typical lowland
tropical forest
The vegetation types in Melanesia including PNG have been broadly described by
Mckinty (1999) to fall into three main types These include lowland moist rain forest
lower montane rainforest and upper montane rainforest However other vegetation
types common in the region are mangrove forests savannah and subalpine In PNG
all these vegetation types occur including the subalpine The lowland moist rain forest
is the most widespread and floristically rich vegetation type It occurs on flat gentle
and undulating terrain of the alluvial plains and foothills It is also found on steeper
hills extending up to 1500m above sea level (asl) Some of the major emergent tree
species that occur in this forest type include Pometia pinnata Intsia bijuga
Anisoptera thurifera Toona sureni Terminalia spp and Planchonela spp
As altitude increases and temperature decreases lowland rainforest is replaced by
lower montane rainforest from about 1000-1200m and extends up to below 3000m
asl (Mckinty 1999) One common feature of the montane rainforest is the dense moss
and tree trunks on the forest floor Some dominant canopy tree species in this forest
type are Castanopsis spp and Nothofagus spp
The upper montane forest occurs above about 3000m asl and tree species are more
stunted This forest type is very dense with mosses and epiphytes Major conifers in
the genera such as Dacrycarpus Papuacedrus and Podocarpus are common trees
found and may extend up to the tree-line at about 3900m asl The subalpine
vegetation comprises mainly grassland and Danthonia and Deschampsia species are
common The grasslands are dominated by small trees and shrubs and colourful
orchids such as Rhododendron are common in many parts of PNG Above 4000m
16
altitude plant growth is limited because of decreasing temperature and occurrence of
frost This is common on PNGlsquos highest mountain Mt Wilhelm which is about
4800m asl
Mangrove forests are salt-tolerant and occur at sea level on tidal flats and the saline
estuarine plains of larger rivers such as the Fly and Kikori in the southern part of PNG
and the Sepik river in the north The main mangrove genera that occur throughout
PNG include Sonneratia Avicennia Bruguiera and Rhizophora
Savannas are anthropogenic in nature and on the mainland of PNG grasslands of
Themeda and Imperata are common Tree genera of Eucalypts melaleuca and Acacia
are associated with savannas and grow well on savanna grassland The savanna
vegetation in PNG is similar to the flora in the northern part of Australia
1332 Timber Production and Trade
In 2003 PNG produced an estimated 72 million m3 of round wood of which about
76 (55 million m3) was fuel wood for domestic use (FAO 2005) Total industrial
tropical log production was an estimated 230 million m3 in 2003 which is an increase
from 210 million m3 in 1999 (ITTO 2004 ITTO 2005) though well below the
estimated sustainable yield of 47 million m3
The forest industry in PNG is predominantly based on log exports As such an
estimated 202 million m3 of tropical logs were exported in 2003 an increase from
198 million m3 in 1999 (ITTO 2004 ITTO 2005) which made PNG the worldlsquos
second largest exporter of tropical logs after Malaysia PNG earned US$126 million
in 2003 from exports of tropical timber $US109 million of which were from logs
(ITTO 2005) The principal log export markets for PNG logs in 2003 were China
(62 of all log exports) Japan (20) and Korea (9) (ITTO 2005) Unfortunately
the current level of harvesting by the timber industry is considered unsustainable and
accessible primary forests are likely to be exhausted in the next 15 years (Keenan
2007 )
PNGFA statistics estimated that the area harvested under commercial logging from
1988 to 2007 was over 2 million hectares and timber volume harvested in the form of
logs during the same period was over 39 million m3 (Figure 1-1) (PNGFA 2007) All
17
in all the forestry sector in the country has contributed 1773 million PNG Kina4 year
-
1 on average in the form of foreign exchange between 1998 and 2007 PNGlsquos export
of logs increased from 2002 to 2003 and then became stable from 2003 to 2007
(Figure 1-2) In 2002 log export totalled 1854000m3 and that increased to
2008000m3 in 2007
Figure 1-1 Timber Volume and Area harvested from 1988 to 2007 (PNGFA 2007)
Figure 1-2 Export of Primary Products by PNG (ITTO 2006)
4 As at 2007 the PNG local currency of 1 PNG Kina was equivalent to 040 Australian Dollars
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
00
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Are
a H
arv
este
d (
00
0 h
a)
Harv
este
d T
imb
er V
olu
me
(Mil
lion
m3)
Year
Harvested
volume
Harvested area
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007
Volu
me
(0
00
m3
)
Year
Logs
Sawn
Ply
Veneer
18
134 Certification Efforts in PNG
PNG has a national Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) working group in place and
has developed national certification standards (ITTO 2006 PNG FSC 2006) The
extent of FSC-certified forest areas in PNG is one area of 19215 hectares consisting
of semi-natural and mixed plantation forests and natural forests This figure may have
increased since then as in recent years non-governmental organisations and
environmental groups have been very active under the banner of FSC to certify
projects in various parts of the country For example efforts of some recognised non-
governmental organisations in PNG include Forest Management and Product
Certification Service (FORCERT) in West New Britain World Wide Fund for Nature
(WWF) in Western Province Village Development Trust (VDT) in Lae and
Foundation for People and Community Development (FPCD) in Madang FSC
activities in PNG include training and capacity building for local NGO partners
FORCERT is a PNG Not-For-Profit company that uses FSC certification as a
management and marketing tool to help small-scale sawmilling businesses practice
good forest management and strengthen their businesses (Scheyvens 2009) Together
with partner organisations FORCERT has established a FSC Group Certification
Service Network where community based timber producers come together under one
umbrella certificate and are linked with central timber yards FORCERT and its
partner organisations have also helped community groups in PNG to manage their
forest and business and assists in finding good markets for a wide range of species
Those community groups who become a member of this network receive training and
support in many aspects of running a portable sawmilling business and they are
expected to meet all forest certification requirements
The FORCERT Group Certification Service Network was developed in 2003 and
2004 by a wide range of stakeholders village sawmill managers timber yard staff and
managers eco-forestry environmental and social NGOlsquos and training educational
and research institutions (Scheyvens 2009)
Community groups in PNG have very little capacity to achieve FSC certification
standards and find that meeting certification requirements is quite difficult and the
costs of becoming certified are high It is a requirement that community groups have
to comply with international standards and organise and pay for an independent
19
auditor to assess their forest and business operation For the community groups to go
through the certification requirements and processes are difficult This is why
FORCERT is managing a so called FSC Group Certificate The group certification
system works in that individual small-scale producers that meet the set group
certificate standards can become group members The costs of managing the group
certificate are shared between the members who pay an annual fee plus a small levy
per cubic meter on all certified timber sold
Certified timber needs to be followed down the ―marketing chain from the forest
from which it was extracted all the way to the final buyer of the timber product This
―chain of custody guarantees buyers of certified products that the timber used did
come from well managed forests Therefore any trader in certified timber is required
to maintain their own Chain of Custody certificate FORCERT also manages a group
Chain-of-Custody certificate and offers membership to a number of selected small
central timber yards (Central Marketing Units or CMUlsquos) to which certified
producers can sell their timber
In terms of SFM in PNG according to ITTO (2006) forest areas designated for
management totalled five million hectares of which one and half million hectares
have been considered to be managed sustainably and are expected to undergo
certification in the near future
20
135 Case Study Sites
Two sites were selected for this study in a region where extensive harvesting of
primary forests had occurred in the past in PNG (Figure 1-3a) These sites were
located in Yalu and Gabensis villages outside Lae PNGlsquos second city The first site
was the Yalu community forest which is located on Grid Zone 55 492977 UTM East
and 9269368 UTM North (Figure 1-3b) The community harvesting project in this
village comes under the name Yalu Eco-forestry Project and is run by the Konzolong
clan The community forest area is approximately 2000 ha and the area allocated for
small-scale harvesting is about 1800 ha The total population of Yalu village is about
2000 people and about 30 are members of the Konzolong clan (600 clan members)
In terms of accessibility into the Yalu village and the community forest area there is a
government road connecting the community to Lae city The road is generally in good
condition however the community forest area is approximately five kilometres away
from the village and can be accessed by a 4x4 wheel drive vehicle on an all-weather
road which is often in a bad condition during wet seasons The Yalu community
owns a portable sawmill that was used in the past for small-scale harvesting however
it has broken down and is no longer being used On a few occasions their project has
sold sawn timber to the domestic market for about 450 PNG Kina per cubic meter
(PNGK per m3) The average price for exporting sawn timber to the overseas market
is approximately PNGK900 per m3 The Woodage in Sydney (Peter Musset) offers
PNGK2250 (AUD$900) per m3 for Intsia biguga (Kwila) and PNGK1500
(AUD$600) per m3 for mixed hardwood species
The majority of the people in Yalu community are engaged in subsistence farming as
their daily activity while a handful of them are employed by private companies in
Lae as tradesmen in various fields The main sources of income for the Yalu
community are selling local garden produce fermented cocoa beans and selling
poultry farm products at nearby local markets and the main market in Lae Other
small-scale economic activities that the community is engaged in to earn some income
include cocoa copra piggery operating trade stores and public transport The
community also has future plans for development of a large-scale oil palm plantation
in their area in partnership with a private agriculture development company called
Ramu Agri Industry (RAI) Recently the community has developed interest in eco-
timber production and marketing and there is a proposal in place for establishment of
21
a central marketing unit (CMU) for downstream processing and marketing of sawn
timber
The second case study site is the Gabensis village community forest area which is
located on Grid Zone 55 469240 UTM East and 9256166 UTM North (Figure 3-1a
and b) In this village only one family is involved in small-scale timber harvesting
Their family group name is the TN Eco-timber The total forest area available in the
Gabensis community forest is approximately 150 ha and about 60 ha are considered
as the operable area that can be easily accessible for harvesting
Like in the Yalu community the majority of the local people in Gabensis village are
involved in subsistence farming as their daily activity Other economic activities in
Gabensis village included cocoa farming poultry piggery and operation of local
trade stores and public transport to and from Lae city Operation of the portable
sawmill by the TN Eco-Timber currently serves as a direct income generating activity
for the one family involved in small-scale harvesting and at the same time supports
the Gabensis community with other community services These include the supply of
sawn timber as building materials for a local school clinic church building and a
community hall
The investigations and data collection in the case study sites form the basis for studies
in Chapter 4 5 6 and 7
22
Figure 1-3 Map of case study sites selected for the study
(a) region in PNG where extensive harvesting has taken place in the past and (b)
approximate location of the two communities (Yalu and Gabensis) in Morobe province
where the study sites are located
136 The PNGFRI Permanent Sample Plot Network
Currently 135 PSPs are being maintained by PNGFRI since 1992 to monitor forest
growth and dynamics with a measurement history extending over 15 years The PSP
network is comprised of 122 plots on selectively-harvested forest with 411
measurements and 13 plots on unlogged forests with 23 measurements (Fox et al
2010) These plots have been initially established and measured through an ITTO
funded research Project (Alder 1997) and maintained over the years by PNGFRI with
funding support from ACIAR (Keenan et al 2002) A large database has been
developed (Romijn 1994b) to store and manage all data from the PSP network
Earlier work by Alder (1998) evaluated data from some of these plots and concluded
that all the plots could be regarded as having rather similar floristic composition
characteristic of the lowland tropical forests of PNG Research work done at PNGFRI
to classify forest types on PSPs showed that these plots fall on one of lowland plain
lowland foothill lowland hill and lower mountain forest types (Yosi 1999 Yosi
2004) however these have been re-classified and integrated using the CSIRO
Vegetation Type maps for the 72 PSPs initially established under the ITTO funding
(a)
(b)
23
(Table 1-1) Since ITTOlsquos funding of the re-measurements of these plots came to an
end the rest of the PSPs have been established and measured by PNGFRI with
funding assistance from ACIAR Details of vegetation classification of the whole of
PNG are contained in Hammermaster and Saunders (1995) and Bellamy and
McAlpine (1995)
Table 1-1 Location of the 72 PSPs and their forest types (Yosi 1999)
Province Locations No Of
Plots
Date of
Establishment
Forest Type
Gulf
Western
Oro
Milne Bay
Central
Turama
Vailala
Oriomo
Wawoi Guavi
Embi Hanau
Gara Modewa
Ormand Lako
Iva Inika
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
091194
271194
121094
261094
200594
120694
070894
160396
Lowland Foot Hills
Lowland Plain
W (Lowland Plain)
HmFswWsw (Lowland
FHills)
Pl (Lowland Plain)
Hm (Lowland Foothills)
Hs (Lowland Hill)
Ps (Lowland Foot Hills)
Morobe
Madang
East Sepik
Sandaun
Oomsis
Trans Watut
Umboi
Kui
Yema Gaiapa
North Coast
Rai Coast
Hawain
Pual
Krisa
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
260593
261093
151294
121194
150596
200395
060495
090894
240894
100994
Hm (Lowland Foot Hills)
LN (Lower Mountain)
Hl (Lowland Plain)
Hm (Lowland Hill)
Hm (Lowland Hill)
Hm9 (Lowland Hill)
Hm (Lowland Hill)
(Lowland Hill)
(Lowland Foot Hills)
(Lowland Hill)
Southern
Highlands
MtGiluwe 2
211293 LsN (Mountain)
West New
Britain
East New Britain
New Ireland
Manus
Kapiura
Mosa Leim
Kapuluk
Central Arawe
Anu Alimbit
Pasisi Manua
Open Bay
Gar
Waterfall Bay
Lassul Bay
Cape Orford
Inland Pomio
Kaut
Umbukul
Central NI
Lark
West Coast
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
230793
110893
300893
060595
200695
070795
180893
270793
290893
090695
270695
280795
230993
011093
021195
181095
290395
Hm (Lowland Hill)
Hm8 (Lowland Hill)
Hm (Lowland Hill)
Hl (Lowland Foothills)
Hm8 (Lowland Foothills)
Hm8Hs8 (Lowland Hills)
Hm (Lowland Foothills)
Hm (Lowland Foothills)
(Lowland Foothills)
(Lowland Foothills)
(Lowland Foothills)
(Lowland Hill)
Hm9 (Lowland Foothills)
Hm8 (Lowland Foothills)
(Lowland Foothills)
(Lowland Foothills)
HmeHm6 (Lowland
Foothills)
14 Provinces 36 Locations 72 Plots
24
The different forest types on which 72 of the PSPs were established have been
classified according to the CSIRO Vegetation Type Maps (Hammermaster and
Saunders 1995 Bellamy and McAlpine 1995) The CSIRO description and
classification of vegetation in the PSPs are represented by fifteen codes (Table 1-2)
For example a code of Hm representing a medium crown forest according to the
CSIRO classification will represent a lowland foothill or lowland hill forest in the
PNG tropical forest context
Table 1-2 Description of Vegetation Types according to CSIRO
Code Vegetation Type
W Woodland
Hm Medium crowned forest
Fsw Mixed swamp forest
Wsw Swamp woodland
Pl Large to medium crowned forest
Hs Small crowned forest (low altitude on Uplands)
Ps Small crowned forest (low altitude on Plains and Ferns)
Hm9 Medium crown forest (degree of disturbance class 9 is slightly
disturbed)
LN Small crowned forest with Nothofagus
Hl Large crowned forest
LsN Very small crowned forest with Nothofagus
Hm8 Medium crown forest (degree of disturbance class 8 is slightly disturbed)
Hs8 Small crowned forest (low altitude on Plains and Ferns degree of
disturbance 8 is slightly disturbed
Hme Medium crowned forest with an even canopy
Hm6 Medium crowned forest (degree of disturbance class 6 is moderate
disturbance
25
1361 Plot Design and Layout
During the establishment of PSPs all the plots were randomly located and established
in pairs All the plots are one hectare in size and divided into 25 sub-plots of 20 m x
20 m (Romijn 1994a) The field procedures for establishment and measurements of
the plots were adapted from Alder and Synnot (1992) During plot measurement all
tree species of 10 cm in diameter and above were assessed Measurements taken on
trees included diameter at breast height (DBH) or above buttress height crown
diameter crown classes (Dawkins 1958) and an initial basal area count for each tree
was undertaken Plots on selectively-harvested forest were established and measured
either immediately or sometime between then and 10 years after harvesting For plots
accessible by road re-measurements have been taken on an annual basis while the
initial re-measurement of the other plots were carried out on a two-year interval but
have been re-scheduled for re-measurements on a five-year interval due to funding
constraints In the assessment of trees in the plot a standard quadrat numbering
system was used This system uses quadrat numbers on the basis of coordinates or
offsets from the plot origin for example south-west corner (Figure 1-4)
NW NE
08 28 48 68 88
06 26 46 66 86
04 24 42 64 84
02 22 42 62 82
00 20 40 60 80
SW SE
Figure 1-4 Plot layout in the field (adapted from Romijn (1994a)
Plot origin
where
measurement
starts
N
100 m
100 m
26
1362 PSP Locations
Most of the plots have been recorded on lowland tropical forests distributed
throughout PNG as these are where most harvesting activities have taken place
(Figure 1-5) Only two plots have been established in higher altitude montane forest
dominated by the genera Castanopsis and Nothofagus in Southern Highlands
province Twenty three of PSPs are located on the island of New Britain where
there are large areas of selectively-harvested forest
Figure 1-5 Permanent Sample Plots Location Map (adapted from (Fox et al 2010)
The data from the PSP network discussed in chapter 1 section 13 forms the basis for
the study in chapter 3 (Dynamics of natural tropical forest after selective timber
harvesting in PNG)
27
14 RESEARCH QUESTIONS AND OBJECTIVES
This research study involved use of scenarios (Wollenberg et al 2000) which is a
new approach that requires a participatory approach to forest management in PNG
This approach has been considered appropriate for the PNG situation because
landowner expectations and requirements have not been taken into account in forest
planning and management in the past This study anticipates to bridge this gap
The overall aim of this study was to investigate and identify frameworks that support
community decision-making regarding the future use of cutover forests in PNG
In order to achieve this a management strategy evaluation (MSE) framework
(Butterworth and Punt 1999 Sainsbury et al 2000) was adopted to develop and
demonstrate practical science-based methods that will support community-based
planning and management of cutover forests in PNG
There were four main objectives of this research study The first was to assess the
current condition and future production potential of cutover forests in PNG This was
achieved from the analyses of existing PSPs and the assessment of the forest
resources in two case study sites Secondly this study aims to develop scenario
analysis and evaluation tools for assisting decision-making in community-based
management of cutover native forests In consultation with stakeholders a
participatory action research protocol (Creswell et al 2007) was used as a guide to
analyse stakeholder interests and expectations through field interviews Based on this
consultation and interviews future forest management options were investigated
These options were further analysed and forest management scenarios were developed
using existing planning tools These were tested and analysed using the scenario
analysis and evaluation tools developed under objective two Effects of scenario
analyses were compared and evaluated Thirdly the scenario analyses and evaluation
tools developed under the second objective were tested in case study sites in cutover
native forests in PNG The two case study areas were selected in a pilot region where
extensive timber harvesting had taken place in the past The fourth objective of this
study was to develop a scenario analyses and evaluation framework for community-
based management of cutover native forests in PNG Scenario outcomes from the
exercises in the second and third objectives of the study were integrated into this
framework The systems developed were based on sound information compliance
28
with expectations of forest certification bodies and meeting the needs of local
communities
The four main questions this study addressed were
1 What is the current condition and future production potential of cutover forests
in PNG
2 What are the potential options for community-based management of cutover
forests in PNG
3 How can information on the structure and dynamics of forests and the
potential uses of forest resources be used to support effective decision-making
in community-based management of cutover native forests in PNG
4 What type of scenario method is appropriate for adaptive management of
cutover native forests in PNG
15 THESIS OUTLINE
The structure of this thesis consists of eight chapters organised around five main parts
These parts are introduction (Chapter 1) literature review (Chapter 2) condition of
cutover forest (Chapters 3 and 4) scenario analyses and evaluation tools (Chapters 5
6 and 7) and the conclusion (Chapter 8) Chapter 1 introduces the thesis and discusses
some major forest management issues and problems in PNG Some background
information is provided including the history of timber harvesting in PNG national
forest policy PNGlsquos forest resources and timber production and certification efforts
in PNG The background section in Chapter 1 also describes the case study sites and
the PSP network The research questions and objectives of this study and the outline
of this thesis are also included in the introductory chapter
Chapter 2 is the literature review and discusses the current issues in tropical forest
management in the regional context and gives some examples of the PNG situation
The literature review also includes three different management approaches that may
be considered for the management of cutover forests in PNG These approaches are
the management strategy evaluation (MSE) the scenario method and the Bayesian
Belief Network (BBN)
As part of this research study dynamics of natural tropical forest after selective
timber harvesting in PNG have been analysed using historical data from an extensive
29
PSP network that have been managed by the PNGFRI for over 15 years These
involved quantitative analyses of forest structure data from PSPs Details of these
analyses include growth and dynamics and recovery and degradation of cutover native
forests in PNG and are presented in Chapter 3 In this research two case study sites
have been selected in PNG The details of forest resource assessment in the two sites
are given in Chapter 4 These details also include some background information about
the two study sites and results of analyses of forest assessment which includes
residual timber volume and aboveground forest carbon Evaluation of scenarios for
CBFM is discussed in Chapter 5 These involved qualitative analyses of field
interviews in case study sites and quantitative analyses of timber yields under
different management scenarios in community-based harvesting Analyses of timber
yields in this case have been facilitated with the application of a planning tool and the
outputs are discussed
In Chapter 6 decision analysis models developed in this study for cutover forests in
PNG are described The models have been tested using data available in case study
sites and the results and outputs are discussed The two sites that have been used as
case studies in this research are Yalu and Gabensis villages outside Lae in Morobe
province PNG
Based on the MSE approach and the outputs from the studies in Chapter 5 and 6 an
integrated conceptual framework has been developed for community-based
management of cutover forests in PNG and the details are discussed in Chapter 7
The thesis is concluded in Chapter 8 by discussing the implications of applying the
tools developed in this study for community-based management of cutover native
forests in PNG
27
REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE
28
CHAPTER 2
AN OVERVIEW OF CURRENT ISSUES IN TROPICAL FOREST MANAGEMENT
21 FOREST DYNAMICS
211 Introduction
Subsection 211 gives a general introduction of tropical forests and topics such as
species diversity composition distribution structure and disturbance regimes are
highlighted
Forests are dynamic ecosystems that are continuously changing (Shao and Reynolds
2006) These changes relate to the growth succession mortality reproduction and
associated changes that are taking place in forest ecosystems Usually these changes
are projected to obtain relevant information for decision-making and are the basis of
forest simulation models that describe forest dynamics Projection and simulation
have been widely used in forest management to update inventory and to predict
future yields species composition and ecosystem structure and function under
changing environmental conditions
Tropical forests are biologically diverse and there are complexity and a great diversity
of interactions within rainforest ecosystems For example studies done by Nicholson
(1985) showed that the estimated number of tree species in north Queensland
rainforest are about 900 In terms of species distribution in tropical forests it is
common for a lot of tree species to be represented by few individuals In some forest
areas in the tropics abundance of seed resources and heavy fruit production
encourages those areas to have dense and clumped seedling and young sapling
distribution on the forest floor Examples of these type of forests are the Dipterocarp
forests in Peninsula Malaysia (UNESCOUNEPFAO 1978) Tropical rainforests are
always heterogeneous and often it is difficult to describe its structure In terms of
disturbances to tropical rainforests particularly logging activities the impacts may
occur in various forms However apart from changes in environment including
29
changes in microclimate and soil timber harvesting affects the forest structure
(Kobayashi 1992)
In Subsection 212 the review gives an overview of the extent of tropical forests
Most of this information have been compiled from work done under the FAO Forest
Resource Assessment (FRA) 2000 (FAO 2000) as well as the description of tropical
rainforests in the region according to Westoby (1989)
Some background on forest dynamics relating to forest succession and the associated
changes that take place in a forest stand are discussed in Subsection 213 Forest
dynamics relates to the growth mortality reproduction and the associated changes
that take place in a forest These and the factors that influence the dynamics in a forest
area are discussed in this subsection
In Subsection 214 the details of the different forest types in the tropics are described
and the difficulties in the classification of these forests are pointed out To give some
examples PNGlsquos vegetation and forest types are described
Subsection 215 is species diversity of tropical forests Tropical forests are considered
as biologically and genetically diverse and the species richness of some countries in
the region are discussed as examples in this subsection Impact of harvesting on
growth and species diversity in tropical forests are discussed in detail in Subsection
2151
Species distribution in tropical forests and the environmental factors that influence
their distribution pattern are discussed in Subsection 216 The review gives some
examples from the PNG situation where some tree species that are common in higher
altitude areas are able to grow well in lower altitude environments
Regeneration is an important aspect regarding the sustainability of timber extraction
in tropical forests In Subsection 217 regeneration mechanism and the
environmental factors that determine the extent of regeneration in tropical forests are
discussed The silvicultural systems applied in tropical forests are described in
Subsection 2171 and this review is mainly based on earlier studies by Dawkins and
Philip (1998) and Mckinty (1999) Examples of application of these systems in
selected tropical countries are given
In tropical forests those tree species that are slow growing and are able to grow under
shade are referred to as shade tolerant while tree species that are light demanding and
30
are able to grow under the forest canopy with limited light levels are called shade
intolerant In Subsection 218 different aspects of shade tolerance in relation to light
demanding tree species and those that are able to grow under limited light are
discussed in detail
Subsection 219 is the review on the subject of stand structure of tropical forests To
describe the structure of tropical forests accurately is difficult because these forests
are complex and heterogeneous structurally These aspects are discussed in detail
under this subsection
All forests are subjected to both naturally-occurring disturbances as well as human-
induced ones In Subsection 2110 responses of tropical forests to both of these
disturbances are described Natural disturbances include such as phenomena as
flooding or landslips and human-induced disturbances are particularly activities such
as timber harvesting Tropical forest responses to natural disturbances are detailed in
Subsection 21101 and in Subsection 21102 how these forests respond to human
activities for example timber harvesting is discussed Some examples in the tropics
relating to the changes in stand structure after logging activities are highlighted with
examples in PNG from research studies on natural forests (Yosi 2004)
The literature review in Subsection 2111 discusses key issues of forest dynamics in
the tropics and some general conclusions are drawn from these discussions in
Subsection 2112 The objective of Section 21 from the literature review is to
understand the complex structure of tropical forests and how these forests response to
disturbances
212 Overview of Tropical Forests
Tropical forests are considered to be the most biologically diverse of the worldlsquos
ecosystems Though they cover only 5 of the globe (ITTO 2007) tropical forests
harbour more than half of the worldlsquos terrestrial plant and animal species Tropical
forest landscapes are home to hundreds of millions of people For many of these
people who live in or near the forests tropical forests provide a large proportion of the
goods and services they use in their daily lives including fruits vegetables game
water and building materials They also play an important and complex cultural role
particularly in indigenous communities In PNG a majority of the population who live
in rural areas depend on forests for their livelihoods
31
FAO FRA 2000 classified the tropical forests into six ecological zones which
include tropical rain forest tropical moist deciduous forests tropical dry forest
tropical shrub land tropical desert and tropical mountain systems (FAO 2000) Of
these six ecological zones the rain forest moist forests and dry forests are
distinguished to be the most important as far as timber production is concerned
According to Westoby (1989) the tropical evergreen rainforests are concentrated in
the Amazon Congo basin and equatorial Africa and Indo-Malaysian region covering
South East Asia and PNG There are important climatic differences between these
three regions but all are characterized by a great diversity of tree species From a
forest management perspective serious damage can occur to the generally poor soils
by unmanaged removal of trees and loss of nutrients caused by burning The diversity
of vegetation ranging from species-rich rainforest to barren desert provides
enormous variety in the tropics the variation which is a result of variation in rainfall
(Evan 1982)
Tropical moist deciduous forests are widespread in the Northern part of South
America particularly Brazil Venezuela and the Guyana Shield In Asia they are found
in parts of India Sri Lanka Thailand Laos Cambodia Vietnam Burma and southern
China (Cooper 2003) In Africa these forests are less extensive than in Asia and
South America and occur in the southern and eastern fringes of the Congo basin
Dry forests occur over much of Sub-Sahara Africa not covered by the equatorial rain
forests Many of these areas are savannah woodlands with sparse tree cover In Asia
these forests are found in parts of India southern China and continental South East
Asia South American tropical dry forests are found in north eastern Brazil the
Caribbean coast and in the Argentinean Chaco
213 Tropical Forest Dynamics
Forest dynamics relates to the growth mortality reproduction and associated changes
in a forest stand (Avery and Burkhart 1994) These changes can be predicted through
field observations in existing forest stands while past growth and mortality trends are
used to infer future trends in the forest stands observed Forest dynamics describes the
physical and biological forces that shape and change a forest and this process is in a
continuous state of change that alters the composition and structure of a forest
32
According to Shugart (1984) forest dynamics reflect more generally on the
phenomenon of succession Succession in this case is considered to involve the
changes in natural systems and the understanding of the causes and direction of those
changes Forest succession and forest disturbance are considered to be the two main
factors that influence the ongoing process of forest dynamics in a forest area In forest
disturbances the events that may cause changes in the structure and composition of a
forest include fires flooding windstorm earthquake mortality caused by insects and
disease outbreak Human activities also contribute to these changes for example
timber harvesting anthropogenic disturbances such as forest clearing and introduction
of exotic species
Forest succession refers to the orderly changes in the composition or structure of an
ecological community The two levels of forest succession are primary succession and
secondary succession Primary succession is usually caused by formation of a new
unoccupied habitat community from such events as a lava flow or a severe landslide
On the other hand secondary succession is often initiated by some form of
disturbance caused by for example fire severe wind-throw or logging activities
Ecological changes in a forest can be influenced by site conditions species
interactions stochastic factors such as colonizers and seeds or weather conditions at
the time of disturbance
214 Forest Types
According to Dawkins and Philip (1998) classification of tropical forest types fall
into three major categories as
i) Tropical wet evergreen which has rainfall over 2500mm per annum
ii) Tropical semi-evergreen with rainfall between 2000 and 2500mm per annum
iii) Moist deciduous forest having rainfall between 1500 and 2500 mm per annum
Some common characteristics of regions with tropical forest types are an enormous
range in precipitation seasonality temperatures relative humidity frequency of
extreme climatic features such as violent storms hail hurricanes and severe
droughts Forests in the region with an equatorial climate can usually have severe
drought making them prone to fires for example in the case of Nigeria in 1973 in
parts of Indonesia in 1982 1983 1988 1991 and 1994 and in the Amazon basin in
1995 (Dawkins and Philip 1998)
33
In some parts of the tropical region there may be forest stands that are dominated by
one particular species as is the case in Malaysia and Indonesia where Dipterocarp
forests are commonly found (Whitmore 1984) the varzea forests of Amazon basin
and the teak forests of India and Burma (Champion 1936)
The classification of tropical forest types is notoriously difficult and contentious
(ITTO 2006) however different authors have described forest types in the tropics
using their own terminology For example Tracey (1982) and Webb and Kikkawa
(1990) described rainforests of North Queensland using habitat features as well as
physiognomic features such as canopy layering Generally rainforests in Australia
cover various structural and floristic types which are described by reference to
climatic features The major forest types in North Queensland rainforests fall into the
categories of tropical sub-tropical monsoonal and temperate (Truswell 1990)
PNGlsquos vegetation and forest types have been described in detail based on structural
formations (Hammermaster and Saunders 1995 Paijmans 1975 Paijmans 1976
Saunders 1993) however generally PNG has a wide range of floristic composition
which is a characteristic of the lowland tropical forests At sea level mangrove forests
are common while savannah grasslands can be found in the valleys and on foothills
and in higher altitude areas Montane forests are common although much of the forest
types in the country represent the floristic composition of a typical lowland tropical
forest
215 Species Diversity
Tropical rainforests are considered to harbour the greatest wealth of biological and
genetic diversity of any terrestrial community (Hubbell and Foster 1983) These
forests are also known for their high numbers of different plant species Earlier studies
in several tropical rainforest sites around the world in a 08 ha plot by Whitmore
(1998) revealed highest levels of tree species diversity at around 120 different species
per hectare in PNG 150 in Malaysia and 250 in Peru However recent studies and
botanical collections may have otherwise increased the number of species found in
these countries Usually most species are patchily distributed many are random and a
few are uniformly spaced For example according to studies carried out in Panama
(Hubbell and Foster 1983) complete mapping of all trees over 20cm DBH in a 50
hectare plot of tropical rainforest has shown patterns of tropical tree distribution and
34
abundance over a large area in unprecedented detail In their study it was found that
among the patchily distributed species several tree species were found to closely
follow the topographic features of the plot It is considered that the patchiness has a
major effect on the species composition of local stands
The island of New Guinea (PNG and Indonesian western province of Irian Jaya) has a
great diversity in vegetation and a flora which is one of the richest in the world
(Loffler 1979) One of the unique features of tropical mixed forest is that the great
diversity of the plants are trees ranging in size from 1-2 meters to some of the worldlsquos
tallest for example Araucaria hunsteinii can grow to almost 90m (Mckinty 1999)
2151 Impact of harvesting on growth and species diversity
In tropical forests growth of most primary species under shade can be very slow for a
long time often ceasing for many years (Mckinty 1999) Growth rate then increases
for a primary tree species when it is released by the formation of a gap or if it grows
tall enough for its crown to be no longer overshadowed by its neighbours
Studies to examine the effects of logging and treatments on growth rates and yield of
tropical forests showed that diameter increments basal area and volume production
were strongly affected by reduction in stocking resulting from logging and treatment
Reduction in stocking and basal area by felling or treatments such as poisoning results
in faster mean increments of remaining trees This is evident in studies carried out in
Suriname (Synnot 1978) and north Queensland rainforest (Nicholson et al 1988)
Studies of effects of treatments on desirable trees (eliminating unwanted trees by
poisoning or felling them for firewood or charcoal) resulted in faster average diameter
increments of larger trees than those of smaller trees
Studies carried out to assess stand changes in North Queensland rainforests after
logging by Nicholson et al (1988) on ninety permanent plots some of which have
been treated silviculturally showed that species diversity was lowered and this change
was found to be correlated with the severity of logging as evidenced from
measurement of basal area loss Data obtained from their study indicated that a certain
level of disturbance in the rainforest is required to encourage higher level of species
diversity In this case logging generally provided this disturbance and there were
evidence of regeneration and species diversity after logging activities which
enhanced potential for future production It is considered that most rainforests are
35
very rich in species for example PNG and South-East Asian region rainforests are
considered richer in species than North Queensland rainforests whereas the African
rainforests are considered poorer in terms of species richness
Lindemalm and Rogers (2001) carried out studies on impacts of conventional logging
and portable sawmill logging operations on tree diversity in tropical forests of PNG
Their studies compared impacts of conventional high intensity logging and low
intensity portable sawmill logging on tree diversity six years after harvesting Results
from their study indicated that tree diversity was significantly lower after high
intensity logging in comparison to low intensity logging and unlogged forest
Usually species richness is best indicated by the number of species while species
diversity is indicated by the Shannon-Wiener Index (Stocker et al 1985) Studies in
tropical forests of PNG showed that in low intensity logging there was a reduction in
tree diversity of 5 and 25 for the Shannon Wiener Index (H1) and Simpsonlsquos
Index (D) of diversity respectively in comparison to unlogged forest (Lindemalm and
Rogers 2001) Diameter growth rates of many PNG tree species are found to be in
excess of 20 mm yr-1
(Alder 1998 Lindemalm and Rogers 2001) and the study of
diameter increment of tree species in PSPs (Alder 1998) showed that the increment
for all tree species averaged 047 cm yr-1
(47 mm)
216 Species Distribution
In tropical rainforests a lot of species are uncommon while fewer are common and it
is also known that a lot of species are represented by few individuals This is
supported by studies carried out by Poore (1968) on a 23 hectares area of lowland
tropical forest in Jengka Penninsula Malaysia in which 377 tree species were
assessed The results of his study indicated that 81 (307) of the total number of
species were represented by only one to ten individuals each while less than 143
species (38) were found to be represented by only a single individual
Tropical forest tree species distribution may be influenced by environmental factors
such as soil rainfall temperature and altitude however certain tree species may be
able to adapt to any environmental condition while some may be suited to specific
site and environmental conditions For example in PNG the commercially important
Araucaria species A hunsteinii (Klinkii pine) and A cunninghamii (Hoop pine)
though common in higher altitude forest types are also able to adapt well on coastal
36
vegetation environments close to sea level These two tree species are common in the
Bulolo and Watut area on lower montane forest types (over 600 meters asl) but have
been also found along the Huon coast near Kui-Buso village (below 100 meters asl)
Related research carried out by Pokana (2002) to study the relationship between soil
groups and tree species on logged-over forests also showed that none of the natural
forest tree species studied had a strong relationship with the three environmental
variables (vegetation type soil type and rainfall) observed This may suggest that a
large number of native forest tree species occurring in PNG may be suited to any
environmental and site conditions in the country
217 Regeneration Mechanisms
Extent of regeneration is often determined by factors controlling the fate of seeds and
seedlings and the main influencing factors are soil seed bank light humidity
predation and defoliation by animals as well as seed sterility
Regeneration of commercial tree species is an important aspect regarding
sustainability of logging in tropical forests A study carried out in Bolivia
(Fredericksen and Mostacedo 2000) compared density species composition and
growth of timber species seedlings and sapling regeneration 14 months after selection
logging This study indicated that there were highest density and greatest initial height
growth rates of tree regeneration in areas with the greatest amount of soil disturbance
including log landings and logging roads Regeneration in this case was high due to
high densities of light-seeded shade intolerant species such as Anaderanthera
colubrina and Astronium urundeuva This situation is similar to what happens after
selective logging in PNG where gaps skid tracks and logging roads are quickly
conquered by pioneer light demanding species such as Macaranga Alphitonia and
Trema orientalis In many cases the invasive species Piper is very common Studies
done by Park et al (2005) on natural regeneration in a four year chronosequence in a
Bolivian tropical forest also showed that pioneer regeneration was more abundant
than that of commercial species in all harvest years
In tropical forest conditions it has been proposed that forests regenerating after
timber harvesting are not expected to grow and achieve the heights of the original
forests because the lowered vegetational matrix will lower the biological clear bole-
height of developing young trees Usually height reduction of 25-50 may be
37
expected and this will reduce the living space (volume) of the forest by an equivalent
amount (Ng 1983)
After logging operations silvicultural treatment in residual stands may be required in
tropical forests to encourage regeneration and growth of commercially viable timber
species If logged over forests are not encouraged to regenerate commercial timber
species they are more susceptible to conversion to other land uses when accessible to
different users (Fredericksen and Putz 2003) Natural regeneration forms an essential
component of selection harvesting systems used in rainforest management and long-
term yield forecasts must take account of the presence and amount of this
regeneration (Vanclay 1992)
Due to abundance of seed resources and periodic heavy fruit production in tropical
rainforests a lot of forest areas are found to have dense and clumped seedling and
young sapling distribution on the forest floor Examples of these type of forests
according to UNESCOUNEPFAO (1978) are Malaysian mixed Dipterocarp forests
mixed lowland forest in Irian Venezuela Sumatrana mixed swamp forests and
Araucaria forests in PNG
2171 Silvicultural Systems
The two main silviculture systems applicable for forest management are selection and
uniform (clear-cutting) systems (Dawkins and Philip 1998 Mckinty 1999)
Silvicultural systems for commercially valuable native forests are largely concerned
with their regeneration (Mckinty 1999) From the two silvicultural systems the four
common methods of forest regeneration applied in both tropical and temperate forests
are selection shelter-wood seed-tree and clear-cutting In all the methods
regeneration is assumed to arise from natural or induced seed-fall sowing or planting
or a combination of these However in tropical forests the principal source of
regeneration of primary species following selection harvesting is usually advanced
growth (Mckinty 1999)
The two silvicultural systems may be further classified as monocyclic or polycyclic
Monocyclic systems are even-aged regeneration methods where all saleable trees are
harvested from a site over a short time-frame The length of the cycle in this system is
equal to the time it takes the trees to mature to achieve rotation age
38
Polycyclic systems are uneven-aged regeneration methods that involve returning to
the one area to harvest selected trees at short intervals in a continuing series of felling
cycles In this system the length of the cycle is less than the rotation age of the trees
During the post-1900 to the late 1950s silviculture of natural tropical forests was
evident in India Burma Indonesia and Malaysia (Dawkins and Philip 1998) The
main tree species being developed into plantation crops at that time were teak
(Tectona grandis) and Shorea robusta However progress was hampered by the
World economic depression of 1930 the wars and shortages of experienced staff
From the 1950s up to the early 1990s as population increased World trade in wood
production expanded giving rise in demand for sawn timber in the tropics During this
period the intensity of felling rose in the tropics and in countries such as Sabah and
Indonesia logging operations destroyed the canopy removed significant part of the
seed bearers and encouraged the growth of pioneer species (Dawkins and Philip
1998)
Ongoing cases of success in tropical rainforest management and silviculture are now
seen in not all but few countries in the tropics For example in Peninsular Malaysia
the uniform system has been used to manage Dipterocarp forest while selective
logging system has been used in the Philippines The uniform system used in
Peninsular Malaysia has been associated with a diameter increment of about 08-
10cm per year (Poore 1989)
Generally in selective harvesting systems used in the region timber harvesting is
carried out on the basis of minimum felling diameter limits For example in PNG the
diameter cutting limit for selective felling system is 50cm dbh This means that in a
timber harvesting operation all commercial trees with a diameter of 50cm and above
across the board are harvested The selective system used in PNG is associated with
an average diameter increment on all commercial timber species to be about 047-
10cm per year (Alder 1998)
39
218 Shade Tolerance
Forest tree species that are able to tolerate low light levels and are able to grow under
shade are usually referred to as shade tolerant and these species are mostly slow
growing Often these tree species can regenerate in areas where lower levels of light
reach the forest floor For example Vitex lucens and Dysoxylum spectabile are shade
tolerant tree species that are able to regenerate in areas where lower levels of light
reach ground level while Agathis australis is a much more light demanding tree and
requires larger gaps to regenerate In PNG one of the most important commercial
timber species Pometia pinnata (Taun) is a shade tolerant species which is able to
regenerate under canopy and limited light levels For light demanding tree species
(shade intolerant) they may be able to persist without significant growth in deep
shade until a gap appears
It is also quite common in tropical forest logging that mortality rates are usually high
on shade tolerant species This is supported by studies carried out on vegetation
structure and regeneration in tree-fall gaps of reduced-impact logged of subtropical
forests in Bolivia (Felton et al 2006) This study showed that ground disturbance
during timber harvesting caused higher rates of mortality to shade tolerant species in
advance stages of regeneration This resulted in the removal of the competitive height
advantage needed by shade tolerant species to compete for gaps and therefore further
encourages opportunities for pioneer species to dominate gap regeneration
In temperate forests if there is less accumulation of organic matter in a forest stand
understory trees remain more vigorous during transitional growth stages (Oliver et al
1985) and in this situation trees which eventually form the overstory during true old
growth stage can be either tolerant or intolerant of shade Sometimes shade tolerant
species become established in the understory re-initiation stage and slowly grow
upward as the overstory releases growing space Some examples of shade tolerant tree
species found in temperate forest types are for example in the Pacific north-western
United States where western hemlocks Pacific silver firs and grand firs which grow
beneath old Douglas fir canopies (Oliver et al 1985)
40
219 Stand Structure
Stand structure of a forest may be investigated to observe how a forest behaves over
time which is quite important for forest management purposes If a forest stand has
past management history or some forms of disturbance such as commercial harvesting
or other human and animal influence often it will be necessary to assess its quality
before future management decisions are made
To describe the structure of tropical forests accurately either in words or in
quantitative terms presents considerable problems (Richards 1983) It is often
difficult to describe the structure of tropical forests as rainforests are always very
heterogeneous structurally however single dominant tropical rainforests show clearly
defined strata while mixed forests usually do not
In a tropical forest ecosystem the structure of forest also controls the distribution of
smaller plants like the epiphytes Primary rainforests have numerous gaps due to
death of large old trees and often also gaps caused by lightning strikes windfalls
landslips and other natural causes
Often the distribution of the number of tree stems between diameter size classes and
distribution of individual stems amongst basal area size classes are the measures that
are used to examine the structure of a stand which are more informative As well as
that size class distribution of individual tree species in a stand is also useful to
examine the structure of the stand
2110 Responses of Forest to Disturbances
All forests are subjected to a number of naturally-occurring disturbances and many to
human-induced ones which produce a range of different-sized gaps in the canopy
(Mckinty 1999) The death and falling of a large dominant tree and the associated
damage of its neighbours could produce a gap of some 100-800 m2 (Lamprecht 1989
Richards 1996) Gaps caused by the death of trees are of different quality to those
caused by fire landslip or human disturbances such as logging or traditional farming
41
21101 Tropical forest response to Natural Disturbances
Various natural disturbances in tropical forests create a mosaic of vegetation types
with strong species diversity between them (Mckinty 1999 Whitmore 1990) This
diversity occurs from place to place within the same community For example violent
annual flooding in the Peruvian Amazon forest resulted in the occurrence of high
species diversity from the formation of a mosaic of forest types (Whitmore 1990)
PNG is a land wracked by continual catastrophe such as earthquakes landslides
volcanic activities and strong winds In dry periods forests that are slightly seasonal
become dry hence frequent fires can be experienced (Whitmore 1990) In PNG
shifting cultivation and associated regrowth are also extensive Timber tree species for
a tract of lowland rainforest usually include a considerable proportion of pioneers
such as the species of Albizzia Paraserianthes and Serianthes besides strong light-
demanding climax species for example Campnosperma spp Pometia pinnata and
Terminalia spp
In the Melanesia region (PNG-Solomon Island-Vanuatu) cyclones earthquakes
volcanic eruptions and periodic fires are frequent and can destroy large areas of forest
(Mckinty 1999) Prolonged heavy rainfall or tectonic activity causes landslips and
other mass movement of the soil surface in Melanesia They may be also caused by
fires or inappropriate roading The most common form of natural disturbance is the
formation of gaps caused by the death of trees
Gaps caused by landslips can be extensive for example Whitmore (1998) estimated
that 8-16 per century of the land surface of PNG is disturbed by landslides Lava
and heat from volcanic eruptions can also destroy an entire rainforest
Tropical mixed forests are not fire-prone nor do they require fire for their
regeneration however tropical forests are vulnerable to extensive fires during
prolonged drought for example in an El Nino Southern Oscillation (ENSO) event
(Mckinty 1999) Rainforests have been destroyed by fire during drier weather periods
for over several thousand years (Whitmore 1991) Fire can be caused by volcanic
eruptions or lightning in drier forests Human induced fire in the tropics is much more
frequent and widespread This can be from fires lit during cooking or more frequently
from activities of shifting cultivation for example in PNG extensive areas of forests
were burnt during the ENSO event of 199798
42
21102 Tropical forest response to harvesting
Generally in a commercial logging operation in a tropical environment large size
class trees with economic value are removed for timber During the process of timber
extraction excessive damage may be done to the small size class trees which are not
always caused by felling itself but by the movement of machinery in and out of the
forest as well as the construction of logging tracks and skidding trails There are also
damage to existing regeneration and the residual stand as a direct result of logging It
is often obvious especially in the tropical region in uncontrolled logging operation
that mortality rates are quite high immediately after logging
Harvesting and removal of logs using logging machinery creates gaps on the forest
floor to which the forest responds The amount of damage to a forest and the nature of
the response depends on how many trees are felled than on the volume harvested
(Mckinty 1999) Usually felling damage is in the form of breakage of the crowns and
snapping of the stems of some of the remaining trees In many situations in tropical
forest logging skidding operations damage tree roots and boles For example in
PNG the most common forms of damage to the residual stand during selection
harvesting are to the bole and crowns and the presence of lianas is the major factor
affecting crowns (Sam 1999)
Effects of timber harvesting on tropical rainforest may occur in various forms
however apart from changes in the environment including changes in microclimate
and soil harvesting affects the forest structure According to studies carried out in
Brunei by Kobayashi (1992) the density of standing trees decrease after timber
harvesting but analysis of size class distribution revealed a similar pattern Similar
studies were carried out by Yosi (2004) in which a comparison was made between
seven plots on unlogged and seven plots on cutover tropical forests from initial
measurements of PSPs in PNG to assess the impact of timber harvesting on stocking
and basal area Results from his study showed that there was a 32 reduction in stem
numbers while basal area was reduced by 40 after timber harvesting In relation to
the study by Kobayashi (1992) the PNG data (Yosi 2004 Yosi et al 2009 Yosi et
al 2011) also showed that the size class distribution pattern displayed the reverse-J
shape pattern which is a typical characteristic of uneven-aged mixed natural forest
Several studies carried out in the past in PNGlsquos tropical forest are worth mentioning
here Yosi (2004) showed that the average basal area of seven plots on unlogged
43
forest was about 269m2 ha
-1 and when the forest was disturbed through logging it
was reduced to about 178m2 ha
-1 a study by Oavika (1992) showed that after
conventional logging operations initial basal area may be reduced to as low as 10m2
ha-1
while related research studies done on diagnostic sampling conducted in PNGlsquos
Oomsis forest by Kingston and Nir (1988a) suggested that the maximum basal area
for free growth of natural forest in PNG is around 30m2 ha
-1 and data analysis under
an ITTO funded project by Alder (1998) also indicated that an un-logged forest in
PNG achieves a dynamic equilibrium of about 32m2 ha
-1
It is generally understood that forest disturbances from logging may change the
structure and species composition and may also upset the ecological balance of a
forest On the other hand logging may encourage a new balance of regeneration
especially where the canopy is opened and gaps are created in the forest Studies on
effects of reduced impact logging (RIL) on stand structure and regeneration in a
lowland hill forest of PNG (Rogers 2010) showed that timber harvesting using a
portable-sawmill cutting 1-2 trees ha-1
caused 1-6 of ground area to be heavily
disturbed Logging gaps created from operations of portable-sawmill promoted
abundant regeneration of primary and secondary species His study also showed that
early regeneration was recorded at 61 for secondary species but after 61 months
primary species became dominant and secondary species accounted for only 9
Johns (1986) reported that initial losses of trees through logging may be compensated
in the short term by leaf flush in the remaining trees in response to conditions of
physiological drought and rapid growth of pioneer species This is quite common in
tropical rainforests as immediately after timber harvesting through logging short-
lived pioneers (for example in PNG Macaranga Trema and Altofia) quickly conquer
the openings and gaps created on the forest floor
According to Ng (1983) in selective timber harvesting removal of large size trees
also destroys the upper canopy of the forest as well as much of the lower canopy For
example studies carried out in Kalimantan in Indonesia (Abdulhadi et al 1981)
showed that removal of a single large tree in a logging operation resulted in the
destruction of 17 other trees and crown and branch damage to 41 of the surviving
trees
44
2111 Discussion
The literature review on the subject of forest dynamics in Section 21 highlighted not
all but some issues in tropical forests The review related to an overview of tropical
forests (Subsection 212) showed that apart from the diverse ecosystems and complex
structure of tropical forests they support the livelihoods of millions of people who
depend on them for their survival
Tropical forest dynamics (Subsection 213) relate to the various changes in natural
systems that take place continuously in a forest stand and these changes are explained
by the phenomenon of succession As explained earlier forest succession and forest
disturbance are the two main factors that influence the ongoing process of forest
dynamics in a forest area (Shugart 1984) In the review it was pointed out that
classification of tropical forests are difficult (Subsection 214) (ITTO 2006)
however the characteristics of these types of forests include high precipitation
seasonality temperatures humidity violent storms hail hurricane and severe
droughts In terms of species diversity (Subsection 215) tropical forests still remain
the worldlsquos most complex and diverse ecosystems of any terrestrial environment
Tropical forests are known for their mixed species composition and their species
distribution (Subsection 216) are influenced by environmental factors such as soil
rainfall temperature and altitude
Regeneration in tropical forests (Subsection 217) is controlled by factors such as soil
seed bank light humidity predation and defoliation by animals and seed sterility
Sustainability of timber harvesting in tropical forests is also affected by the
regeneration capacity of commercial tree species Review under this subsection points
out that the two main silvicultural systems for the management of tropical forests are
selection and uniform (clear-cutting) systems (Subsection 2171) As is commonly
known this literature review pointed out that shade tolerant tree species (Subsection
218) are able to grow under shade while shade intolerant species are light
demanding and require larger gaps to regenerate Usually timber harvesting in tropical
forests affects shade tolerant tree species due to high mortality rates caused from
harvesting activities (Felton et al 2006) Describing the structure of tropical forests
(Subsection 219) is often difficult because of their heterogeneous structure
45
However the distribution of tree numbers between diameter classes and individual
stems amongst basal area classes can easily describe the structure of a stand
Tropical forest environments respond to disturbances in many ways As pointed out in
this review (Subsection 2110) forests respond to natural disturbances (Subsection
21101) as well as human-induced disturbances such as timber harvesting
(Subsection 21102) which affect the environment structure and species
composition On the other hand harvesting also opens up the canopy and gaps are
created in the forest floor hence encouraging regeneration
As indicated in the literature many research studies have been carried out in tropical
forests relating to stand dynamics and changes that follow after disturbances such as
logging activities Many of these studies are not reported in this review however
research studies on this subject carried out in North Queensland (for example
Nicholson 1985 Nicholson et al 1988) and research in tropical rainforests of Bolivia
(Fredericksen and Mostacedo 2000 Fredericksen and Putz 2003) point out the need
for silvicultural interventions to be applied to the residual stands to promote
regeneration and growth of commercial tree species
46
2112 Conclusions
From the review in Section 21 the following general conclusions are made
Silvicultural treatments after logging to enhance forest growth have been
successful in North Queensland tropical rainforests for example increasing
basal area indicating good response to treatments (Nicholson et al 1988)
Using the North Queensland experience there is a need to adopt similar
practices to other tropical forests in the region especially in the Pacific-Asia
region
Silvicultural treatments in residual stands may be required after logging to
encourage regeneration and growth of commercially viable timber species
(Fredericksen and Putz 2003)
Post-harvest competition control treatments may be necessary to encourage
regeneration of commercial tree species (Fredericksen and Mostacedo 2000)
Out-planting programs may be needed to ensure successful regeneration of
commercial timber tree species (Park et al 2005)
In the case of PNG currently there are few or no silvicultural treatments
applied to residual stands to promote regeneration of desirable timber species
or to enhance forest recovery after logging activities There is now a need for
research into post-harvest silvicultural treatments and other silvicultural
interventions on cut-over native forests in the country This may be necessary
to promote regeneration and growth of commercial timber species as well as to
improve stocking and density on cut-over forests which may otherwise be left
to degrade over time Silvicultural treatments may involve liberation and
refinement treatments while the way forward in terms of other silvicultural
interventions on cut-over native forests may be enrichment and gap planting
The objective of Section 21 was to understand the complex structure of tropical
forests and how these forests response to disturbances Tropical forests are diverse in
terms of their structure and composition and they respond differently to both natural
and human-induced disturbances such as timber harvesting Due to their mixed and
diverse species composition SFM is a challenge however appropriate management
systems are required to address these challenges
47
22 CURRENT ISSUES IN TROPICAL FOREST MANAGEMENT
221 Introduction
Subsection 221 gives a general introduction of the current issues in tropical forest
management The issues that are high on the agenda of international discussion
regarding tropical forest management are highlighted based on (FAO 2007) These
issues are discussed briefly under this subsection to set the scene for the details that
follow
Due to global demand for timber products tropical forests are under enormous
pressure from harvesting while governments in the region rely on revenues generated
from export of timber products to supplement internal budgets It is also considered
that as most global wood production comes from either natural or semi-natural forests
rather than plantations natural forest management and research elsewhere and in the
tropics still remain as an important aspect for SFM
Based on the most recent information available from the Global Forest Resource
Assessment 2005 (FRA 2005) by FAO (2007) the current issues high on the agenda
globally include climate change forest landscape restoration invasive species
wildlife management and wood energy The tropical region is part of the global
community hence while most of the global issues are also important in the region the
important topics for discussion and debate include illegal logging deforestation
climate change certification and governance
In Subsection 222 the review discusses illegal logging in the tropics and gives some
specific examples in the region World-wide campaigns against illegal logging have
emerged and have much support from the international community especially OECD
countries (Curtin 2005) and particularly Australia However there have been also a
lot of efforts and cooperation in combating illegal logging and the associated timber
trade In this subsection detailed aspects of illegal logging in the tropical region are
pointed out
Deforestation is a major factor contributing to global warming which leads to climate
change This is a widespread concern and the review discusses the associated
problems with deforestation in Subsection 223
48
Subsection 224 discusses detailed aspect of climate change There is now a growing
concern that global warming is the major cause of climate change and the review
points out the importance of the role of tropical forests in causing and solving the
problems of climate change Under this Subsection an overview of the Kyoto
Protocol and the role it plays in addressing issues relating to climate change are also
given in Subsection 2241 Some aspects of carbon sequestration the process that
removes carbon from the atmosphere that may assist in solving the problems of global
warming are highlighted in Subsection 2242
In Subsection 225 community forest management in the tropics is discussed It is
now widely recognised that community groups are increasingly involved in forest
management at the community-level in the tropics The review give details of the
efforts of Non-government organisations (NGOs) Community-based Organisations
(CBOs) and international agencies in promoting CBFM in the tropics
Certification efforts by various schemes in the tropics are highlighted as these
processes are a necessary requirement for SFM In Subsection 226 the review firstly
gives some details of the establishment of certification bodies worldwide and also
gives some examples of the countries in the tropics which are developing their own
certification systems ITTOlsquos role in promoting certification programs in its member
countries are also discussed in this subsection
The review in Subsection 227 emphasises that governance at local national and
regional levels is important to address problems such as corruption and deforestation
Details of efforts by international organisations to improve governance in developing
countries are discussed in this subsection In the review some specific examples from
PNG have been highlighted
The literature review in Subsection 228 summarises the discussions relating to the
current issues in tropical forest management and some general conclusions are drawn
from these discussions in Subsection 229 The objective of Section 22 is to point out
and discuss the current issues which are themselves problems and challenges facing
tropical forest management These key issues are high on the agenda in policy debate
and discussions by governments and stakeholders in international meetings
49
222 Illegal Logging
The world-wide campaign against illegal logging in developing countries especially
Africa Asia and the Pacific is attracting support from governments of OECD
countries including USA UK and Australia (Curtin 2005) However there is also an
argument that these governments are more concerned in protecting their own timber
industries from competition from producers especially in the tropical region
including countries such as Indonesia and Papua New Guinea (Curtin 2005)
According to Australian Ministry for Fisheries Forestry and Conservation citing a
report by Jaakko Poyry (2005) illegal logging is defined as harvesting without
authority in national parks or conservation reserves and avoiding full payment of
royalty taxes or charges It is generally understood that illegal logging involves the
harvest transportation purchase or sale of timber in violation of national laws
There has also been much of international effort and cooperation in combating illegal
timber trade These efforts have been supported following the adoption of an anti-
timber trafficking resolution at the meeting of the United Nations Economic and
Social Council (UNESCO) in Vienna April 2007 These initiatives are receiving
support from developing countries For example Indonesia has been the first country
in the world to change its laws relating to money laundering to include crimes against
the environment and illegal logging In PNG the government commissioned five
separate reviews of the administration and operations of the logging industry from
2000 to 2005 (Forest Trends 2006) These reviews were conducted in response to
concerns raised by the public that the operations of the timber industry were not
providing long-term benefits to the country and its peoples and to assess the
implementation of amendments to the 1991 PNG Forestry Act (Ministry of Forests
1991b) Of the 14 active logging operations investigated under one of the five
reviews it was stated that none of these projects were operating legally with the
exception of only two projects which were found to be better than average
compliance to existing laws and regulations The report by Forest Trends (2006) is
contradictory to claims by Curtin (2005) in which he points out that audits of the PNG
timber industry sponsored by the World Bank from 2000 to 2004 found full
compliance by the industry with the countrylsquos Forestry Act 1991
50
Quite recently Australia has been one of the countries engaging with issues relating to
illegal timber trafficking Australialsquos efforts have been boosted when trade officials
from Australian Embassy visited the Centre for International Forestry Research
(CIFOR) in 2006 to discuss the question of illegal timber exports Also in April 2007
the Australian Minister for Environment and Water Resources visited CIFOR as part
of the launch of the Global Initiative on Forests and Climate
According to ITTO (2006) in many ITTO producer member countries illegal logging
is a critical obstacle to SFM in both production and protection forest areas however
efforts to combat illegal logging and illegal trade through bilateral agreements are
emerging For example in Indonesia and Malaysia governments have developed a
system of government-to-government timber trade in 2004 whereby only logs
received through government designated ports would be considered legal Multilateral
initiatives have also been put in place to address illegal logging For example the
2001 introduction of Forest Law Enforcement and Governance (FLEG) (ITTO 2006)
in East Asia which resulted in the Bali Ministerial Declaration in which both
producer and consumer countries agreed to take actions to suppress illegal logging
223 Deforestation
Deforestation in tropical countries has been a major point of discussion in recent
years As Grainger (1983) points out deforestation is temporary or permanent
removal of forest cover whether for agricultural or other purposes FAO has estimated
the rate of deforestation in the humid tropics to be about 16 million hectares per year
from studies done in thirteen countries in the tropics including Malaysia and PNG
(FAO 2006) However these estimates were doubtful as Lanleylsquos systematic
approach (Lanley 1981) in 55 tropical countries estimated the deforestation rate in
the tropics to be 6 million hectares per year
According to FAO FRA 2005 each year about 13 million hectares of the worldlsquos
forests are lost due to deforestation (FAO 2006) From 1990 to 2000 net forest loss
was 89 million hectares per year from which primary forest was lost at a rate of 6
million hectares per year through deforestation or selective logging Among the ten
leading countries that have the largest net forest loss per year between 2000 and 2005
Brazil Indonesia Myanmar and Zambia were top of the list During the same period
net forest loss was 73 million hectares per year which is equivalent to 200 km2 per
51
day (wwwfaoorgforestrysite28679en 2008) According to Greenpeace Indonesia
had the fastest rate of deforestation in the world with an area of forest equivalent to
300 soccer pitches destroyed every hour (wwwsciamcom 2007)
Recently at a high level meeting on Forests and Climate held in Sydney it was
pointed out that land use change especially deforestation in developing countries
contributes 20 of annual global greenhouse gas emissions
(httpwwwciforcgiarorg) This high level meeting followed the Australian
Governmentlsquos launch earlier of a $200 million initiative to reduce global greenhouse
gas emissions caused by forest loss especially in developing countries FAO (2007)
also pointed out that most developing countries especially those in tropical areas
continue to experience high rates of deforestation and forest degradation and countries
with highest rates of poverty and civil conflict are those that face the most serious
challenges in achieving SFM (wwwfaoorgforestrysite28679en) Freeman (2006)
also argues that the ongoing problems of illegal logging and forest conversion to other
land uses in developing countries are arguably the most significant threats to
achieving SFM With widespread concern about the fast depletion of tropical forests
logging activities in the region have been taken as a sensitive issue Apart from the
day to day human influence on the forests as well as the many complex factors and
issues causing the fast depletion of the tropical forests logging activities in the region
have been understood to be a major contributing factor to forest degradation With
higher rate of exploitation tropical forests are now under threat from conversion to
different land uses In earlier estimates by Dawkins and Philip (1998) 02 km2
of
rainforests are lost every year of which 25 is a direct result of logging activities
carried out in the region while an estimated 51 million ha of forest degrade every
year as a direct result of logging
Like many other developing countries in the tropics PNGlsquos natural forests are being
exploited at an overwhelming rate Estimates show that the countrylsquos forests are
decreasing at a rate of 120000 ha per annum (PNGFA 2003) through logging
agricultural activities mining and other land uses Earlier on the 2000 World Bank
statistics estimated that from 1980 to 1990 the deforestation rate in PNG was 03
annually (Forestry Compendium 2003) In 1992 forest areas committed for timber
concessions throughout the country were about 57 million hectares while the total
52
logged-over forest was estimated to be about 850000 hectares (Bun 1992) and this
has increased to an estimated figure of one million hectares (Nir 1995)
224 Climate Change
There is now a growing concern throughout the world about global warming which
causes global climate change Tropical forests are considered to play an important
role in causing and solving the problems of global climate change global biodiversity
and sustainability Tropical deforestation is considered a major factor contributing to
carbon dioxide (CO2) emission into the atmosphere It is estimated that the total
global C stored in plant biomass is 106 Kg C (Healey 2003) Tropical forests
especially moist forests are important for their capacity to store C Therefore their
conversion and degradation can potentially have a massive effect
There is also concern about human-induced climate change which is affecting ever-
wider areas of energy and land use policy as evidenced by the United Nations 1997
Climate Change Conference at Kyoto and further ratification in Bonn (Healey 2003)
The major cause of global warming according to the Green house effect theory is the
increasing concentration of atmospheric CO2 which lets short wavelengths radiation
from the sun penetrate whilst blocking the long wavelengths radiation emitted by the
much cooler surface of the earth Because of the importance of forests in the global C
cycle it is widely recognised that their management could play a large role in
mitigating this mechanism The potential for increasing terrestrial C storage by
increasing forest biomass has also been recognised in many parts of the world It is
also considered that the high productivity of moist tropical forests means that they
have the potential to fix a lot of CO2 to counteract recent global climate change
In 1990 it was estimated that the contribution of tropical forest conversion and
degradation to the C cycle was 22 At present global forestry is acting as a net
absorber of atmospheric CO2 Experts are more and more certain that the so called
―Missing Sink for CO2 is greater than previously expected absorption by terrestrial
vegetation One of the reasons for forests being the net C fixation includes the
increase in productivity of existing forests Also important is the large amount of
plantation forestry established in the past 30 years These forests are still in their
building phase when their biomass is rapidly increasing and they are major sinks for
CO2 Despite the evidence of forests currently acting as a net C sink the extent of this
53
and in particular itlsquos time duration are very uncertain It is predicted that there could
be a catastrophic switch of the whole Amazon ecosystem from net sink to net source
of C Studies carried out in Indonesia show that deforestation and slash and burn
agriculture had a dramatic impact on global climate change (Healey 2003)
There is a potential technical improvement in tropical forestry to current conventional
commercial logging practices The improvement in the technique of Reduced Impact
Logging (RIL) include the prohibition of logging in the more vulnerable areas and
the adoption of better planned and implemented felling and skidding operations are
considered to be one means of reducing the C emissions held responsible for global
warming While deforestation in developing countries contributes significantly to
greenhouse gas emission PNG and countries in the Pacific may potentially benefit
from a system of Payment of Environment Services (PES) or Avoided Deforestation
(httpwwwciforcgiarorg) to compensate and provide incentives for them to reduce
deforestation
2241 Kyoto Protocol
The Kyoto Protocol is the international treaty on global warming The treaty was
negotiated as an amendment to United Nations Framework Convention on Climate
Change (UNFCCC) in Rio de Janeiro in 1992 In 1997 the Protocol was negotiated in
Kyoto and opened for signatures in 1998 Among those countries who signed the
Agreement PNG also signed the Agreement in 1999 and ratified the Protocol in 2002
The two main objectives of the Kyoto Protocol are to assist developed countries to
meet emission reduction targets and to assist developing countries to meet the
objectives of sustainable development The mechanism that allows developed and
developing countries to collaborate is the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM)
Eligibility of lands for implementing CDM project activities are required to comply
with international rules and national regulations and priorities Land use land-use
change and forestry (LULUCF) requirements under the CDM are limited to
afforestation and reforestation later known as AR CDM in the first commitment
period Under the Protocollsquos standards (Murdiyarso et al 2005) afforestation is the
direct human-induced conversion of land that has not been forested for a period of at
least 50 years to forested land through planting seedling and human-induced
promotion of natural seed sources Reforestation is the direct human-induced
54
conversion of non-forested land to forested land through planting seedling and
human-induced promotion of natural seed sources on land that was forested but that
has been converted to non-forested land Implementation of AR CDM is required to
comply with strict rules concerning methodologies to determine baseline to monitor
greenhouse gas removals and leakages and the monitoring plan The scheme for
LULUCF activities called small-scale AR CDM gives smallholder rural communities
an opportunity to participate Small-scale projects are able to sequester a maximum
of 8 Kt CO2 year-1
(Murdiyarso et al 2005) The magnitude of such projects could
involve an area of 500-800 ha depending on the species chosen and management of
the project
2242 Carbon Sequestration
C sequestration is the process that removes C from the atmosphere This can be done
in a long-term storage of C in terrestrial vegetation underground in organic matter
and soils and in oceans This process removes or slows down CO2 accumulation in the
atmosphere While artificial capturing and storing C is possible natural processes of
storing C in terrestrial biomass are also important
The most obvious way to reduce atmospheric CO2 is for forest plantations to be
established in currently non-forest low-biomass land This can be difficult due to high
investment costs and shortages of available land If the socio-economic conditions are
favourable for continued establishment of new forest plantations this will establish a
larger flexible C store As an alternative to the continuous establishment of new
plantations attention should be turned to massively reducing the rate of conversion
and degradation of existing forests
As far as the Kyoto Protocol is concerned developing countries especially in the
tropical region could possibly benefit from developed country investment in increased
C storage This may be possible through the CDM which allows developed and
developing countries to collaborate
Considering the global context Cooper (2003) estimated that afforestation in
temperate forests is 33 tropical is 61 and boreal forests is 6 The key to
contribution of afforestation to reducing atmospheric CO2 is the fate and utilisation of
the resulting wood products C fixed during forest re-growth in the short term will
eventually be converted back to CO2 by respiration or burning Therefore it would be
better for the C balance if one could make more positive use of this fixed C
55
Stuart and Sekhran (1996) proposed that there was a potential for C-offset projects to
fund forest management or forest conservation in PNG Participation in this case will
depend on organisational management capacity and appropriate legal instruments that
secure C rights for buyers and give security on issues such as leakage and permanence
(Keenan 2001) This may ultimately depend on transformation of indigenous
property relations Activities that might allow PNG communities to benefit from
developed country investment in increased C storage or reduced emissions in forests
according to Keenan (2001) are
Development of forest plantations on cleared land particularly degraded
Imperata grasslands
Rehabilitation of forest areas degraded by previous logging operations
through enrichment planting weeding and tending or other intervention
Development of woodlots tree farming and domestication of PNG indigenous
species in the rural communities
Reducing green house gas (GHG) emissions associated with harvesting
operations
Conserving forest areas that are currently designated for harvesting or
conversion to agriculture
56
225 Community Forest Management in the Tropics
Increased devolution of forest ownership and management rights to local control has
the potential to promote both conservation and livelihood development in remote
tropical regions (Duchelle et al 2011) However such shifts in property rights can
generate conflicts particularly when combined with rapidly increasing values of
forest resources Multiple uses of forests are now being recognised at community-
level and apart from timber local people also value their forests for other goods and
services such as NTFP carbon and biodiversity conservation According to Kainer et
al (2009) it is highly unlikely that large tracts of tropical forests will be conserved
without engaging local people who depend on them daily for their livelihoods This is
because stakeholders who reside in bio-diverse ecosystems such as tropical forests
are the largest direct users and ultimate decision-makers of forest fate therefore can
be important investors in conservation Their local ecological knowledge can also
complement western science and frequently have long-term legitimate claims on lands
where they reside
Throughout tropical countries communities have raised concern that very few
benefits have been reaching the owners of land and forests whenever there are major
forest development projects initiated by the government As well as that local people
value forests for not only timber products but also other benefits and services hence
there have been an increasing number of local community groups involved in small-
scale forestry projects Many of these projects are community based and have
involved small-scale sawmilling with the primary aim of producing sawn timber to
build a decent home and to sell surplus sawn timbers to generate some income for the
community groups to improve livelihoods
In PNG some NGOs CBOs and conservation groups have participated in community
forestry related activities over the last 15 years Some of these groups include the
Village Development Trust (VDT) World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) Foundation
For People and Community Development (FPCD) and Madang Forest Resource
Owners Association (MFROA) VDT is an indigenous non-governmental
organisation that has been working in the communities in PNG and throughout the
south pacific since 1990 (wwwglobalnetpgvdt) Some of its activities include eco-
forestry forest conservation education and training in forestry village eco-timber
57
projects integrated conservation and development projects In Fiji a collaborative
effort between the Fiji Forestry Department and Drawa Forest Landowners Co-
operative Ltd has been established This collaborative arrangement has been
supported by the SPCGTZ Pacific-German Regional Forestry and the Drawa
Community-based SFM regime for native forest in 1994
(wwwspcintlrdHighlights_Archivehighlights_Drawa_Modelhtm) The Drawa
Project has been established as a model area for community and resource owner
participation in forest management Under this project forest management and land
use plans have been drawn to provide a regulatory framework for community-based
natural resource management
In countries such as India Nepal and Philippines community forestry and joint
forest management initiatives have been found to be quite successful (Mery et al
2005 Wardle et al 2003) These initiatives have been successful because community
forestry related activities promoted the customary management systems which existed
before the state assumed control of forest lands Experiences show that local
institutions make better use of forests manage them more sustainably and contribute
more equitably to livelihoods than central government agencies
Small-scale forestry elsewhere outside the tropics has been also proven to be
successful For example in Lithuania where 35 of total forest area is under small-
scale private forestry (Mizaras et al 2007) small-scale forestry activities include use
of logging residues and other non-used wood for fuel use of non-wood forest
products and sales of environmental services including CO2 sequestration These
activities have increased income from forests for small-scale forestry Experiences in
Australia show that small-scale farm forestry has continued to grow since the 1980lsquos
and has the potential to influence the Australian national forest estate Research
carried out by Cox (2004) indicates that exposure of small-scale forestry to
international trade can create an impetus for change that would be beneficial for
small-scale forestry sector
The review of community forest management in the tropics has not covered all the
literature available however from those materials consulted it can be seen that more
NGOs CBOs and community groups are increasingly involved in forest management
at the community-level in the tropics Most of these groupslsquo involvement in forest
management at community-level is usually at a small scale however there is
58
evidence that direct benefits may flow to the communities For tropical countries
where central governments have direct control over forest lands communities could
adopt the systems used in India Nepal and the Philippines by promoting the
customary management systems in CBFM This will not be the case in PNG because
majority of the forests in the country are owned by community groups
226 Certification
Forest certification has been developed as a way of providing timber consumers with
information about the management of forests from which certain timber products have
originated The first forest certification started in 1990 with a teak plantation in
Indonesia certified as well managed by SmartWood a program of the New York-
based Rainforest Alliance (Dickinson 1999 Dickinson et al 1996) In 1992 the
Woodworkers Alliance for Rainforest Protection in the United States proposed the
creation of the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) and in the following year in 1993
the FSC founding assembly was held and in 1995 the council began to accredit
certifiers (Viana et al 1996) When forest certification started it was intended as a
tool for saving tropical forests however from the tropical forest management point of
view it was generally understood that logging practices in temperate and boreal
forests are if anything more destructive than is logging in tropical forests Therefore
certification of good forest management is now being quickly adopted in almost all
forest types throughout the world (Viana et al 1996)
Tropical forests are biodiversity hotspots of the world and are vital for the survival of
millions of indigenous people (httpwwwfscorgtropicalforestshtml) They also
provide social and environmental benefits to sustain the livelihoods of local
communities Tropical forests are managed for a wide variety of reasons For
example timber production source of firewood water catchment and biodiversity
conservation Due to overwhelming demands from society tropical forests are under
enormous pressure for exploitation and this continues to escalate with emerging
challenges FSC certification can offer communities in the tropics financially
competitive alternatives to poor practices illegal logging and land conversion for
cattle ranching or bio-fuel production (httpwwwfscorgtropicalforestshtml) FSC
standards are recognised as the highest social and environmental standards for forest
management worldwide Certification of tropical forests can result in substantial
59
social and environmental improvements and ultimately support the conservation and
long-term maintenance of these forests
In recent years several certification bodies have been established by interest groups to
provide a framework in which certification initiatives can be pursued and managed
The two largest schemes are the FSC which was established in 1993 and is driven
largely by environmental non-governmental organisations and the Programme for the
Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC) which was established in 1999 with the
support of international forest industry and trade organisations and associations
representing woodland owners in Europe Several countries in Europe New Zealand
and Japan have also developed Public Procurement Policies (PPP) to promote SFM
and good forest governance and promote sustainable use of forest products by
consumers (Freeman 2006) Some tropical countries are also now developing their
own certification systems These include the Malaysian Timber Certification Council
in Malaysia the Ecolabelling Institute in Indonesia and the Certificacao Florestal
(CERFLOR) in Brazil Countries in Africa are also developing a regional initiative
According to ITTO (2007) there has been a lot of progress in certification
requirements in ITTO producer countries however more than 90 of currently
certified forests worldwide are outside the tropics This scenario indicates the
difficulties associated with implementing SFM in the tropics In the report on Forests
for the New Millennium Mery et al (2005) noted that almost 200 million hectares of
forests had been certified at global level At regional level according to FSC 2009
figures 15 million hectares of tropical forest are FSC certified representing 14
percent of the total global area certified to the FSC Principles and Criteria
(httpwwwfscorgtropicalforestshtml) However in the regional context one in
five certificates lies in the tropics and the top three countries with the highest total
certified forest area are Brazil Bolivia and the Republic of Congo
At global level certification is now being quickly adopted in almost all forest types
however at regional level in many developing countries adoption of certification
requirements are very slow This is because of the difficulties associated with
implementing SFM as well as other related problems such as poor governance weak
laws and regulations lack of skilled personnel lack of enforcement of regulations for
implementing SFM and the direct and indirect costs associated with meeting the
requirements of certification
60
It is a general understanding that the process of forest certification is a market driven
approach that focuses on improving forest management by linking consumer concerns
about social issues and the environment to good practices Certification schemes
provide consumers governments retailers and individuals with an assurance that
they are buying products that come from forests which are sustainably managed in a
socially responsible way ITTO plays a significant role in certification in that it
undertakes policy related work by commissioning studies convenes conferences and
workshops and promotes debate among member countries ITTOlsquos assistance in
member countries are in the following capacity building and promoting forest
auditing systems strengthening certification programs helping companies to get their
forests certified and funding private sector and civil society partnerships to promote
SFM and certification
227 Governance
The World Bank defines governance as consisting of the traditions and institutions by
which authority in a country is exercised and includes the processes by which
governments are selected monitored and replaced the capacity of the government to
effectively formulate and implement sound policies and the respect of citizens and
the state for the institutions that govern economic and social interactions among them
(wwwworldbankreportsgovernanceampanti-corruptionWGI1996-
2007interactivehomemht) This definition is considered as political however
according to a report on the State of the Worldlsquos Forests by FAO (2007) the Asia
Pacific Forestry Commission (APFC) recognises the issue of governance to involve
the process of making and implementing decisions about forests and forest
management at local national and regional levels APFC emphasises that
frameworks such as forest legislation regulations criteria and indicators and codes of
conduct are important in the decision-making process
In most developing countries communities living in and around forest areas do not
have recognised property rights to the forest products that are important to their
livelihoods and their concerns are not taken care of in forest policy decision-making
processes National and local level governments also lack the necessary authority
capacity and accountability to fulfil their obligations to forest management and
therefore failures in governance also cause pressing problems such as deforestation in
61
many parts of the tropical region Over time the scenario has taken a shift as rapid
changes relating to expectations and demands on forests by society confronts the
forestry sector and those institutions and agencies involved in forest management are
now putting in place reforms in order to cope with these changes In PNG the Forest
Authority is now implementing the countrylsquos logging code of practice (PNGFA and
DEC 1996) Among other controls the code has a 24 step procedure that has to be
met before granting a license or permit for any major timber project to start The PNG
logging code of practice has received a lot of support from agencies and stakeholders
within the country as well as the international community The APFC is now
implementing a study in the Asia-Pacific region to provide member countries with
recommendations about how existing forestry agencies can be re-structured or
modernised to ensure their continued effectiveness and relevance
(wwwfaoorgforestrysite28679en)
The Special Project on World Forests Society and Environment of the International
Union of Forest Research Organisations (IUFRO) in 2005 (Mery et al 2005)
recommended that decentralization in developing countries should be pursued when
the conditions are right However the process of decentralization must be seen to
overcome corruption and establish new structures of governance at the local level
through participative democracy and self-management It is considered that these
processes may not be easy especially in developing countries in the tropical region as
multi-national corporations with their wealth and monetary power influence
government policies to their own advantage in terms of resource development in
sectors such as forestry and mining To support this argument it is not surprising that
the Word Bank Corruption Index (wwwworldbankreportsgovernanceampanti-
corruptionWGI1996-2007interactivehomemht) has recently ranked many developing
countries in the tropical region among the 20 most corrupt nations in the world
including PNG being ranked number 15
62
228 Discussion
Based on the review in Section 22 illegal logging is understood to be a major
problem in the tropics However there are also a considerable effort and cooperation
from international organisations in combating this issue Deforestation is mostly
experienced in developing countries in the tropics and contributes 20 of annual
GHG emissions with Indonesia having the fastest rate of deforestation in the world A
major contributing factor to global warming which causes climate change is tropical
deforestation but the importance of forests in the global carbon cycle has been widely
recognised hence their management could play a large role in mitigating this
mechanism Apart from illegal logging deforestation in the tropical region is also a
threat to achieving SFM (Freeman 2006) High rates of deforestation in the tropics
are associated with high rates of poverty and civil conflict and these are major barriers
to achieving SFM
Climate change is a global issue and tropical forests play an important role in causing
and solving problems of global climate change This is because tropical forests are not
only a major contributing factor to CO2 emission into the atmosphere which causes
global warming they are also important for their capacity to store carbon Provisions
in the Kyoto Protocol such as the Land Use and Land Use Change and Forestry
(LULUCF) under the CDM will potentially sequester CO2 from the atmosphere
thereby reducing global warming In terms of community forest management in the
tropics this review pointed out that more stakeholders are involved While some
communities have very little capacity to participate in community forestry
community forest management has been successful in India Nepal and the
Philippines (Mery et al 2005 Wardle et al 2003) Certification is seen as a tool for
assisting SFM There is now a growing support from international organisations in
developing certification bodies that focus on improving forest management by linking
consumer concerns about sound issues and environment to good practices
In many tropical countries there is a break-down and failure in governance and these
have given rise to pressing problems such as deforestation and corruption However
positive changes are now taking place as efforts from organisations such as the World
Bank and Asia Pacific Forestry Commission (APFC) are assisting to improve
governance in the tropics
63
Most of the issues discussed in Section 22 are problems and challenges that create
difficulties in achieving SFM in the region Until management of tropical forests
adopts the principles of sustainable forestry and until regulators enforce forest laws
effectively in the region forest management in the region will be subject to
unsustainable practices and biodiversity conservation and sustainable use of forest
products and other values will remain a major challenge
229 Conclusions
The literature review in Section 22 identified the following key issues
SFM in the tropics still remains a major challenge however there have been
some progress made to date with support from international organisations such
as ITTO and FAO (FAO 2007 ITTO 2007)
Illegal logging is a major problem in the tropics and is usually fuelled by
corruption and poor governance however recently there have been a lot of
efforts from international organisations to combat this problem
Deforestation and global warming which cause climate change are a
worldwide concern and international treaties such as the Kyoto Protocol have
the responsibility to assist developed countries meet their emission reduction
targets and assist developing countries by providing incentives for them to
meet the objectives of sustainable development
There is now a growing concern about global warming which is the major
cause of climate change but the importance of the role of tropical forests in
causing and solving the problems of climate change have been widely
recognised
Communities in the tropics are increasingly involved in forest management
and utilisation at small-scale
Forest certification is seen as a tool for assisting SFM and focuses on
improving forest management by linking consumer concerns about social
issues and environment to good practice However adoption of certification
requirements is very slow in tropical forests in developing countries because
of the difficulties associated with implementing SFM
Poor governance in the developing world is seen as a set-back to SFM as it
gives rise to problems such as corruption and deforestation however efforts
64
and assistance from international bodies such as the World Bank and APFC
are now putting in place systems that would improve governance
Considering the current issues discussed in Section 22 and relating them to the
overall objectives of the thesis the discussion points out problems and challenges
facing tropical forest management However there are efforts and approaches at local
level that can assist SFM in the region and this thesis addresses some of those aspects
For example scenario analyses tools developed in this study (Chapter 6 and 7) will be
applied by communities who own the majority of forests as is the case in PNG
Therefore the application of these tools will involve low impact harvesting and this
will contribute to sustainable forest use and overall SFM
65
23 FOREST MANAGEMENT APPROACHES
231 The Management Strategy Evaluation (MSE)
MSE is a frame work commonly used for fishery resource management This
approach has been considered for possible application for management of logged-over
forests in PNG The MSE framework was developed by Walters and Hilborn (1976)
for adaptive management of fishery resources Further work on MSE was carried out
by scientists working for the International Whaling Commission (Kirkwood 1993)
Since then work on the framework has been extended by Australian scientists and
others on multiple use models and spatial models (Butterworth and Punt 1999 Little
et al 2007 McDonald et al 2005 Sainsbury et al 2000) In resource management
multiple-use MSE has so far been mainly focused on sectors such as oil and gas
conservation fisheries and coastal development (McDonald et al 2005) In the
fishery sector the objective of adopting the MSE framework has been to develop and
demonstrate practical science-based methods that support integrated regional planning
and management of coastal marine ecosystems An integrated MSE developed by
CSIRO (McDonald et al 2005) has been applied successfully to fisheries and has
been further enhanced for providing scientific decision support for multiple use
management of coastal regions and estuaries
A framework such as MSE requires active participation of stakeholders and facilitates
the generation of ideas identification of problems and approaches for solving them as
well as anticipation of real world impacts This type of approach is usually motivated
and supported by the needs of management agencies Associated with an MSE
approach are the three main elements strategy specification and scenario A strategy
is a planned course of action by one or more people while a specification is a
computer representation or a model of the real system A scenario is a future
projection of various factors that impact on the system but which are not included
explicitly or dynamically in any of the computer representation or model of the
system (McDonald et al 2005) Usually these factors are represented as data inputs to
the model The factors projected into the future include things such as human
population growth patterns industrial development climate change and variability
and anticipated changes in recreational or industrial usage of natural resources
66
According to Sainsbury et al (2000) methods to design and evaluate operational
management strategies have advanced considerably in the past decade These MSE
methods have relied on simulation testing of the whole management process using
performance measures derived from operational objectives This approach involves
selecting operational management objectives specifying performance measures
specifying alternative management strategies and evaluating these using simulations
The MSE framework emphasises the identification and modelling of uncertainties and
propagates these through to their effects on the performance measures An example
application of the MSE approach has been in the fishery sector when the scientific
methods for evaluating fishery management strategies were applied through two
parallel initiatives These are adaptive management (Walters and Hilborn 1976) and
comprehensive assessment and management procedure evaluation developed by the
International Whaling Commission (De la Mare 1996 Donovan 1989 Kirkwood
1993 Magnusson and Stefansson 1989)
Both adaptive management and management procedure evaluation approaches are
similar in terms of their concept and have been termed as MSE Use of MSE is now
widely recognised as providing a successful and appropriate framework for scientific
input to fishery management (Cooke 1999 Sainsbury 1998) In resource
management the goals of MSE have been to support informed selection of a
management strategy by means of quantitative analysis to make clear the trade-offs
among the management objectives for any given strategy and to identify the
requirements for successful management MSE uses simulation modelling to examine
the performance of alternative strategies and therefore requires that all five of the
below elements be specified in a way that allows quantitative analysis A management
strategy consists of specifications for
o Monitoring program
o Measurements that will be made
o How these measurements will be analysed and used in the scientific
assessment
o How results of the assessment will be used in management
o How any decision will be implemented
The MSE framework can be used to compare alternative aspects of any part of a
strategy from monitoring options through the scientific assessment and its use in
decision-making and implementation (Figure 2-1)
67
Figure 2-1 Key features of the general MSE Framework (Sainsbury et al 2000)
The MSE framework has been used successfully for providing scientific decision
support in resource management The MSE approach may be considered for adoption
in the management of cutover forests in PNG because forest owners and community
demands expectations and problems vary under different circumstances therefore
this option is expected to address these issues
The objective of Section 23 is to investigate appropriate management approaches for
cutover native forest in PNG from the literature review and Subsections 231
(Management Strategy Evaluation) Subsection 232 (Scenario Method) and
Subsection 233 (Bayesian Belief Network) aim to discuss these approaches as the
alternative management systems
232 The Scenario Method
Use of scenarios can provide a tool for planning creatively for the future and
scenario-based approaches tap peoplelsquos imagination in anticipating the future
Because of the complexity of tropical forests and in PNG in particular compounded
by a complicated land and forest resource ownership systems the scenario method is
considered an applicable approach for adaptive management of cutover forest by
communities in PNG CIFORlsquos scenario method (httpwwwciforcgiarorg) for
68
adaptive management is considered an appropriate approach for management of
cutover forest in PNG
Scenarios are used with the objective of helping people change their habits of thinking
or mental maps of how things work so they can deal better with the uncertainties of
the future and perceive the consequences of their actions in the short and long term In
the context of community forestry scenarios are applicable when there is a need to
explore possibilities Scenario-based techniques are tools for improving anticipatory
rather than retrospective learning (Wollenberg et al 2000) They may assist forest
managers make decisions based on an anticipated range of changes Elements of the
scenario approach suitable for community forests are based on participatory rapid
appraisal (PRA) that may be appropriate to village and community settings
The major steps for using scenario methods include the following
o Defining the scenariolsquos purpose
o Choosing the type of scenario that best suits the purpose
o Selecting participants facilitators and setting for learning and follow-up action
According to Wollenberg et al (2000) the four sorts of scenario approaches are the
following
o Vision ndash a vision of the desired ideal future
o Projection ndash best guesses about the expected future
o Pathway ndash determination of how to get from the present to the future by
comparing present and desired future (vision) scenarios
o Alternatives ndash a comparison of options through multiple scenarios of either the
vision projection or pathway type
In the case of this PhD research study in the PNG situation scenario methods were
integrated into the MSE framework for evaluation The best possible approach in the
management of cutover forests in PNG is the use of alternative scenarios as this will
represent the expectations of different stakeholders such as the community groups and
timber industry
69
233 The Bayesian Belief Network (BBN)
The Bayesian Belief Network (BBN) has been considered as a possible approach for
management of cutover native forest in PNG BBNs are models that graphically and
probabilistically represent correlative and causal relationships among variables and
have been used in a broader decision support framework in resource management
(Cain 2001) McCann et al (2006) suggested that BBNs are useful tools for
representing expert knowledge of an ecosystem evaluating potential effects of
alternative management decisions and communicating with non experts about making
natural resource management decisions
Development of BBNs started in the 1990s (Pearl 1995) drawing on a deep body of
the theory developed for graphical models Later BBN techniques have been used by
ecologists and resource managers (Ellison 1996) Crome et al (1996) showed that
Bayesian methods may be useful and applicable in the context of tropical forest
management for modelling uncertainties involved when forest systems are disturbed
While developing models to predict the impact of non-timber forest products (NTFP)
commercialisation on livelihoods studies in Mexico and Bolivia adopted the
Department For International Development (DFID) livelihood framework as a basis
for constructing the BBN (Asley and Carney 1999) This framework is based on the
concept that people require a range of assets in order to achieve positive livelihood
outcomes According to DFID (1999) the five different types of assets including
both material and social resources are natural capital physical capital human capital
financial capital and social capital Following the DIFID approach Newton et al
(2006) considered that communities and individuals involved in NTFP
commercialization would require access to each of the five types of asset in order for
commercialisation to be successful
Considering the DIFIDlsquos livelihoods framework for resource management adoption
of BBN for community management of cutover native forests in PNG may not be
appropriate The main reason for this would be that many individuals and
communities in PNG may not have direct access to the five different types of material
and social assets
70
234 Discussion
The literature review in Section 23 covered three approaches to the development and
assessment of alternative forest management scenarios These are the MSE scenario
methods and BBN The MSE approach has been widely used in resource management
particularly in the fishery sector (McDonald et al 2005) The key steps of MSE
involves turning broad objectives into specific and quantifiable performance
indicators identifying and incorporating key uncertainties in the evaluation and
communicating the results effectively to client groups and decision-makers (Smith et
al 1999) The review pointed out that a successful application of an MSE approach
to natural resource management requires a collaborative effort between the decision-
makers technical experts and an MSE analyst
There is now an increasing emphasis on community participation in natural resource
management through group formation in all forms of development intervention
(Agawal 2001) In the context of natural resource management such as forests
devolving greater power to village community groups is now widely accepted by
governments international agencies and NGOs Community-based organisations
involved in forestry activities represent a rapidly expanding attempt at participatory
approaches to development and effective participation requires peoplelsquos involvement
such as a village group In community forestry scenarios are applicable in order to
explore different forest management options (Wollenberg et al 2000) In the context
of CBFM use of scenarios and the MSE approach are recommended for application
in PNG because both of these approaches require a participatory approach to forest
management by different stakeholders
BBNs are used in complex ecological systems that require a multidisciplinary
approach and this approach is considered useful in tropical forest management for
modelling uncertainties (McCann et al 2006 Newton et al 2006 Pearl 1995)
Adoption of BBN may require access to the different types of material and social
assets hence application of this approach may not be appropriate for CBFM in PNG
because communities generally have no or very little capacity to have access to these
assets
71
235 Conclusions
Not all topics related to the forest management approaches in tropical forests have
been covered in Section 23 of the literature review This is a broad area and the
review considered only the three approaches (MSE scenario methods and BBN) that
may be applicable to cutover forest management in PNG In PNG forest management
in general is associated with many key issues and problems Concern for the
sustainability of the current management practice illegal logging traditional land
tenure systems and lack of participation by forest owning communities in decision-
making are not all but some key challenges in forest management in PNG The
literature review in Section 23 pointed out that the three approaches are useful in
tropical forest management The MSE and scenario approaches require stakeholder
participation in forest management while BBNs are applicable where there are
uncertainties
Based on the objectives of PNG forest landowning communities lack of participation
in decision-making by communities in forest management and the available data it
was decided to use an approach that integrated development of management scenarios
and the MSE framework for community-based management of cutover forests in
PNG
72
CONDITION OF CUTOVER FOREST
65
CHAPTER 3
FOREST DYNAMICS AFTER SELECTIVE TIMBER HARVESTING IN PNG
3 1 INTRODUCTION
Tropical forests are subject to extensive human disturbance such as clearance for
agriculture infrastructure development fires and mining There has been considerable
debate about timber harvesting in tropical forests and its impacts on environmental
cultural and social values The implementation of SFM in tropical forests is a
widespread goal of the international community but while there is some evidence of
improvement few forest areas are currently considered to be managed sustainably
(ITTO 2006) More recently international attention on implementation of SFM has
increased as a result of the focus on greenhouse gas emissions associated with
deforestation and forest degradation in the tropics and the potential to reduce
emissions from these sources as a low cost climate change mitigation option
(UNFCCC 2006 UNFCCC 2009)
Like many other developing countries in the tropics PNGlsquos natural forests are being
exploited at a rapid rate Current estimates of forest loss vary It is estimated that
primary forests are decreasing at a rate of 113000-120000 ha year-1
(FAO 2005
PNGFA 2003) through logging agricultural activities mining and other land uses
Other statistics indicate that the annual deforestation rate is decreasing From 1980 to
1990 the rate was estimated at 03 and between 1990 and 2000 at 044 with a
further increase to 046 from 2000 to 2005 (FAO 2005 FAO 2007 ITTO 2006)
Other studies have suggested that the rate of forest loss through deforestation or forest
harvesting and subsequent decline is currently 14 year-1
(Shearman et al 2009b)
although there is debate about this figure (Filer et al 2009)
In PNG timber harvesting is occurring under policies and regulations that are
intended to provide for a sustainable supply of timber from designated forest
management areas (FMA) as stipulated in the National Forestry Act 1991 (PNGFA
1991) These operations are largely undertaken by international companies for the log
66
export market There is considerable uncertainty about the sustainability of current
management practices the recovery of forests after harvesting and the potential of
forests to provide timber or other community needs (Filer et al 2009 Shearman et
al 2009a)
Current rates of timber harvesting in PNG are considered unsustainable (Shearman et
al 2009a) The current status of selectively harvested forest in PNG is such that total
areas harvested through logging increased from 850000 ha in 1992 to over one
million ha in 1995 (Bun 1992 Nir 1995) Recent PNGFA statistics also indicate that
from 1988 to 2007 the estimated total area affected by commercial harvesting has
increased to over 2 million ha and total timber volume harvested in the form of logs
during the same period was over 39 million m3 (PNGFA 2007) Selectively-harvested
forests in PNG amount to 10 of forested areas but the condition and future
production potential of these forests is uncertain Some authors have suggested that
selectively-harvested forest in PNG generally degrade over time after harvesting
(Shearman et al 2009b)
Much of the international debate about tropical forest harvesting and its impacts on
forests are primarily around impacts on biodiversity (Chazdon et al 2009 Gardner et
al 2009 Kobayashi 1992 Lamb 1998) and a global concern about the loss of
species through tropical deforestation particularly in some of the worldlsquos biodiversity
hotspots (Myers et al 2000 Pimm and Raven 2000 Stork 2010)
However there is now a wider range of values to be considered including capacity of
harvested forests to provide timber sequester carbon or other community benefits
There is considerable uncertainty about how harvesting impacts on these values due to
the lack of knowledge about the extent of impacts and rate of recovery of forests after
harvesting
More broadly there have been a relatively limited number of studies of forest
dynamics and changes in stand structure of tropical forests after harvesting (Breugel
et al 2006 Kobayashi 1992 Nicholson 1958 Nicholson et al 1988) Most of the
research in the area has focused on the rehabilitation and restoration of degraded areas
after large-scale clearance for agriculture and subsequent abandonment or
disturbances such as fire (Lamb 1998 Lanley 2003 Shono et al 2007) Other
studies have focused on the impact of drought on tropical forest dynamics (Nakagawa
et al 2000)
67
The aims of the study in Chapter 3 are to (1) examine the impacts of selective
harvesting on stand structure in PNG forests by analysing the diameter and BA
distribution after harvesting (2) assess the dynamics of selectively-harvested forest in
terms of trends in stand BA and residual timber volume (3) determine whether there
is a critical threshold BA for forest recovery by testing a model developed in
Queensland tropical forests to analyse BA growth for harvested forests (4) assess the
impact of the El Nino induced forest fire of 1997-98 on BA growth and mortality rates
of the burned plots and (5) investigate the impacts of harvesting on species diversity
of selectively-harvested tropical forests in PNG
32 MATERIALS AND METHODS
321 PNGFRI Permanent Sample Plots ndash Background
Forests in PNG are characterised by high species and structural diversity There are
over 15000 or more native plant species (Beehler 1993 Sekhran and Miller 1994) of
which over 400 are currently considered commercial (Lowman and Nicholls 1994)
Forests cover a wide altitudinal range and occur across a range of rainfall conditions
and soil types Disturbance has been an integral part of dynamics of PNG forests For
example fire has been shaping PNGlsquos vegetation patterns through thousands of years
of human settlement (Haberle et al 2001 Johns 1989) At high altitudes fire may
result in permanent conversion of forests to grasslands (Corlett 1987)
135 PSPs were established in mostly lowland tropical forests by the PNGFRI These
plots have a measurement history extending over 15 years These comprise 122 plots
in selectively-harvested forest with a total of 411 measurements and 13 plots in un-
harvested forests with a total of 23 measurements (Fox et al 2010) Alder (1998)
indicated these plots had floristic composition characteristic of the lowland tropical
forests of PNG During the measurement period some plots have been abandoned due
to difficulty in access or measurement has been discontinued due to fire or conversion
of the forest to subsistence gardens
The selective harvesting system used in PNG involves felling commercial timber
species with a diameter limit of 50 cm and above generally in larger-scale operations
for log export The size of openings and gaps created in this type of harvesting are
between 20-40 m in diameter Usually the area allocated for harvesting is over 80000
68
ha and the average timber volume removed during harvesting depends on the density
of commercial species and averages about 15 m3ha
-1 (Keenan et al 2005) The
planned return period for a future harvest is 35-40 years although this depends on the
stand structure residual merchantable volume and stand growth rates (Keenan et al
2005)
During the establishment of PSPs plots were randomly located and established in
pairs All the plots are one hectare in size and divided into 25 sub-plots of 20 m x 20
m (Romijn 1994a Romijn 1994b) The field procedures for establishment and
measurement of the plots were adopted from Alder and Synnot (1992) In the
assessment of trees in the plot a standard quadrat numbering system was used This
system uses quadrat numbers on the basis of coordinates or offsets from the plot
origin for example south-west corner All tree species ge 10cm diameter at breast
height (DBH) were measured Measurements taken on trees included DBH height
crown diameter and crown classes according to Dawkins (1958) For plots in
selectively-harvested forests initial establishment ranged from immediately after to
more than 10 years after harvesting For plots accessible by road re-measurements
have been taken on an annual basis Re-measurement of the other plots varied from
two to five years depending on funding
322 Study Sites and PSP Locations
The majority of the PSPs were located in lowland tropical forest types distributed
throughout PNG where most harvesting activities have taken place (Figure 3-1) Only
two plots have been established in higher altitude montane forest dominated by the
genera Castanopsis and Nothofagus in the Southern Highlands part of the country
Twenty three percent of PSPs are located on the island of New Britain Annual
rainfall in these plots averages over 3000 mm Plots were located on a range of soil
groups with the most common being Alfisols Entisols Inceptsols and Mollisols
(Pokana 2002)
69
Figure 3-1 Map of PNG showing study sites and permanent sample plot locations
(adapted from Fox et al 2011b)
323 PSPs used in this Study and Data Analyses
For the purpose of this study data from a total of 118 PSPs were used (105 in
selectively-harvested and 13 in un-harvested forests) Of the 105 plots in harvested
forest 84 were selected for analyses of dynamics of stand BA timber volume and
species diversity These 84 plots excluded those burned by fire during the 1997-98 El
Nino drought those with short measurement period and plots affected by erroneous
measurements An analysis of mortality was undertaken on burned plots Apart from
the disturbance by the El Nino event field observations also showed evidence of other
disturbance such as traditional land uses for example shifting cultivation in some of
the harvested plots
High variability are an inherent problem in sampling tropical natural forests subject to
harvesting (Gerwing 2002) To assess the dynamics of selectively-harvested forest in
this study a preliminary investigation was undertaken to test the normality of
response variables (BA and VOL) and the independent variable (TSH) Analyses
showed that data were homogeneous and normally distributed Examination of
70
residual plots also showed similar results Hence it was not considered necessary to
transform the dependent variables to stabilize variances
In the data analyses MS Excel was used for processing PSP data and the softwares
SPSS ver18 SigmaPlot ver11 and Minitab ver15 were used for statistical analysis
Linear and logarithmic regression analyses were carried out to establish the
relationship between the response (dependent) and independent variables
Significance of these relationships have been tested at 95 CI and significant results
have been considered as plt005 Graphical outputs for the results have been
generated from SigmaPlot ver 11
324 Analyses of Stand Structure
The number of trees per hectare (stems ha-1
) and BA are measures of stand density
and their distribution among diameter classes are often used to examine the structure
of a stand Both of these measures were analysed in order to describe the impacts of
harvesting on stand structure of natural forest in PNG This study focused on
dynamics of selectively harvested forest however analyses were also undertaken on
the stem and BA distribution of 13 plots in the un-harvested primary intact forest in
order to make comparisons with the structure of selectively-harvested forest These 13
plots have shorter re-measurement histories than those in selectively-harvested forest
Tree species in the study were divided into two groups at stand level consisting of
commercial and non-commercial species Trends in stocking BA and timber volume
were analysed for these two groups The commercial group consists of the PNGFAlsquos
group I and II commercial species (dominant species in Group I include those from
the genera Burckella Calophyllum Canarium Planchonella Pometia Intsia and
those in Group II are Hopea Vitex Aglaia and Endospermum) while the non-
commercial group consists other species including the secondary and pioneer species
from the genera such as Trema Althopia Alphitonia and Ficus (PNGFA 2005)
71
325 Assessing the Dynamics of Cutover Forests
The dynamics of selectively-harvested forest was assessed by analysing changes over
time in stand BA and timber volume To examine the condition of the forest after
harvesting a relationship was established between time since harvesting (TSH) and
BA for each plot In the analyses the starting BA is referred to as the plot BA at the
first census and final BA as the plot BA at the last census after harvesting These
denotations also apply to the analyses of residual timber volume A linear regression
analysis was carried out to examine the relationship between TSH and BA A similar
analysis was carried out to examine the relationship between TSH and residual timber
volume for trees ge 20cm DBH remaining after selective timber harvesting in order to
make comparisons with the change in timber volume in the 13 un-harvested plots
Basal area is a commonly used measure of forest stocking and stand structure and this
measure has been used as an indicator to determine patterns of change in stand
structure over time Patterns of change in timber volume were determined for
commercial and non-commercial timber species for trees ge 20 cm in DBH This
provides an indication of current and future production potential for cutover forests
(generally trees gt 50 cm DBH)
Currently there are no volume equations for individual natural forest tree species in
PNG however there are two systems of equations used for calculating volumes of
indigenous trees by PNGFA (Alder 1998) The single entry equation comprises only
the tree diameter with form and coefficients (equation 3-1)
(3-1)
Where V is bole volume overbark and D is girth at breast height
The second equation is a double entry system and comprises both diameter and height
with form and coefficient These set of equations are for calculating volume for trees
over 50 cm DBH (equation 3-2) and for those trees between 20 and 50 cm DBH
(equation 3-3)
72
(3-2)
(3-3)
In the second sets of equation V is bole volume overbark D is diameter at breast
height or above buttress and H is bole length
In the PSP analyses residual timber volume for commercial and non-commercial tree
species was estimated using the second set of volume equations
326 Basal Area and Volume Growth
Mean BA increment (MBAI) and mean volume increment (MVOLI) were calculated
for each plot To investigate the existence of a critical threshold BA below which a
harvested forest generally does not recover a model developed for native tropical
forest in Queensland (Vanclay 1994) was tested A logarithmic regression analysis
was carried out to establish the relationship between the starting BA after harvesting
and MBAI Although the model developed for tropical forest in Queensland was in
native forest dominated by uneven-aged stands of Callitris spp growing on drier sites
this model was applied to the dataset in this study because those forests have similar
environmental conditions to parts of PNG
This model takes the form as shown below
(3-4)
Where ΔG = stand basal area increment G = stand basal area (m2 ha
-1) Shd = site
form (m) an estimate of site productivity based on height-diameter relationship
Vanclay and Henry (1988) defined site form as an index of site productivity given by
the expected tree height (m) at some index diameter
Fox et al (2010) developed species-specific height-diameter models for PSPs in
natural tropical forests in PNG from the same dataset as the one used in this study In
the context of the present study site form was estimated from the height-diameter
models developed by Fox et al (2010) This estimate was used to test the above
model to determine the stand BA increment in this study
hd
73
In these analyses the relationship between starting BA and MBAI was used to
determine whether the forest was recovering (positive trend in BA) degrading
(negative trend in BA) or neither recovering nor degrading (constant BA) The mean
BAI was also determined for plots with an increasing BA (63 plots) and those with
decreasing BA (21 plots) in order to examine the trend in mean BAI after harvesting
To examine the change in mean BAI over time after harvesting the relationship
between mean TSH and mean BAI was investigated The differences in MBAI for
plots measured lt 10 years and gt 10 years since harvesting were also tested using a
two-way ANOVA Result for this test was insignificant (p = 094) hence details are
not reported in the results section
Environmental factors such as rainfall and altitude can affect BA growth A
correlation analysis was carried out to establish whether or not an association existed
between these two variables and BA growth These tests showed insignificant results
(Pearsonlsquos correlation r = 0124 for rainfall and mean BAI and r = -0039 for altitude
and mean BAI) therefore are not reported in the results section Twenty one plots
were not burned by fire but had negative BA increment due to losses from mortality
resulting from natural causes and the effects of the drought on BA growth These plots
were located on lowland forest types where large-scale harvesting has taken place and
50 of these plots are in very remote areas on the islands of New Britain New
Ireland and Manus (Figure 3-1) During plot measurement it was observed that there
were harvesting damages to the residual stand
To assess the trend in timber yield over time since harvesting the fit of a model
developed in the Philippines which is based on an empirical function of initial BA
site quality and time since harvesting was investigated (Mendoza and Gumpal 1987
Vanclay 1994) The equation takes the form
(3-5)
Where Vt = timber yield (m3 ha
-1) t = years after harvesting Go = residual basal area
(m2 ha
-1) after harvesting Sh = site quality (m) estimated as the average total height of
residual trees
t = 134 + 0394 ln Go + 0346 ln t + 000275 Sh t -1
74
To apply the model in this study the average total tree height estimated from the PSP
analyses (Fox et al 2010) was used Logarithmic regression was used to test the
relationship between TSH and timber yield of harvested forests using this model
327 Estimating Mortality due to the 1997-98 El Nino Drought
Twenty one PSPs in harvested forests were burned by widespread forest fires
occurring during the 1997-98 El Nino induced drought In this analysis ten of these
plots were selected to estimate annual mortality rates caused during the drought and
fire period Only the ten burned plots were considered for further analyses because
they were re-measured after the fire and had sufficient data while the other burned
plots had either a short measurement period or no re-measurement data after the El
Nino fire event These particular analyses aimed to provide an example of the impact
of fire during the El Nino event on BA losses due to mortality caused by this event In
this case we used the following equation to determine annual tree mortality rates
(Sheil and May 1996)
(3-6)
Where X is the initial BA at the first census and D is the BA lost due to mortality
during n years For the purpose of this study BA for the two measurements before the
fire was used to determine BA gained and the two measurements after the fire were
used to determine BA lost (annual tree mortality rates) caused by fire during the El
Nino drought
328 Shannon-Wiener Index (H1)
To examine the pattern of change in tree species diversity over time after harvesting
the Shannon-Wiener Index (H1) was estimated for all tree species using the equation
below (Nicholson et al 1988 Williams et al 2007)
(3-7)
Where pi = niN ni is the number of individuals present of species i N is the total
number of individuals and s is the total number of species
75
33 RESULTS
331 Change in Stand Structure after Harvesting
The total stocking for all size classes (ge 10 cm DBH) averaged 351 stems ha-1
plusmn 100
(SD) in selectively-harvested plots (Figure 3-2 a) and 531 stems ha-1
plusmn 138 (SD) in the
un-harvested plots (Figure 3-2 b) Average BA was 1735 m2 ha
-1 plusmn 417 (SD) and
2901 m2
ha-1
plusmn 577 (SD) in selectively-harvested and un-harvested plots respectively
(Figure 3-2 c and d) There was a significant increase in stem numbers in the lower
diameter classes (10-29 cm DBH) while there is an absence of trees in the larger size
classes (gt 70cm DBH) in the harvested forest This is as expected because the
selective harvesting system in PNG is such that a majority of the trees ge 50 cm DBH
are removed during harvesting There was a significant increase in BA over time since
harvesting in almost all size classes in the harvested forest This indicated the
evidence of recruitment of smaller size class stems into the ge 10 cm DBH class and
in-growth and related diameter increment occurring in the larger diameter classes In
the un-harvested plots there was no marked increase in stem numbers over time
however there was evidence of an increase in the size classes 30-49 cm DBH at 5-10
years BA in the harvested forest increased in the size classes 30-49 cm and 70-89 cm
DBH at 5-10 years As expected the stem distribution in selectively-harvested plots
(Figure 3-2a) and un-harvested plots shown on common-log scale on the y-axis to
represent fewer stems in the larger size classes (Figure 3-3b) and BA distribution in
selectively-harvested plots (Figure 3-3c) and un-harvested plots (Figure 3-3d) showed
a reverse-J pattern The plots in the un-harvested forest had short measurement
history and fewer re-measurement data were available but there did not appear to be
any marked changes in the number of stems and BA in the range of diameter classes
over time in these plots
76
(a)L
og
Sto
ckin
g (
ste
ms h
a-1
)
1
10
100
1000
0 - 5 years
5 - 10 years
10 - 15 years
15 - 20 years
Diameter Class (cm)
10-29 30-49 50-69 70-89 90+
Lo
g S
tockin
g (
ste
ms h
a-1
)
1
10
100
1000
(b)
(c)
Basal
Are
a (
m2 h
a-1
)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
Diameter Class (cm)
10-29 30-49 50-69 70-89 90+
Basal
Are
a (
m2 h
a-1
)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
(d)
Figure 3-2 Trends in stem and BA distribution since harvesting
(a) stem distribution in selectively-harvested plots (b) stem distribution in un-harvested
plots shown on a common log scale on the y-axis to represent fewer stems in the larger
size classes (c) BA distribution in selectively-harvested plots and (d) BA distribution in
un-harvested plots
At stand level the change in stocking basal area and residual timber volume for trees
ge 20 cm DBH showed similar trends over time (Figure 3a-c) These three density
indices increased for the commercial group 15-20 years after timber harvesting There
was also a marked increase in stocking for the non-commercial species group 0-10
years after harvesting as a result of recruitment of secondary and pioneer species
colonising the gaps and openings created by harvesting
77
Bas
al
Are
a (
m2 h
a-1
)
0
5
10
15
20
25
Sto
ck
ing
(ste
ms
ha
-1)
0
100
200
300
400 Commercial
NonCommercial
Time Since Harvesting (Years)
0-5 5-10 10-15 15-20
Res
idu
al
Tim
ber
Vo
lum
e (
m3 h
a-1
)
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
(a)
(b)
(c)
Figure 3-3 Representation of trends in commercial and non-commercial tree species
(ge 20 cm DBH) groups at stand-level since harvesting showing (a) stocking (b) basal
area and (c) residual timber volume
78
332 Trends in Stand Basal Area
Mean stand BA generally increased with time since harvesting although the
increment trajectory varied considerably between plots (Figure 3-4) Variability over
time also increased A scatter plot with linear regression showed that the relationship
between BA and TSH was relatively weak (r2= 007 p = 0016) when analysed with
the whole dataset including consecutive re-measurements for the un-burned plots
because of the variability in the data However the trend in BA across the 84 un-
burned plots showed a consistent recovery of natural forest after timber harvesting
Overall there is an increasing BA over time since harvesting suggesting that in
general these forests are recovering after harvesting but there is considerable
variability and this is discussed further below
r2 = 007
p = 0016
Time Since Harvesting (years)
0 5 10 15 20 25
Bas
al
Are
a (
m2 h
a-1
)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Figure 3-4 Trends in BA since harvesting for the 84 un-burned plots
represented by a scatter plot with linear regression for the whole dataset including
consecutive re-measurements
79
333 Basal Area Growth since Harvesting
Seventy five percent of the 84 un-burned plots indicated increasing BA after
harvesting with a mean BAI of 042 m2 ha
-1 year
-1 (SD 042) (Table 3-1) For the 21
plots showing a decline in BA after harvesting average BAI was -058 m2 ha
-1 year
-1
(SD 053) The mean BAI across the un-burned plots was 017 m2 ha
-1 year
-1 (SD
062) Apart from the other anthropogenic disturbances and the effect of the El Nino
drought on the declining plots harvesting damage causing injuries to the residual
stand resulted in high mortality rates in these un-burned plots The other factors
affecting BA growth of the declining plots are the site effects such as rainfall and soil
types In an earlier study in the same forest Alder (1998) observed that factors such as
variations in water regime and soil fertility in those sites affected tree increment Plot
background and measurement history showed that fifty percent of the un-harvested
plots had no or fewer re-measurement data and the mean BAI increment was negative
(-172 plusmn 316) (Table 3-1)
Table 3-1 Mean BAI for plots with increasing and falling BA
Forest Condition No of Plots
Mean BAI (m2 ha
-1 year
-1)
a
Un-harvested 13
-172 plusmn 316
Selectively-harvested
Increasing BA (un-burned) 63 042 plusmn 042
Falling BA (un-burned) 21
-058 plusmn 053
(All un-burned) 84b
017 plusmn 062)
Burned during 1997-98 El Nino
drought 21
-067 plusmn 085
Total 118
a Mean basal area increment plusmn standard deviation given in italics
b Total un-burned plots with increasing and falling BA combined
80
Regression analyses showed mean BAI increased throughout the plot measurement
period although the relationship between Ln MBAI and mean TSH is weak (r2 = 037)
(Figure 3-5) The results here are significant at 005 level (p = 0028) The scatter plot
with line and linear regression with error bars show average trends in mean BAI for
selectively-harvested forests The data points are the mean BAI at each time period
since harvesting while the error bars in this case represent standard deviation from
the mean
r2 = 037
p = 0028
Mean TSH (years)
5 10 15 20
Ln
Mean
BA
I (m
2 h
a-1
year-1
00
02
04
06
08
10
12
14
16
18
Figure 3-5 Average trends in MBAI since harvesting
The data points are the mean BAI at each time period since harvesting while the error
bars in this case represent standard deviation from the mean
81
334 Critical Threshold Basal Area for Recovery of Harvested
Forest
The data from this study showed a good fit with the model (equation 3-4) developed
in Queensland (Vanclay 1994) There was a strong relationship between the mean
BAI and starting BA after harvesting when the model was fitted to the data from this
study (r2 = 075 p lt 005) (Figure 3-6) Almost all plots had a relatively high residual
BA after harvesting (greater than 10 m2 ha
-1) and at this level residual BA was not a
determinant of whether BA increment after harvesting was positive or negative
r2 = 074
p = 0000
Starting BA after harvesting (m2 ha
-1)
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Ln
Mean
BA
I (m
2 h
a-1
year-1
)
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
Figure 3-6 BA growth of harvested forest in PNG
The scatter plot with logarithmic regression was generated from a model developed in
north Queensland rainforest (Vanclay 1994)
335 Trends in Timber Volume
Timber volume for the harvested plots showed a positive trend over time since
harvesting (r2 = 006 p = 0031) (Figure 3-7 a) In the un-harvested plots analyses
also showed an increase in timber volume since the plot establishment period but with
an insignificant result (r = 024 p = 0087) (Figure 3-7 b) due to the variability in the
data Regression analyses indicated a consistent increase in residual timber volume for
trees ge 20 cm DBH for harvested plots
82
r2 = 024
p = 0087
Time Since Plot Establishment (years)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Tim
be
r V
olu
me
gt2
0c
m D
BH
(m
3 h
a-1
)
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
r2 = 006
p = 0031
Time Since Harvesting (years)
0 5 10 15 20
Tim
be
r V
olu
me
gt20
cm
DB
H (
m3
ha
-1)
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
Figure 3-7 Trends in timber volume for trees ge 20cm DBH
represented by scatter plot with linear regression for (a) 84 un-burned plots in
harvested forest and (b) 13 plots in un-harvested forest The unharvested plots have a
short measurement history with fewer data and show high variability in the data with
insignificant relationship between time since plot establishment and timber volume
(a)
(b)
83
336 Timber Yield since Harvesting
Test of the model (equation 3-5 Figure 3-8) developed in the Philippines tropical
forests (Mendoza and Gumpal 1987 Vanclay 1994) showed that timber yield of un-
burned plots (63 with increasing BA and 21 with falling BA) in harvested forest for
trees ge 20 cm DBH averages to 296 m3 ha
-1 plusmn 024 (SD) and gradually increases over
the measurement period while mean VOLI is estimated at 233 m3 ha
-1 year
-1 plusmn 809
(SD) Test of this model showed a good fit between the model and the dataset from
this study (r2
= 083 p = 0000) (Figure 3-8)
r2 = 083
p = 0000
Time Since Harvesting (years)
0 5 10 15 20
Ln
Tim
be
r Y
ield
gt2
0c
m D
BH
(m
3 h
a-1
)
00
02
04
06
08
10
12
14
16
Figure 3-8 Timber yield of trees ge 20cm DBH in the residual stand
The scatter plot with logarithmic regression was generated from a model developed in
the Philippines natural forests (Mendoza and Gumpal 1987 Vanclay 1994)
337 Mortality due to the Fire Caused During the 1997-98 El
Nino Drought
Ten plots were severely affected due to the fire and had sufficient measurements for
analyses of mortality There was evidence of in-growth and recruitment in the form of
BA gained in the ten plots before the fire with a marked increase in BA for the
Kapul01 and Lark01 plots (Figure 3-9) The BA gained before the fire in Lark01 plot
had exceeded BA lost due to the fire and the trend is almost similar with the Lark02
plot The trend in the two plots indicated that these plots are recovering after they
84
have been burned by the fire The average annual mortality rate estimated (using
equation 3-6) for the ten severely burned plots was 1282 year-1
plusmn 836 (SD) Annual
mortality rates increased dramatically for the Kapul01 and Kapul02 plots due to the
fire
PlotID
CNIR
D01
CNIR
D02
IVAIN
01
IVAIN
02
KAPU
L01
KAPU
L02
LARK01
LARK02
WIM
AR01
WIM
AR02
Pe
rcen
tag
e B
A g
ain
ed
or
lost
()
0
10
20
30
40
BA gained before fire
BA lost due to fire
Figure 3-9 Ingrowth recruitment and mortality for the 10 burned plots
Ingrowth and recruitment are expressed as percentage BA gained before the fire and
mortality is expressed as percentage BA losses after the fire for the 10 severely burned
plots during the 1997-98 El Nino drought After the fire mortality rates are high as a
result of trees dying and the resulting BA losses with the exception of the Lark01 plot
The error bars represent standard deviation from the mean
338 Species Diversity in Cutover Forest
Species diversity measured using the Shannon-Wiener Index (equation 3-7) for the 13
un-harvested plots was higher (49 plusmn 021 SD) than in selectively-harvested forests
(35 plusmn 033 SD) The un-harvested forest had fewer plots hence detailed analyses and
comparison could not be made between intact plots and those in harvested forests
however species diversity remained almost constant without increasing over time for
plots on harvested forest since harvesting
85
r2 = 016
p = 0069
Time Since Harvesting (years)
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Sh
an
no
n-W
ien
er
Ind
ex
(H
-1)
0
1
2
3
4
5
Figure 3-10 Species diversity represented by the change in Shannon-Wiener Index
since harvesting At 005 level there is no significant relationship between time since
timber harvesting and the Shannon Wiener Index (p = 0069)
34 DISCUSSION
As would be expected analyses of the impact of selective timber harvesting on stand
structure showed that in the harvested plots the number of stems increased in the
smaller size classes (Figure 3-2 a) while stand BA increased in almost all size classes
over the plot measurement period (Figure 3-2 d) The un-harvested plots had a short
measurement history and there was no marked increase in stem numbers over the
range of diameter classes (Figure 3-2 b) while BA for size classes 30-49cm and 70-
89cm DBH increased at 5-10 years (Figure 3-2 b and d)
There was a slight increase in commercial stocking while the non-commercial
(including secondary and pioneer species) species continue to increase at 0-10 years
and 15-20 years for harvested plots (Figure 3-3 a) Marked increases in BA and
volume (trees ge 20cm DBH) were evident in the commercial species group but the
increase in both measures in the non-commercial group exceeded that of the
commercial group by over 50 (Figure 3-3 b and c) These trends provide evidence
that a higher proportion of non-commercial species occupy gaps and openings
immediately up to about 20 years after harvesting This result also supports
projections made by Alder (1998) for the same studied forest in which he observed a
86
significant tendency for higher proportions of pioneers to occur at higher recruitment
levels There was some evidence of recovery of stocking BA and volume in
commercial species (Figure 3-3 a b and c) Commercial volume recovery includes
recruitment into the gt 20 cm DBH size class and growth in the larger size classes
Results from analyses of impact of harvesting on stand dynamics of selectively-
harvested forests showed there was an increase in stand BA (Figure 3-4) In PNGlsquos
natural forests earlier research studies indicated that BA in undisturbed forests was
about 30-32 m2
ha-1
(Alder 1998 Kingston and Nir 1988b Oavika 1992) The
present study found that average BA in plots on forests disturbed from selective
harvesting is about 17 m2 ha
-1 a reduction of about 43 from the original un-
harvested intact primary forest
Residual timber volume in the harvested plots increased significantly over time while
there was a general increase in timber volume for the un-harvested plots but this
increase appeared insignificant because of the insufficient data resulting in higher
variability in these plots (Figure 3-5a and b) The increase in residual timber volume
in harvested plots is due to the recruitment and ingrowth associated with diameter and
BA growth occurring after harvesting
When a comparison was made between the change and growth in BA since selective
harvesting from this study with similar studies in tropical forests in other regions
(Table 3-2) results from this study are within the ranges of those studies For
example similar studies carried out by Nicholson et al (1988) in north Queensland
rainforest showed that BA was reduced due to selective harvesting by between 8
and 43 Studies of Smith and Nichols (2005) and Pelissier et al (1998) also showed
similar figures for BA in primary and harvested forests Although the mean BAI after
selective harvesting for the 84 plots in this study is lower (017-042 m2 ha
-1 year
-1)
than that of the study by Smith and Nichols (2005) (032-075 m2 ha
-1 year
-1) overall
stand BA continued to increase over the plot measurement period (Figure 3-4) The
mean increment for the 75 of un-burned plots with increasing BA (042 m2 ha
-1
year-1
) is more consistent with the international data It is also considered that BA
increment after harvesting is generally the contribution of recruitment whereby
smaller size class trees are growing into the ge 10cm DBH class and the ingrowth
occurring where trees in smaller size classes are putting on diameter increment and
passing on to the next larger size classes These two processes suggest that when there
87
is a positive BA increment harvested forests are in a recovering condition As
indicated in this study the increase in BA after harvesting (Figure 3-4) suggests that
selectively-harvested forests in PNG have the potential to recover following
harvesting This has also been observed in other regions (eg north Queensland
rainforest see Nicholson et al 1988) The estimates of BA and mean BAI in this
study are comparable to similar international studies carried out in other tropical
regions focusing on the impact of harvesting on change and growth of basal area for
tree stems ge10cm DBH (Table 3-2)
Table 3-2 Comparison of results of this study with similar studies
Region
Primary Forest
Mean BA
(m2 ha
-1)
a
Harvested Forest
Mean BA (m2 ha
-1 )
Mean BAI
after harvesting
(m2 ha
-1 year
-1)
Source
PNG
2901
1735
017
Current study
PNGb
30 - 33
10 - 20
Kingston amp Nir
1988 Oavika 1992
Alder 1998
Sub tropical
Australia
515
12 - 58
032 ndash 075
Smith et al 2005
North
Queensland
Australia
3794 ndash 7342
2586 ndash 4160
Nicholson et al 1988
South Indiac
393
348
Pelissier et al 1998
a Primary forest mean basal area are for un-harvested forests
b Earlier studies carried out in similar forest types in PNG
c Study carried out in dense moist evergreen forest in Western Ghats
South India
If the sample plots in this study are generally representative of selectively-harvested
forests in PNG the change in BA over time in this study suggests that a significant
proportion of native forests in PNG are recovering after disturbance from
conventional harvesting This contrasts with the suggestion of Shearman et al (2009a)
that harvested forests in PNG generally degrade over time To address this disparity
detailed research studies are required in the future to quantify the extent of
degradation after harvesting native forests in PNG A degraded forest or forest
degradation does not involve a reduction in the forest area but rather a decrease in
forest quality or condition (Lanley 2003) In the context of this study forest
88
degradation is examined as the decrease in forest condition after selective-harvesting
in the plots studied The present study shows through direct evidence from ground-
based monitoring of PSPs that a relatively high proportion of harvested native forests
in PNG are recovering over time
Test of the model developed for sub-tropical forests in the nearby region of north
Queensland (equation 3-4) (Vanclay 1994) to determine BA growth in this study
showed that there was a good fit to this model despite the fact that it was developed
for forests with quite different forest type and stand structure and that it may be a
useful basis for modeling future growth of PNG forests Application of the
Queensland model using the dataset from this study showed no evidence of a single
critical threshold BA below which the BA growth of harvested forest decreases
(Figure 3-6) This suggests that forest recovery capacity is dependent on other factors
such as the extent of damage to residual trees degree of soil disturbance or the
presence of seedlings and saplings that can rapidly grow into gaps created by
harvesting Earlier studies in PNG suggested that stands with BA below 25m2 ha
-1
should be able to recover to at least their original stocking before harvesting (Alder
1998)
Application of the model developed in the Philippines (equation 3-5) (Mendoza and
Gumpal 1987 Vanclay 1994) using the dataset from this study produced reasonable
estimates (Figure 3-8) The objective to test this model was to assess the trend in
timber yield over time since harvesting however because of the diverse forest types
and species composition in the PNG situation the Philippines model may not be
applicable to PNG forests Therefore this study recommends the need for
development of similar models for application in the future management of natural
forests in PNG
In parts of PNG that are subject to periodic fire forest can readily convert to
savannah particularly in proximity to settlements (Alder 1998) The effects of the
fire following the severe El Nino of 1997-98 on stand mortality (Figure 3-9) were
similar to those in a tropical forest in Sarawak impacted by severe drought associated
with the same event (Nakagawa et al 2000) In their study of a core plot (138 ha
plot at the centre of a larger plot of 8 ha) mortality during non-drought period was
089 year-1
and during the drought period this increased to 637 year-1
in the same
plot Their study also indicated that the BA lost in the drought interval (1997-98) was
89
34 times that of the annual BA increment of the measurement period 1993-97
Annual mortality rates assessed as BA losses in this study are considered higher than
the Nakagawa et al (2000) study due to the combined effects of drought and fire
Currently there is an increasing concern about the impacts of timber harvesting on
biodiversity and other forest values in tropical forests (Kobayashi 1992 Stork 2010
Stork and Turton 2008) Tropical forests are characterized by a high diversity of
woody species (Clark and Clark 1999) as is the case in PNG Species diversity is best
indicated by the Shannon-Wiener Index (H1) (Stocker et al 1985) Studies carried out
in north Queensland showed that timber harvesting had only a minimal affect on
species diversity (Nicholson et al 1988) This was probably due to the type of
harvesting and goal of maintaining species composition in that forest In this study
harvested plots had considerable lower mean species diversity than un-harvested plots
and species diversity did not increase over time This suggests that some species were
continuing to be lost while pioneer and secondary species became established in
gaps Further research is required to establish the effect of timber harvesting and
species diversity in different forest types
Lindemalm and Rogers (2001) showed that conventional harvesting caused reduction
in tree diversity of 25 (H1) in comparison to unlogged forest as a result of initial
losses from high harvesting intensities high post harvest mortality and low diversity
of new recruitment Diversity index (H1) for un-harvested and harvested plots in the
current study is consistent with studies of Wright et al (1997) They found H1 values
of 4 and 5 in PNG forests in comparison to values around 1 in the Lindemalm and
Rogers (2001) study
Options for future utilisation of forests in the current study sites will depend on their
status Forests that have been heavily impacted by harvesting with declining BA will
require intervention to rehabilitate and restore species composition and production
potential For forests in similar condition to the 75 of plots that are in a recovering
state maintaining their production potential will depend on protection from fire or
other human disturbances Data from this study suggests that in these types of forests
it is likely to take a minimum of 50 years after harvest before they have sufficient
standing volume to provide for a similar level of harvest to the first cut
These forests can potentially sustain harvesting of lower volumes per hectare in small-
scale operations to supply portable sawmills or local mills but this type of operation
90
will be limited to areas accessible from existing roads with intact bridges and other
infrastructure The production potential of these types of operations is being
investigated in further research associated with this study
35 CONCLUSIONS
Evidence from this study of 105 PSPs suggests that a major proportion of native
forests show increasing BA and stand volume following selective timber harvesting in
PNG Mean BA after harvesting was about 17 m2 ha
-1 and BA increment after
harvesting was positive on 63 (75) of 84 plots with an average BA increment on
these plots of 042 m2 ha
-1 year
-1 Average BA increment across the 84 un-burned
plots over up to 25 years after harvesting was 017 m2 ha
-1 year
-1 Based on the 75 of
the plots with positive BA increment recovering plots may reach the BA of
undisturbed stands within 40-50 years after harvest but the capacity for a future large-
scale harvest will depend on the recovery of commercial timber volume Factors such
as residual stand damage impacts on soil understorey and tree regeneration are likely
to determine the direction of BA increment and the rate of recovery after harvesting
Impacts of drought-related fires and other human or natural disturbances are factors
that will affect the recovery of harvested forests in the future In this study it was
found that BA is affected by the high mortality rates caused by the 1997-98 El Nino
related fire across PNG The future fate of these forests will depend on the period of
time before future timber harvests and the effects of activities undertaken by
communities living near the forest such as subsistence gardening that result in a
change in land cover or species composition To avoid the type of on-going decline
observed on 25 of sites it is recommended that harvesting activities are more
effectively managed and implemented to limit the damage to retained trees soil and
regeneration and trees in smaller size classes of commercially-important species This
study suggests that intervention such as assisted regeneration should be considered as
an option to assist recovery in currently declining sites Given the time frame for
commercial volume recovery of the residual stand harvested forests are unlikely to
attract large-scale commercial harvesting in the near future There is a need for
development of appropriate strategies and options for sustainable future management
of selectively-harvested forests in PNG focusing on smaller-scale CBFM and
utilisation
91
CHAPTER 4
FOREST ASSESSMENT IN CASE STUDY SITES
41 INTRODUCTION
In the late 1950s the first recorded forest inventories in PNG were carried out with
the use of helicopter surveys to assess the countrylsquos forest resources for the first time
for exploitation and the aim was to assess as large an area as possible in the shortest
time (Vatasan 1989) Survey teams were dropped by a helicopter in the middle of the
forest and the survey proceeded to use circular sample plots of 20 meters radius set at
100 meters between centre distances on lines radiating from camp sites In those
surveys the sampling intensity was often very low (less than 1) This was
compensated to an extent by the randomness of line selection and dispersion of the
plots
In the late 1970s and early 1980s the then Department of Forest (now PNGFA)
adopted the systematic sampling method for forest resource inventories (Ambia and
Yosi 2001) This inventory system is currently being used by the PNGFA and is
based on a systematic sampling through parallel equidistant strip lines The procedure
consists of establishing strip lines at equal distances from each other starting from a
base line All trees over 50 centimetres in diameter at breast height (DBH) are
measured as saw logs while trees of over 20 centimetres DBH are measured as pulp
logs Measurement of trees is taken on a strip of 20 meters wide or 10 meters on either
side of the centre line Each 100 meter length of the strip line is considered as a plot of
2000 m2 which is 02 hectares in size Often a measurement staff is used to estimate
the diameter of stems above the buttress however when possible the diameter is
measured with a tape The merchantable height (log length) of stems is often
estimated however just as a check measurements of some trees are taken using a
clinometer and a measuring tape Tree species identifications are made on the spot in
the field while samples of unknown species are collected by the inventory teams and
identified later
While collecting data on trees information about the topography soil and forest type
is also collected An earlier study under the ACIAR Project FST1998-118 (Keenan et
92
al 2005) indicated that the systematic sampling method currently used by PNGFA
generally overestimates forest resource timber volume in a given concession area and
field procedures are costly
In Chapter 4 the forest resource assessment carried out in the two case study sites are
described and results are presented to include residual timber volume and
aboveground forest carbon The objectives of this chapter are to estimate the residual
timber volume and aboveground forest carbon in the two case study sites in order to
use this data to test the scenario analysis and evaluation tools (decision tree models)
developed in Chapter 6
The two study sites have been selected for this research in areas where there has been
significant harvesting of primary forest in the past These sites are the Yalu and
Gabensis villages located outside Lae in Morobe province PNG The two study sites
are approximately 17km apart and located close to easily accessible infrastructure
such as roads and within similar forest types which is the lowland foothill forest as
indicated from field observations
42 BACKGROUND
421 Yalu Community Forest
The detailed background about the Yalu case study site have been given in Chapter 1
(Section 13) The Yalu community forest consists of cutover secondary forest
primary intact forests and areas allocated for gardens (Figure 4-1) In earlier studies
carried out by PNGFRI (Yosi 2004) the CSIRO vegetation type map classified the
forest type in Yalu as Hm (medium crown forest) (Hammermaster and Saunders
1995 Bellamy and McAlpine 1995) Forest assessment and inventory data from field
work carried out by VDT in the Yalu community forest in the past also indicated that
the major timber tree species included Toona sureni Mastixiodendron spp
Pterocarpus spp Intsia spp Terminalia spp Pometia spp Celtis spp and
Bischofia spp (VDT 2006a VDT 2008) VDTlsquos analysis of forest inventory data of
the Yalu forest area indicated that the average timber volume is 2767 m3 ha
-1 (VDT
2006a) The Yalu community forest area is approximately 2200 ha in size
93
Figure 4-1 An aster image of the Yalu community forest
422 Gabensis Community Forest
Details of the Gabensis case study site have been given earlier (Chapter 1 Section
13) This community forest area is near Gabensis village which has been extensively
harvested in the past and the forest left behind are patches of primary intact forest
cutover secondary forest as well as areas allocated for traditional uses including
gardening (Figure 4-2) In the Gabensis community forest area earlier forest
assessment carried out by VDT (VDT 2006b) indicated that the major timber tree
species are Pometia pinnata Anthocephalus chinensis Pterocarpus indicus Vitex
cofassus Terminalia spp and Octomeles sumatrana The total forest area allocated
94
for community forest management in the Gabensis case study site is approximately
150 ha and can be easily accessible for harvesting
Figure 4-2 An aster image of the Gabensis community forest
43 FOREST ASSESSMENT METHODS
In the two case study sites the sampling method that was used as a guide to assess the
residual timber volume and aboveground forest carbon in their community forest
areas involved a stratified random point sampling technique This technique was not
fully implemented because the community forests were relatively small areas and did
not warrant full stratification The basic field procedures in the sampling without full
stratification are summarised below
The respective community forest areas were accessed by walking through
bush tracks and strata in each study site were identified in the field
Each stratum in the respective forest areas were randomly sampled
95
Because the two community forest areas were relatively small bush tracks
previously used by the village people were used to locate and establish points
for sampling
A basal area factor 2 (BAF2) prism wedge was used to take a sweep at each
point in a clockwise direction at a particular point During the sweep each tree
whose DBHOB subtended an angle larger than that identified by the gauge
was counted as IN In the count how close a tree is to the sampling point
determines whether or not this tree is included and is counted as IN Usually
small trees are not included in the count if they are some distance from the
sampling point while larger trees will be included at even greater distances In
this technique only the ―IN trees are counted as sample trees and are
recorded and measured
When recording and assessing each sample at each point features such as
gardens scared sites villages and traditional sites were recorded
GPS was used to record location of each sampling point
At each sampling point the records and measurements taken included timber
species diameter merchantable height and total height of each tree sampled
From the parameters measured on each sampled tree the timber volume and
biomass of each tree were estimated
44 DATA ANALYSIS
441 Estimating Stems per Hectare
In the point sampling technique used in the assessment of forest resources in the two
case study sites a prism gauge with a basal area factor (BAF) of 2 contributes 2m2
ha-
1 of BA for each ―IN tree For example an ―IN tree of 50cm dbhob has g = 020m
2
ha-1
Therefore the stems per hectare are estimated using the equation below
(4-1)
Where BAF is basal area factor and g is tree basal area For example 2020 gives 10
stems ha-1
96
The formula for calculating g takes the form as shown below
(4-2)
Where g is tree basal area and D is tree diameter
442 Timber Volume
The following equation was used to calculate the residual merchantable timber
volume for each tree sampled (Fox et al 2011b)
(4-3)
Where MV is merchantable timber volume D is tree diameter MH is merchantable
tree height and form factor is 05
443 Aboveground Live Biomass
To calculate the aboveground live biomass (AGLB ge 10cm) of each sampled tree a
model developed for wet tropical forests by Chave et al (2005) was used This
equation was developed from data collected from tropical countries including PNG
Malaysia and Indonesia When applying this model Chave et al (2005) found that
locally the error on the estimation of a treelsquos biomass was on the order of plusmn 5 This
approach is internationally accepted when calculating forest C and the model
developed by Chave et al (2005) takes the form as indicated below
(4-4)
Where AGLB is aboveground live biomass p is wood specific gravity D is tree
diameter and TH is total tree height
In this case the wood specific gravity for most PNG timber species have been derived
from Eddowes (1977) The methodology for estimating AGLB and forest C in
Chapter 4 has been adapted from Fox et al (2010) In that study they developed a
methodology for estimating the aboveground forest C and reported the first estimates
of forest C in lowland tropical forest in PNG While currently there is an absence of
97
allometrics and biomass equations for calculating AGLB in PNG Fox et al (2010)
estimated AGLB ge 10cm from PSPs and from these measured component and previous
established relationships (Brown and Lugo 1990 Chave et al 2003 Edwards and
Grubb 1977) they determined the total aboveground forest C in tropical forests in
PNG The ratios applied by Fox et al (2010) to estimate the unmeasured aboveground
pools in harvested secondary forest are for three major forest types (Table 4-1) In this
case the unmeasured pools include AGLB lt 10cm fine litter (FL) and course wood
debris (CWD)
Table 4-1 Unmeasured Components of AGLBge10cm (AGLBge10cm)
Harvested Secondary Forest
Lowland Forest Lower Montane Mid Montane
AGLBlt10cm 10 10 10
FL 1 25 25
CWD 25 25 25
In the present study of the forest assessment in the two community forest areas the
AGLB ge 10cm was determined from the point sampling and using the above ratios the
unmeasured component of AGLB lt 10cm FL and CWD were estimated in order to
determine the total AGLB and consequently the estimate of total aboveground forest
C in the two study sites After estimating the unmeasured components the total
AGLB was determined from the equation below
(4-5)
444 Determining Sample Size
The objective of the forest resource and aboveground forest C estimates were for the
purpose of obtaining the necessary data from the two case study sites in order to test
the decision analysis model developed in Chapter 6 However the estimates of the
mean values of the different parameters and the sample size can be improved by
applying the formula according to Philip (1994)
(4-6)
ge 10cm lt 10cm
98
Where n = number of samples CV = coefficient of variation t = studentlsquos t value for a
90 confidence interval at a specified degree of freedom and E = acceptable level of
error for example 10 of the true mean
45 RESULTS
451 Size Class Distribution
Analyses of point samples shows the number of stems recorded for each diameter
class in the point samples and the estimated number of stems per hectare (Table 4-2)
With the use of the wedge prism of BAF 2 the stems per hectare in each diameter
class have been estimated and recorded In this case each sampled tree contributes
2m2 ha
-1 of basal area and by dividing the BAF with the basal area g of each tree the
stems per hectare is then estimated
Table 4-2 Size Class Distribution
Diameter Class No of Stems Predicted
(cm) in sample Stemsha
10-20 69 119
20-30 93 42
Yalu Community 30-40 55 23
Forests 40-50 23 13
50-60 22 8
60-70 13 6
70-80 10 5
80-90 2 4
90-100 1 3
100+ 7 1
20-30 9 33
30-40 6 22
Gabensis Community 40-50 5 14
Forests 50-60 11 8
60-70 3 6
70-80 2 5
80-90 1 4
90-100 1 3
99
The graphical presentation represents the diameter distribution of the stems of all
timber species combined for the Yalu community and Gabensis community forest
areas respectively (Figure 4-3 Figure 4-4) The distribution represents the actual and
predicted number of stems per hectare in the sample
Figure 4-3 Size Class Distribution for tress ge10cm DBH in the Yalu study site
Figure 4-4 Size Class Distribution for trees ge20cm DBH in the Gabensis study site
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100 100+
No
of
Ste
ms
(N h
a-1
)
Diameter Class (cm)
Actual
Predicted
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
No
of
Ste
ms
(Nh
a)
Diameter Class (cm)
Actual
Predicted
100
452 Residual Timber Volume
In the present study the major timber species found in the two community forests
include those in the PNGFA Minimum Export Price (MEP) groups (Table 4-3) with
the estimated residual merchantable timber volume per hectare and the total volume in
each study site
Table 4-3 Residual Merchantable Volume for Major Timber Speciesa
Yalu Community Forest
Timber Species Representation()
Merch Vol (m3
ha-1
)
Total Merch
Vol (m3)
Pterocarpus indicus 116 90 20000
Celtis sp 68 179 39000
Pometia pinnata 51 142 31000
Terminalia sp 34 170 37000
Intsia sp 14 168 37000
Vitex sp 14 119 26000
Endiandra sp 14 165 36000
Canarium sp 14 161 35000
Toona sureni 07 134 29000
Dracontomelon sp 03b
178 39000
Gabensis Community Forest
Pometia pinnata 243 159 2400
Chionanthus sp 189 169 2500
Pterocarpus indicus 108 116 1700
Terminalia sp 81 188 2800
Intsia sp 54 144 2100
Hernandia sp 54 152 2300
Planchonella sp 27 149 2200
Mastixiodendron sp 27 186 2800
a The table excludes other non-commercial and secondary timber species
b Dracontomelon sp is represented by only few trees in the sample but they are in the
large diameter class therefore the average volume estimated is high
101
453 Mean Residual Timber Volume
From the forest assessment in the two community forests the mean residual
merchantable timber volume in the two study sites have been estimated (Table 4-4)
The estimates are for all timber species combined
Table 4-4 Mean Residual Timber Volume ge 20cm DBH (m3 ha
-1)
Yalu Community Forest Gabensis Community
Forest
Mean 1269 1519
SD 450 277
454 Aboveground Forest Carbon
The measured component of AGB (AGLB ge 10cm) the estimated unmeasured
component (AGLB lt 10cm FL CWD) and hence the total AGB in the Yalu and
Gabensis community forest areas are reported (Table 4-5)
Table 4-5 Aboveground Forest Carbon (MgC ha-1
) with SD in parenthesis
Component Yalu Community Forest Gabensis Community
Forest
AGLBge10cm 11019 ( 2758) 11921 (3719)
AGLBlt10cm 1102 1192
FL 110 119
CWD 2755 2980
Total AGB 14985 ( 3751) 16212 (5058)
455 Sample Size
Data analyses to improve the estimates of the mean values and the sample size show
the required number of samples n for timber volume and AGB in the two case study
sites (Table 4-6) In this case the number of samples required to improve the
estimates of timber volume and AGB in the Yalu community forest area at 10
acceptable level of error are 22 and 11 In the Gabensis community forest the
numbers of samples required are 31 and 92 for timber volume and AGB respectively
102
Table 4-6 Estimate of number of samples
Yalu Community Forest
Mean SD CV
No of
Observation DF
E
() t-value n
Volume
(m2 ha
-1) 1269 450 035 17 16 10 1337 22
AGB
(MgC ha-1
) 14985 3751 025 17 16 10 1337 11
Gabensis Community Forest
Volume
(m2 ha
-1) 1519 277 018 2 1 10 3078 31
AGB
(MgC ha-1
) 16212 5058 031 2 1 10 3078 92
SD is Standard deviation CV is Coefficient of variation DF is Degrees of freedom E is
Error and n is number of samples required
456 Summary of Resource
The summary of the forest resource in the two study sites from the point sampling
carried out in the present study include the residual timber volume and forest C (Table
4-7) CO2 emissions resulting from selective timber harvesting in PNG have been
estimated to be about 55 from PSP analyses (Fox and Keenan 2011 Fox et al
2011a Fox et al 2011b) based on conventional harvesting practice using heavy
equipment therefore in a community-based timber harvesting future CO2 emissions
in cutover forests are likely to be less Considering a CO2 equivalent of 4412 CO2
emission from large-scale industrial timber harvesting that took place in the past in the
study sites are estimated at 665500 Mg CO2 (181319 Mg C) in Yalu forest area and
49042 Mg CO2 (13375 Mg C) in the Gabensis community forest area
Table 4-7 Summary Results
Yalu Community Forest Gabensis Community Forest
Total Forest Area
2200 ha
150 ha
Total Residual Volume
28000 m3
2300 m3
Mean Residual Volume
1269 m3 ha
-1
1519 m3 ha
-1
Total Forest Carbon
329670 Mg C
24318 Mg C
Mean Forest Carbon
14985 Mg C ha-1
16212 Mg C ha-1
Estimated Emission
from Past Harvesting
181319 Mg C
13375 Mg C
103
46 DISCUSSION
Following on from the objectives of this chapter this study generally shows that the
two case study sites have been extensively harvested in the past and the forests in
these areas have been left in a degraded condition This is reflected from the residual
timber volume and aboveground forest carbon estimated from this study The residual
timber volume in Yalu and Gabensis community forests were estimated at 127 plusmn 45
m3 ha
-1 and 152 plusmn 28 m
3 ha
-1 respectively These estimates are considered lower than
the average timber volumes in fully-stocked primary forests in PNG which is about
30-40 m3 ha
-1 (PNGFA 2007) Looking at the Fox et al (2010) estimates of
aboveground forest C in selectively-harvested forests (902 MgC ha-1
) and primary
forests (1208 MgC ha-1
) in PNG the estimates in the two case study sites are much
higher given the situation that these two community forests had some larger size class
(gt 70cm DBH) and relatively tall trees left behind after harvesting (Figure 4-2) These
community forests are small areas that have been repeatedly harvested in the past and
there have been also evidence of extensive traditional land uses prior to this study
The study estimated aboveground forest C in Yalu community forest at 1499 plusmn 375
Mg C ha-1
while in Gabensis it was estimated to be about 1621 plusmn 506 MgC ha-1
The
issue about additionality and its relationship to C stocks in CBFM is considered in this
study The concept of additionality is firmly grounded in international climate law and
discussed in international climate change negotiations The UNFCC (1992 Article
43) the Kyoto Protocol (1997 Article 112) the Bali Action Plan (2007 Paragraph
1e) and the Copenhagen Accord (2009 Paragraph 8) all call for developed countries
to provide ―new and additional climate change financing to developing countries
(Ballesteros and Moncel 2011) However within climate change policy and
environmental markets the concept of additionality is not clearly understood and
creates disagreement and confusion (Gillenwater 2011) At the heart of these
reactions is not simply a policy debate but there is a more fundamental obstacle
preventing constructive discussion and debate One of the difficulties of the CDM is
in judging whether or not projects truly make additional savings in GHG emissions
(Carbon Trust 2009) The baseline which is used in making this comparison is not
observable According to the Carbon Trust (2009) some projects have been clearly
additional For example the fitting of equipment to remove HFCs and N2O and some
104
low-carbon electricity supply projects were also thought to have displaced coal-
powered generation
Additionality is the process of assessing whether a proposed activity is different than
its baseline scenario For example in the context of climate change policy the
question of additionality is whether GHG emissions from a proposed activity will be
different than baseline scenario emissions
REDD+ is an emerging initiative that has the potential to provide alternative income
for communities who would like to conserve their forest and participate in SFM that
enhances the forest C stock
In the context of this study there is a potential to avoid future emissions from timber
harvesting or other activities that may enable communities to participate in REDD+
projects For example if communities adopt small-scale more sustainable reduced
impact harvesting techniques rather than agreeing to larger-scale industrial operations
they may be able to calculate and benefit from the difference in emissions In
addition some of their forest areas will be protected under smaller-scale operations
conserving biodiversity and other forest values for traditional uses These activities
will therefore avoid emissions that would otherwise have taken place in more
extensive operations
It is clear from this study that the residual timber volume in the two community
forests may not be able to attract large-scale harvesting This is because of insufficient
volumes that may not be able to sustain a bigger operation However volumes
available in the case study sites can support a small-scale harvesting under CBFM
because some large size commercial trees have been left behind after conventional
harvesting in the past The residual timber volume in the study sites is lower than the
average timber volume (30-40m3 ha
-1) in fully-stocked primary forest in PNG The
merchantable timber volume in these forests may be lower than the estimates from the
study (equation 4-3) because trees lt 50cm DBH were also considered during the
inventory If the FSC promoted guidelines of harvesting 2-3 trees ha-1
(Rogers 2010)
is adopted in CBFM in these forests SFM can be anticipated because lower volumes
will be harvested per year and the forest will be left to recover for future harvest
The community forest areas have a high aboveground forest C compared to estimates
for lowland tropical forests in PNG from an earlier study by Fox et al (2010) The
high aboveground forest C in the two study areas can be seen as a result of some large
105
and tall non-merchantable trees with high density left behind after the past harvesting
operations Therefore the options available now in the Yalu and Gabensis community
forest areas are small-scale forest management and utilisation as well as other benefits
from community C trade and participation in the REDD+ initiative
47 CONCLUSIONS
The objectives of Chapter 4 have been to estimate the residual timber volume and
aboveground forest carbon in the two case study sites in order to use this data to test
the scenario analysis and evaluation tools (decision tree models) developed in Chapter
6 These objectives have been achieved and the residual timber volumes and AGLB in
the case study sites have been determined
The residual commercial timber volume estimated in the case study sites 127 m3 ha
-1
in Yalu and 152 m3 ha
-1 in Gabensis forest areas can support a smaller-scale
harvesting operation in CBFM The high aboveground forest C estimates in the two
study sites (1499 MgC ha-1
in Yalu and 1621 MgC ha-1
in Gabensis) provide an
option for communities to manage their cutover forests for C benefits
Results from the assessment of the current condition and future production potential
of cutover forests in the case study sites suggest that communities in these areas may
participate in small-scale timber harvesting and certification schemes manage their
forests for C benefits and participate in REDD and REDD+ activities
106
SCENARIO ANALYSES AND EVALUATION
TOOLS
107
CHAPTER 5
EVALUATION OF SCENARIOS FOR COMMUNITY-BASED FOREST MANAGEMENT
51 INTRODUCTION
In research involving qualitative data collection there are specific methodologies that need
to be followed however review of these methodologies indicated that there are also
difficulties in such methodological choices (Creswell et al 2007) The qualitative research
designs include such methodologies as the participatory action research (PAR) approach
particularly used by psychologists In PAR a major focus is to produce social change
(Maguire 1987) and improve the quality of life (Stringer 1999) in oppressed and exploited
communities While PAR commonly targets silenced groups it is also necessary to involve
groups such as decision-makers as participants of the research (Bodorkos and Pataki 2009)
The PAR method is unique in that the researcher and the members of the community are
engaged at all level of the research process (Whyte et al 1991) The origins of PAR are
traced back to the late 1960s and early 1970s in the United States (Brydon-Miller 2001
Freire 1970) Brydon-Miller (2001) also indicated that PAR has been conducted all over
the world especially in third-world countries Also in past decades the PAR approach was
common in the field of social sciences involving research in education community
development work life and health (Nielsen and Svensson 2006) however recently there
have been increasing interests in adopting this method to address current pressing issues
such as climate change biodiversity loss and other sustainability issues (Fals-Borda and
Mora-Osejo 2003 Reason 2007)
There are two parts to the study in Chapter 5 In the first part a PAR protocol has been
used as a guide to investigate options for the future management of cutover forests in PNG
This involved qualitative interviews of two community groups in a region in PNG where
extensive harvesting of primary forests had occurred in the past The PAR involved group
meetings to explain the purpose of the research followed by one to one interviews in the
108
two case study sites Structured interviews were conducted to investigate local peopleslsquo
preference in how they would like to manage their forests in the future The outcome from
these interviews provided the basis to develop forest management scenarios for cutover
forests
In the second part of the study local peopleslsquo preferences in the future management of their
forests identified in the first part of the study have been analysed The outcomes from these
analyses have been used to develop forest management scenarios by using a spreadsheet
planning tool developed under a previous forest research project in PNG funded by ACIAR
(Keenan et al 2005) Scenarios developed in this chapter have been further tested using
decision tree models developed in Chapter 6
The first objective of Chapter 5 is to investigate options for future management of cutover
forests by using the PAR approach as a guide with two community groups namely Yalu
and Gabensis villages in PNG The second objective of the study is to develop management
scenarios for CBFM
52 BACKGROUND
521 The Scenario Approach
The literature review in Chapter 2 discussed the scenario and MSE methods as the
alternative forest management approaches for cutover forests in PNG Chapter 5 describes
the application of the MSE approach (Sainsbury et al 2000 Smith et al 1999) to evaluate
scenarios for CBFM The details of the MSE approach are given in a framework developed
by Sainsbury et al (2000) (Chapter 2 Figure 2-1)
Scenarios are stories or models for planning and decision-making in situations where
complexity and uncertainty are high for example management of tropical forest
ecosystems (Nemarundwe et al 2003) The use of future scenarios assists in defining
alternative options and identifying strategies to achieve desired results Use of scenarios is
applicable when there are many stakeholders from local groups to decision makers
Scenario methods are applicable to village communities (Wollenberg et al 2000) and in
109
Chapter 5 these approaches have been used as a guide to develop scenarios for CBFM in
PNG
522 Modelling Tropical Forest Growth and Yield
Forest simulation models have a long history in forestry and have proven to be useful tools
for forest management (Shao and Reynolds 2006) Early work on forest yields in the
tropics were started in Burma for Teak and over the years different approaches have
emerged in the development of suitable models for tropical forests (Mariaux 1981
Vanclay 1994) In the tropics there has been a lot of progress made in the development of
growth and yield models for tropical mixed forests Some of these efforts include
development of a growth model for north Queensland by Vanclay (1994) stand table
projection model for Sarawak by Korsgaard (1989) and development of the PINFORM
growth model for lowland tropical forests in PNG by Alder (1998) More recently there
have been examples of work on growth and yield modelling of tropical forests in north
Queensland Brazil Ghana Costa Rica Malaysia and PNG However regardless of these
efforts the very diverse forest types mixed species and lack of continuity in data
collection are some barriers that make it difficult to make predictions on the growth of
tropical forests Work on prediction simulation models and forest growth models in the
tropics generally use inventory data based on PSPs
Analyses of timber yields under different forest management scenarios in this Chapter 5 are
based on the spreadsheet planning tool (Keenan et al 2005)
110
53 METHODOLOGY
531 Criteria for Developing Scenarios
The basic procedures for creating the scenarios in the study included the following steps
using the PAR approach as a guide
o In consultation with stakeholders including government agencies timber
companies NGOs and community groups criteria for selecting scenarios were
developed
o Inform and discuss different approaches to forest management with community and
industry based on information available from existing management tools (for
example PINFORM ACIAR Planning Tool) and analysis of current forest growth
data
o Allow stakeholders to collectively create broad categories of scenarios based on an
informed decision
o In consultation with stakeholders develop a scenario preference scoring sheet
o Distribute scenario scoring sheet during field interviews to research participants for
them to mark the scenarios of their preferences
o In consultation with the research participants select scenarios with highest scores
o Develop scenario analysis and evaluation tools
o Test and analyse selected scenarios using the scenario analysis and evaluation tools
developed
o Compare and evaluate effects of scenarios
o Develop an integrated conceptual framework for CBFM and integrate scenario
outcomes into the framework
111
532 Field Interviews using the PAR Protocol as a Guide
The initial fieldwork in this study involved an extensive consultation in the form of field
visits and meetings to explain the purpose of the research to a wide range of stakeholders in
PNG This was done in order to gauge views from stakeholders about general forest
management issues in the country and to assess their interests and expectations on how they
would like to manage their forests in the future Stakeholders included the following
government agencies (PNGFA FRI University TFTC) timber companies (Lae builders
Ltd Madang timbers Ltd Santi timbers Ltd) NGOs (VDT FPCD FORCERT CMUs) and
the communities (Yalu Gabensis Sogi villages) The research focussed on two community
groups (Yalu and Gabensis villages) that were selected in consultation with the project
partner NGO the Village Development Trust The approach taken in this study involved
the general procedures of PAR but the methodologies of a PAR protocol were not fully
implemented in the study Based on the objectives of the study the PAR approach involved
only the conventional forms of data gathering in the form of village meetings discussions
and interviews The interviews were conducted in order to understand the current uses of
forest by communities and how they would like to manage their forests in the future In this
process research participants in the two communities were asked to indicate their
preferences in questionnaires on what options they preferred in the future management of
their cutover forests
In the PNG context few individuals or families usually involve in small-scale timber
harvesting but they represent the interests of a village or community In such cases sawn
timbers harvested are sometimes used for building local schools community halls church
buildings and other infrastructure The selection of the participants for the interviews was
based on their involvement in small-scale timber harvesting in the past and those that were
interested in the future management of their cutover forests Furthermore the interviews
were not intended as a detailed social survey in the study sites rather it targeted individuals
and families that were interested in the future management of their cutover forests
Eleven individual structured interviews (8 in Yalu village and 3 in Gabensis village) were
conducted within the two community groups The groups were from two villages that are
located in a region where there have been an extensive timber harvesting of primary forests
112
in the past and the forests that are left behind are mostly secondary cutover forests with
residual stand
Despite the sample in this study not being representative of the region due to the sample
size of 11 (8 interviewees in Yalu village and 3 interviewees in Gabensis village) the main
aim of the interview was to understand community attitudes towards small-scale timber
harvesting The outcome of the interviews provided the background on how communities
would like to manage their forests in the future The individuals interviewed were local
people who were not only interested to participate in small-scale timber harvesting rather
they were members of the two community groups who had been actually involved in small-
scale timber harvesting for the last 10 years but with very little capacity to expand their
operations Therefore the interviews served its purpose of understanding community
attitudes towards small-scale timber harvesting a process which is considered as a
prerequisite or background to developing forest management scenarios
The data from field interviews were analysed using both the quantitative data analysis
software SPSS (analysis of scenario indicators) and qualitative data analysis software
NVIVO (current and future uses of forest community attitudes towards small-scale timber
harvesting)
533 Scenario development
Scenarios for CBFM were developed from local communitieslsquo participation in meetings
discussions and interviews in the study The analysis of local peoplelsquos current and future
uses of forests and their preferences on how they would like to manage their forests in the
future form the basis of scenario development The key component of the field interviews
was the scoring of local peoplelsquos preferences Their preferences were analysed as scenario
indicators which were then used to develop the scenarios The initial PAR approach in the
case study sites with the participation of the two communities and the results from analyses
of the field interviews have identified four main forest management options These are
community sawmill local processing medium-scale log export and carbon trade These
options have been analysed using the ACIAR planning tool (Keenan et al 2005) in order
to develop forest management scenarios
113
The scenarios developed in Chapter 5 are community sawmill local processing medium-
scale log export and carbon trade however under the community-based harvesting the
three latter scenarios have been analysed using the planning tool The four scenarios for
CBFM including the carbon trade scenario have been tested using the decision analyses
model developed in Chapter 6 The details and description of the activities that take place
under each scenario are summarised below
Community sawmill that a sawmill is managed by the community itself with little
capacity and light equipment Timber is felled and milled in situ according to buyer
specifications All sawn timber produced are sold in the domestic market and for other
community uses There is no value adding and no export of sawn timber to the overseas
market All production and marketing are the responsibility of the community
Local processing that a local processing is managed by an entity referred to as the central
marketing unit (CMU) with the use of mechanised equipment to increased capacity and
production for the overseas export market The CMU add value to the sawn timber from a
timber storage shed equipped with planner-moulder breakdown saw crosscut saw and
other backup All the processed timber are exported to an overseas certified market and the
production and marketing of sawn timber are the responsibility of the CMU
Medium-scale log export that a medium-scale log export enterprise is managed by a
CMU for the export market with the use of mechanised equipment and increased log
production Logs are exported to the overseas market The CMU is responsible for the
production and marketing of logs from the operation
Carbon trade that a community forest C project is managed for selling C credits to either
a compliance or voluntary market CBFM activities involve reduced impact harvesting and
some of their forest areas are protected thereby avoiding emissions that would otherwise
have taken place This enables the community to participate in the REDD+ initiative
114
534 Scenario Analysis using a Spreadsheet Tool
The forest management options investigated during the field interviews with the
participation of the two community groups (Yalu and Gabensis villages) were further
analysed using a spreadsheet planning tool (Figure 5-1) This tool was developed in a
previous forest research project to improve timber inventory and strategic forest planning in
PNG under the funding support of ACIAR (Keenan et al 2005) The tool basically
facilitates the integration of forest area inventory and growth information from the Yalu
case study site (Yalu community forest) to estimate the timber yields under different
management scenarios in community-based harvesting
Figure 5-1 Example output of the Planning tool (Keenan et al 2005)
Data input in the system include cutting cycle pre-harvest volume in each diameter class for
each species groups and cut fraction
Project NameManagement optionAnalyst Cossey Yosi University of Melbourne Date 3062011
A Cycle length (yrs) 50
Total
Diameter class (cm) 20-50 50-65 65+ 20-50 50-65 65+ 20-50 50-65 65+ Merch
Pre-harvest (m3ha) 210 270 430 90 100 120 50 50 70 1040
Cut fraction () 0 0 100 0 0 100 0 0 0
Post-harvest (m3ha) 210 270 00 90 100 00 50 50 70 490 60
YIELD (m3ha) 00 00 430 00 00 120 00 00 00 550
Ingrowth (m3yr) 028 028 028 008 008 008 000 000 000 07
Growth (m3yr) 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 00
DeathDamage (m3yr) 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
Upgrowth (m3yr) 028 028 008 008 000 000
Pre-harvest (m3ha) 210 270 139 90 100 39 50 50 70 667
Cut fraction () 0 0 100 0 0 100 0 0 0
Post-harvest (m3ha) 210 270 00 90 100 00 50 50 70 490 83
YIELD (m3ha) 00 00 139 00 00 39 00 00 00 177
Ingrowth (m3yr) 022 022 022 006 006 006 000 000 000 06
Growth (m3yr) 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 00
DeathDamage (m3yr) 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
Upgrowth (m3yr) 022 022 006 006 000 000
Pre-harvest (m3ha) 210 270 112 90 100 31 50 50 70 633
Cut fraction () 0 0 100 0 0 100 0 0 0
Post-harvest (m3ha) 210 270 00 90 100 00 50 50 70 490 85
YIELD (m3ha) 00 00 112 00 00 31 00 00 00 143
Ingrowth (m3yr) 021 021 021 006 006 006 000 000 000 05
Growth (m3yr) 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 00
DeathDamage (m3yr) 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
Upgrowth (m3yr) 021 021 006 006 000 000
Left after Harvest1
Cycle
Number
Left after Harvest
Left after Harvest
Yalu Community Forest
3
2
B Inventory growth and yield data (ha)
MEP-code 36 OtherMEP-code 12
Local processing Small-scale higher values trees only
115
The gross area of the Yalu community forest was 2200 ha The area available for
harvesting was assessed by considering the need to set aside areas for conservation
reserves slopes fragile areas stream buffers and other areas for community use (Table 5-
1) The pre-harvest volume classified under the PNGFA merchantable species classes and
net volume growth in the case study site are categorised under each size class (Table 5-2)
Table 5-1 Yalu community forest area
Yalu Area Data (ha)
Forest area allocated for CBFM 2000
Exclusions from 1st cycle
Conservation Reserve 50
Slope outside conservation 20
Fragile 15
Streamline Buffers not in
above
10
Community reserves not in
above
10
Other inaccessible 20
1st cycle net area (ha) 1875
Additional Exclusions after 1st cycle (ha)
Conversion to gardens
20
Regrowth area 15
Roading 10
Other
25
2nd
amp3rd
cycle net area (ha) 1805
116
Table 5-2 Yalu community forest inventory data
Diameter Class
(cm)
Volume MEP1
(m3 ha
-1)
Volume MEP2
(m3 ha
-1)
Others
(m3 ha
-1)
lt 20 0301 0307 7029
20-50 4950 6961 34991
50-65 6634 11885 18539
65+
Volume Growth
(m3 ha
-1 year
-1)
0-20 0117 0301 0203
20-50 0129 0124 0244
50-65 0041 0080 0073
65+ 0127
The data available from the case study site was input in the planning tool to analyse timber
yields under different management scenarios Three levels of analysis were carried out
using the planning tool The first was a management regime involving a constant cut
proportion of 50 with different cutting cycles in each scenario removing timber species
in MEP codes 1 and 2 only with a DBH of gt 50cm (Table 5-3)
Table 5-3 Data for a management regime with 50 constant cut proportion
Scenario Cutting Cycle
(Years)
Cut Proportion
()
Diameter
LimitMEP
Codes
Community
sawmill
10 50 gt 50cm
MEP1 MEP2
Local processing
20 50 gt 50cm
MEP1 MEP2
Local processing 30 50 gt 50cm
MEP1 MEP2
Medium-scale log
export
40 50 gt 50cm
MEP1 MEP2
117
The second analysis was a management regime with a constant cut proportion of 75 but
with the same settings (cutting cycles and species groups) in each scenario as the first
regime (Table 5-4) In community-based harvesting only valuable timber species are
felled hence only timber species group in the PNGFA MEP codes 1 and 2 have been
considered in this study The main timber species in MEP code 1 include the genera
Burckella Calophyllum Canarium Planchonella Pometia Intsia and those in Group II
are Hopea Vitex Aglaia and Endospermum
Table 5-4 Data for a management regime with 75 constant cut proportion
Scenario Cutting Cycle
(Years)
Cut Proportion
()
Diameter
LimitMEP Codes
Community sawmill 10 75 gt 50cm
MEP1 MEP2
Local processing
20 75 gt 50cm
MEP1 MEP2
Local processing 30 75 gt 50cm
MEP1 MEP2
Medium-scale log export 40 75 gt 50cm
MEP1 MEP2
In the third analyses (Table 5-5) a management regime with a constant cutting cycle of 20
years under a local processing scenario was tested but with 50 and 75 cut intensities
and DBH limit of gt 50cm and gt 65cm in the same species groups (MEP 1 and 2) as in the
first and second management regimes
Table 5-5 Data for a management regime with 20 years constant cutting cycle
Scenario Cutting Cycle
(Years)
Cut Proportion
()
Diameter
LimitMEP Codes
Local processing 20 50 gt 50cm
MEP1 MEP2
Local processing
20 50 gt 65cm
MEP1 MEP2
Local processing 20 75 gt 50cm
MEP1 MEP2
Local processing 20 75 gt 65cm
MEP1 MEP2
118
54 RESULTS
541 Current Forest Uses and Future Forest Management Options
The current forest uses in the two communities are hunting gardening and small-scale
harvesting (Figure 5-2) A higher number of people indicated that they were currently using
their forests for small-scale harvesting in Yalu village than in Gabensis village Analyses of
field interviews showed that the local people were currently using some of their forests for
small-scale harvesting while still maintaining other forest lands for traditional uses such as
hunting and gardening (Figure 5-2)
Figure 5-2 Current main forest uses in Yalu and Gabensis villages
X-axis represents the number of interviewees in each village
119
According to the interviews the preferred forest management options for the future
included reforestation local processing carbon trade conservation and sawn timber export
(Figure 5-3) A higher number of local people interviewed in Yalu village also indicated
reforestation as another option for future management of their cutover forests than in
Gabensis village
Figure 5-3 Future forest management options in case study sites
X-axis represents the number of interviewees in each village
Current forest use by gender indicated that a higher numbers of males were engaged in
hunting and small-scale harvesting than females Forest uses for gardening were higher for
females (Appendix 5-2)
Analyses of future forest uses by villages from the interviews indicated that higher numbers
of people were interested in managing their forests for small-scale harvesting both in Yalu
and Gabensis communities (Appendix 5-3) The other future forest uses recorded in the two
case study sites included non-timber forest products (NTFP) reforestation gardening
120
local timber processing conservation and community development Analyses of future
forest use by gender showed that both males and females were interested in managing their
forests for small-scale harvesting (Appendix 5-3)
Village meetings discussions and interviews carried out in the two case study sites (Yalu
and Gabensis villages) provided evidence that lack of social services including education
health community infrastructure and church facilities influenced community interest in
engaging in small-scale timber harvesting (Figure 5-4) The factors influencing a familylsquos
engagement in small-scale timber harvesting included lack of income difficulties in raising
school fees for sending children to school and better homes Sawn timber demand timber
price certification benefits and markets influenced local peopleslsquo commercial interest in
engaging in small-scale timber harvesting in the two communities (Figure 5-4)
121
Figure 5-4 Factors influencing community attitudes towards small-scale harvesting
This model was generated from the qualitative software Nvivo
122
542 Scenario Indicators
Analyses of field interviews showed high frequencies for local processing (6 55) small-
scale harvesting (4 36) and management for carbon values (5 46) (Figure 5-5)
Frequencies recorded in this case represent the total number of persons under each level of
preference for a particular forest management option in the two case study sites A total of
11 participants were interviewed in the two case study sites Frequency recorded for no
preference was high (6 counts) for the log export scenario
Figure 5-5 Graphical presentation of the frequencies from field interviews
Frequency (left Y-axis) represents number of counts and the equivalent counts are
represented as percentage (right Y-axis)
0
20
40
60
80
100
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
high
preference
low
preference
no
preference
not sure
Percen
tag
e (
)
Freq
uen
cy
(N
)
Do you prefer small-scale harvesting
0
20
40
60
80
100
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
high
preference
low
preference
no
preference
not sure
Percen
tag
e (
)
Freq
uen
cy
(N
)
Do you prefer local processing
0
20
40
60
80
100
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
high
preference
low
preference
no
preference
not sure
Percen
tag
e (
)
Freq
uen
cy
(N
)
Do you prefer log export
0
20
40
60
80
100
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
high
preference
low
preference
no
preference
not sure
Percen
tag
e (
)
Freq
uen
cy
(N
)
Do you prefer management for carbon values
0
20
40
60
80
100
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
high
preference
low
preference
no
preference
not sure
Percen
tag
e (
)
Freq
uen
cy
(N
)
Do you prefer no harvesting
123
543 Estimating Timber Yield under Different Management
Scenarios
Analysis outputs from the planning tool showed that with a cut proportion of 50 of total
volume per hectare in commercial tree species with a DBH gt 50cm in MEP1 and MEP2
merchantable categories in a 10 year cutting cycle for a community sawmilling project
resulted in a relatively even distribution of annual yield of about 3000 m3 in the first
second and third cutting cycles (Table 5-7) Total yield over the three cycles (30 years) in a
10 year cutting cycle is estimated at about 87000m3 In this management regime as the
cutting cycle is increased yield decreases in the first cycle but increases in the second and
third cycles
Table 5-6 Management regime with a constant cut proportion of 50
Scenario
Cutting Cycle
(years)
Annual
Yield Cycle 1
(m3 year
-1)
Annual
Yield Cycle 2
(m3 year
-1)
Annual
Yield Cycle 3
(m3 year
-1)
Total
Yield
(m3)
Community
sawmill
10
3166
2865
2718
87490
Local
processing
20
1583
2100
2890
131500
Local
processing
30
1055
1846
3307
186060
Medium-scale
log export
40
792
1718
3780
251600
In a management regime with a higher cut proportion of 75 but with the same input
variables (gt 50cm DBH MEP1 and 2 groups) under a 10 year cutting cycle annual yield
increased to about 5000 m3 in the first cutting cycle but reduces to about 2000 and 1000
m3 respectively in the second and third cycles (Table 5-8) Further analysis showed that a
yield of about 2000 m3
was evenly distributed over the first second and third cycles under
a 30 year cutting cycle in a local processing scenario The general trend in this management
regime is that with an increased cutting cycle and cut intensity yield decreases
124
Table 5-7 Management regime with a constant cut proportion of 75
Scenario
Cutting
Cycle (years)
Annual Yield
Cycle 1 (m3)
Annual Yield
Cycle 2 (m3)
Annual Yield
Cycle 3 (m3)
Total
Yield
(m3)
Community
sawmill
10
4749
2316
1229
82940
Local
processing
20
2375
1743
1294
108240
Local
processing
30
1583
1551
1574
141240
Medium-scale
log export
40
1187
1456
1802
177800
A management regime under a constant cutting cycle of 20 years showed that with a
reduced cut fraction (50) removing a lesser volume of commercial tree species with a
DBH limit of gt 50cm resulted in an annual yield of about 1600m3 year
-1 in the first cycle
but provided for increases to about 2000m3 year
-1 and 3000m
3 year
-1 in the second and
third cycles respectively In this management regime an increased cutting cycle and
removing more commercial trees (gt 50cm DBH) resulted in an increased annual yield in
the initial harvest however when the cut intensity is increased (75) with an increased
cutting cycle annual yield generally decreases over the consecutive cycles
Table 5-8 Management regime with a constant cutting cycle of 20 years
Scenario
DBH Limit
Species Grp
Annual
Yield Cycle 1
(m3 year
-1)
Annual
Yield Cycle 2
(m3 year
-1)
Annual
Yield Cycle 3
(m3 year
-1)
Total Yield
(m3)
Local
processing
50 gt 50cm
MEP 1 2
1583
2100
2890
131460
Local
processing
50 gt 65cm
MEP 1 2
623
703
805
42620
Local
processing
75 gt 50cm
MEP 1 2
2375
1743
1361
276463
Local
processing
75 gt 65cm
MEP 1 2
934
603
415
39040
125
Analyses of timber yield with an initial cut proportion of 50 under four different cutting
cycles (10 20 30 and 40 years) showed that in a shorter cutting cycle (10 years) under a
community sawmill scenario (Figure 5-6a) annual volume was higher and evenly
distributed over the first second and third cycles A 20 years cutting cycle in a local
processing scenario (Figure 5-6b) showed similar results In longer cutting cycles (30-40
years) under a local processing scenario (Figure 5-6c) and medium-scale log export
scenario (Figure 5-6d) annual volume is lower initially but increases in the second and
third cycles because there is more time between harvests for the forest to recover and
increase in volume
In a similar analysis but with a cut proportion of 75 shorter cutting cycles for example
10 years in a community sawmill (Figure 5-7a) and 20 years in a local processing scenario
(Figure 5-7b) showed a higher annual volume initially which reduced over the consecutive
cycles Longer cutting cycles (30-40 years) showed a lower annual volume for the initial
cut and then evenly distributed over the second and third cycles under a local processing
and medium-scale scenarios (Figure 5-7c and d)
Analyses with a constant cutting cycle of 20 years removing timber species in the same
commercial group (MEP 1 and 2) with a DBH gt 50cm showed that a reduced cut intensity
(50) resulted in a lower annual volume in the first cycle (Figure 5-8a) Maintaining the
same cut proportion (50) and removing commercial trees only with a DBH gt 65cm
(Figure 5-8b) resulted in a low annual volume in the first second and third cycles When
the cut proportion was increased (75) annual volume in the first cycle was increased
(Figure 5-8c) but decreased in the latter cycles With a cut fraction of 75 removing tree
species in the same merchantable categories and only in the DBH class gt 65cm resulted in
a lower annual volume initially and there were no marked increases in the consecutive
cycles (Figure 5-8d)
126
Figure 5-6 Timber yield under different scenarios with a 50 cut proportion
The management regimes are for four cutting cycles (a) 10 years (b) 20 years (c) 30 years and (d) 40 years
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 - 10 11 - 20 21 - 30
An
nu
al
Vo
lum
e (1
00
0 m
3 y
r-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
MEP-code2 65+
MEP-code2 50-65
MEP-code1 65+
MEP-code1 50-65
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 - 20 21 - 40 41 - 60
An
nu
al
Vo
lum
e (1
00
0 m
3 y
r-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
MEP-code2 65+
MEP-code2 50-65
MEP-code1 65+
MEP-code1 50-65
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 - 30 31 - 60 61 - 90
An
nu
al
Vo
lum
e (1
00
0 m
3 y
r-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
MEP-code2 65+
MEP-code2 50-65
MEP-code1 65+
MEP-code1 50-65
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 - 40 41 - 80 81 - 120
An
nu
al
Vo
lum
e (1
00
0 m
3 y
r-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
MEP-code2 65+
MEP-code2 50-65
MEP-code1 65+
MEP-code1 50-65
(b) (a)
(d) (c)
127
Figure 5-7 Timber yield under different scenarios with a 75 cut proportion
The management regimes are for the four cutting cycles (a) 10 years (b) 20 years (c) 30 years and (d) 40 years
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 - 20 21 - 40 41 - 60
An
nu
al
Vo
lum
e (1
00
0 m
3 y
r-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
MEP-code2 65+
MEP-code2 50-65
MEP-code1 65+
MEP-code1 50-65
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 - 10 11 - 20 21 - 30
An
nu
al
Vo
lum
e (1
00
0 m
3 y
r-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
MEP-code2 65+
MEP-code2 50-65
MEP-code1 65+
MEP-code1 50-65
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 - 30 31 - 60 61 - 90
An
nu
al
Vo
lum
e (1
00
0 m
3 y
r-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
MEP-code2 65+
MEP-code2 50-65
MEP-code1 65+
MEP-code1 50-65
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 - 40 41 - 80 81 - 120
An
nu
al
Vo
lum
e (1
00
0 m
3 y
r-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
MEP-code2 65+
MEP-code2 50-65
MEP-code1 65+
MEP-code1 50-65
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
128
Figure 5-8 Timber yield for a constant cutting cycle of 20 years
The management regimes are for different cut proportions and diameter limits (a) 50 and DBH gt 50cm (b) 50 and DBH gt
65cm (c) 75 and DBH gt 50cm and (d) 75 and DBH gt 65cm
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 - 20 21 - 40 41 - 60
An
nu
al
Vo
lum
e (1
00
0 m
3 y
r-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
MEP-code2 65+
MEP-code2 50-65
MEP-code1 65+
MEP-code1 50-65
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 - 20 21 - 40 41 - 60
An
nu
al
Vo
lum
e (1
00
0 m
3 y
r-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
MEP-code2 65+
MEP-code1 65+
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 - 20 21 - 40 41 - 60
An
nu
al
Vo
lum
e (1
00
0 m
3 y
r-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
MEP-code2 65+
MEP-code2 50-65
MEP-code1 65+
MEP-code1 50-65
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 - 20 21 - 40 41 - 60
An
nu
al
Vo
lum
e (1
00
0 m
3 y
r-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
MEP-code2 65+
MEP-code1 65+
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
129
544 Analyses of Residual Timber Volume over a 60 Year
Cycle
The starting timber volume (pre-harvest volume) in the Yalu case study site was 305
m3 ha
-1 At a cut proportion of 50 in a community-based harvesting in the study site
harvesting size class gt 50cm DBH in the MEP1 and 2 merchantable groups showed
that the residual timber volume continues to increase over a 60 year period (Table 5-
9) At year 50 the residual timber volume is estimated at about 213 m3 ha
-1 and
increases to about 286 m3 ha
-1 at year 60
Table 5-9 Residual and annual volume over a 60 year cutting cycle
Cutting
Cycle
(Years)
Cut
Proportion
()
Diameter Limit
MEP Codes
Starting
Pre-Harvest
Volume
(m3 ha
-1)
Residual
Volume After
3rd
Cycle
(m3 ha
-1)
Annual
Yield
(m3 year
-1)
10 50 gt 50cm MEP1 amp 2 305 271 8750
20 50 gt 50cm MEP1 amp 2 305 577 6574
30 50 gt 50cm MEP1 amp 2 305 989 6208
40 50 gt 50cm MEP1 amp 2 305 1508 6290
50 50 gt 50cm MEP1 amp 2 305 2132 6550
60 50 gt 50cm MEP1 amp 2 305 2861 6899
Projection output from the planning tool showed that at year 0 the starting volume
(pre-harvest volume available) in the Yalu community forest was 305 m3
ha-1
and
under the 10 year cutting cycle this is reduced to 271 m3 ha
-1 after the third cycle
(Figure 5-9) During the consecutive cutting cycles residual timber volume increases
in a positive trend over the 60 year period
130
Figure 5-9 Residual timber volume for a 100 year cycle
545 Projection of Annual Yield over a 60 Year Cycle
At the initial cut the annual yield is high (8750 m3 year
-1) at year 10 but is reduced to
6208 m3 year
-1 at year 30 (Figure 5-10) Yield then is almost constant up to year 40
and starts to increase over the projection period
Figure 5-10 Annual Yield for a 60 year cycle
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
10 20 30 40 50 60
Re
sid
ual
Vo
lum
e (
m3
ha-1
)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
10 20 30 40 50 60
An
nu
al V
olu
me
(m
3Y
ear
-1)
Cutting Cycle (Years)
131
55 DISCUSSION
551 Outcomes from Field Interviews
The field interviews enabled understanding of community attitudes towards small-
scale harvesting Although the sample size (11 individual interviewees) was not
representative of the whole region where the study was undertaken the interviews
served their purpose Community participation in the study has enabled the
identification of the forest management options preferred by the communities for the
future management of their forests This was achieved through preference scoring of
how communities would like to manage their cutover forests in the future While the
study was only able to interview relatively few landowners the whole process of
initial consultations and village meetings to the actual interviews in the two case study
sites provided a basis for further analyses using the planning tool in order to develop
scenarios for community-based management of cutover forests
552 Analyses Output from the Planning Tool
In this study timber yields under different management scenarios have been estimated
using the planning tool (Keenan et al 2005) and scenarios for community-based
management of cutover forests have been developed In community-based harvesting
in a shorter cutting cycle (for example 10 years) sustainability can be achieved in
terms of sawn timber production as is the case in this study (Figure 5-6a)
The study indicated that there was a trade-off between cutting cycle and yield in these
cutover forests Maintaining the same cut proportion (50) and removing commercial
tree species in the same merchantable categories (50cm DBH MEP1 and 2) but in a
20 year cutting cycle under the local processing scenario results in a yield of about
2000m3 year
-1 in the first and second cutting cycles and then an increase in the third
cycle to about 3000m3 year
-1 This management regime under the Local Processing
scenario can achieve sustainability and an even flow of sawn timber in a community
project (Figure 5-6b)
With an increased cutting cycle to 30 years there was a reduced yield of about
1000m3 year
-1 in the first cycle but an increase to 2000 and 3000 m
3 year
-1 in the
132
second and third cycles respectively in a community local processing project (Figure
5-6c)
When the cutting cycle is increased to 40 years in a medium-scale community log
export project there was a reduced yield of about 1000 m3 year
-1 in the first cutting
cycle but an increase to 2000 and 4000 m3 year
-1 respectively in the second and third
cycles (Table 5-6d)
Thus longer cutting cycles have lower short-term yields but potentially higher yields
in the long term because the forest has a greater time to recover to higher volumes for
later cutting cycles Communities will need to assess their time preference for income
associated with harvesting in order to consider the choice between these options
With the same data input as the management regime with a 50 cut proportion but
with an increased cut fraction to 75 yield is higher in a shorter cutting cycle (10
years) initially but reduces in the second and third cycles (Figure 5-7a)
In a 20 year cutting cycle under a local processing scenario with the same data input
in the planning tool yield was same in the first and second cycles (2000 m3 year
-1)
but reduces to 1000 m3 year
-1 in the third cycle (Figure 5-7b)
Analysis showed an even distribution of yield (2000 m3 year
-1) in the first second
and third cycles in a 30 year cutting cycle under a local processing scenario This
management regime can therefore be sustainable in a local community processing
project (Figure 5-7c)
In a community medium-scale log export scenario under a 40 year cutting cycle
analysis showed a reduced yield of about 1000 m3 year
-1 in the first and second
cycles but an increased to 2000 m3 year
-1 in the third cycle (Figure 5-7d)
Analyses of timber yield under a constant cutting cycle (20 years) showed that
removal of commercial timber species in DBH class gt 50cm results in a high annual
volume when the cut fraction is increased (Figure 5-8c) but when only fewer trees in
the gt 65cm DBH class in MEP 1 and 2 groups are cut annual volume is low in the
initial cycle and no marked increases over the consecutive cycles (Figure 5-8 b and c)
A Management regime with a higher diameter limit and shorter cutting cycle may not
produce sufficient volume to support a sustainable community-based harvesting
A comparison was made between shorter and longer cutting cycles with their
resulting annual yield under a constant cut proportion removing half (50) of the
pre-harvest volume available and harvesting only those commercial species in MEP1
133
and 2 groups with a DBH of gt 50cm (Table 5-10) It can be seen that in a shorter
cycle (10-20 years) annual yield can be higher in community-based harvesting
However total yield over the consecutive cycles can be high in longer cutting cycles
(30-40 years) because of longer time periods between the cuts can potentially result in
volume growth for the next harvest For example in a management regime with 50
cut proportion under a 40 year cutting cycle total yield was estimated to be over
250000 m3 (Table 5-6)
Table 5-10 Comparison of shorter and longer cutting cycles
Cutting Cycle Cut Proportion Diameter Limit
Annual
Yield
(Years) () Species Group (m3 year
-1)
10 50
gt 50 cm MEP
1amp2 8750
20 50
gt 50 cm MEP
1amp3 6574
30 50
gt 50 cm MEP
1amp4 6208
40 50
gt 50 cm MEP
1amp5 6290
A similar analyses of timber yields under different management scenarios in a 84000
ha fully-stocked primary forest in the middle Ramu area in PNG (Keenan et al 2005)
showed that a management regime with a lighter cut in a longer cutting cycle taking
only a proportion of higher quality timber species resulted in a longer term even flow
of wood for a community Their study was conducted in a fully-stocked primary
forest while the present study was carried out in a site which had been previously
harvested hence there was lower stocking in the residual timber volume
Projections from the planning tool in the present study showed that residual timber
volume in the case study site increased in a positive trend from year 0 to 60 (Figure 5-
9) while initial yield was high at year 0 to 10 and then decreases at about 30 in year
30 Annual yield increases again in a positive trend after year 40 (Figure 5-10)
Alder (1998) developed a whole stand growth and yield model called PINFORM for
lowland tropical forests in PNG Test of this model in an earlier study suggested that a
harvesting regime with longer cutting cycle example 35 years with gt 50cm DBH
cutting limit was considered unsustainable Projections from PINFORM showed that
134
an increase in the diameter cutting limit from gt 50cm DBH to 65cm+ DBH is
considered more sustainable PINFORM also suggested that shorter cutting cycles for
example 20 years with a regulated volume to be felled at 10m3 ha
-1 are considered
sustainable The results from analyses of timber yields under different management
scenarios in this study supports earlier projections by Alder (1998)
56 CONCLUSIONS
The main aim of the field interview was to understand community attitudes towards
small-scale harvesting to inform the development of scenarios for CBFM These have
been achieved by using the PAR protocol as a guide and involving the participation of
the Yalu and Gabensis village communities Analyses of the field interviews have
identified five main options for the management of cutover forests These are
community sawmill local processing medium-scale log export Carbon trade and no
harvest
In developing scenarios analyses output from the planning tool showed that in
CBFM a reduced cut proportion to about half (50) with a shorter cycle for
example 10 to 20 years removing only commercial trees with a DBH gt 50cm in
MEP1 and MEP2 merchantable categories can result in an even flow of sawn timber
in a community sawmilling or local processing scenario This management regime is
considered sustainable in small-scale harvesting by communities in PNG Similarly in
a longer cutting cycle (30 years) with an increased cut proportion (75) under a local
processing scenario there is an even distribution of yield across the first second and
third cycles however the initial cut is excessive and the yield is low in the first cycle
hence this management regime is considered unsustainable A management regime
under a constant cutting cycle for example 20 years is considered unsustainable
because an increased cut intensity and removal of only fewer commercial timber
species results in low annual yield Outputs from the planning tool provides evidence
that with a light intensity harvest and removal of only a proportion of commercial
timber species can result in a continued increase in the residual timber volume over a
longer period of time in community-based harvesting Annual yield can be high or
low depending on the initial cut fraction in community-based harvesting however it
can increase over a longer period of time as suggested here Projections from the
135
planning tool over 100 years suggest that community-based harvesting can be
sustainable over a longer period of time
A forest management regime with a short cycle (10-20 years) with a reduced cut
proportion (50) removing only a proportion of commercial timber species is
recommended for application in community-based harvesting in PNG
In the PNG situation implementation of control and monitoring systems as far as
forest management (conventional harvesting operations of the industry as well as
small-scale harvesting) is concerned is a major challenge for government authorities
Forest management in general is associated with many problems such as under-
staffing of the PNGFA lack of continuous funding for monitoring logging operations
and corruption at higher level in the timber industry There are also many problems
associated with the implementation of sustainable community-managed timber
production systems in PNG The certification process can address many of the issues
with corruption and short-term financial gain that can drive unsustainable practices
However communities themselves will need to develop agreed internal rules and
controls and political processes to ensure that these are adhered to The mechanisms
for achieving this were beyond the scope of the current study
136
CHAPTER 6
DECISION TREE MODELS FOR COMMUNITY-BASED FOREST MANAGEMENT IN PNG
61 INTRODUCTION
Decision-making is a management and decision science (Ragsdale 2007) SFM
necessitates decision-making which recognises and incorporates diverse ecological
economic and social processes a multitude of variables and conflicting objectives
and constraints (Varma et al 2000)
A decision-support system is a tool that offers a decision maker direct support during
the decision process and integrates a decision makerlsquos own insights with a computerlsquos
information processing capabilities for improving the quality of decision making
(Keen and Scott-Morton 1978 Shao and Reynolds 2006 Turban 1993) On the
other hand a decision analysis tool offers powerful structured analytical technique
about how the actions taken in a decision would lead to a result (Lieshout 2006)
Decision-support systems also assist the decision maker with the evaluation of
alternatives or substantiating decisions Unlike evaluation and analysis systems
decision-support systems involve valuation and rating techniques and inference
methods such as knowledge-based systems originating from the domain of artificial
intelligence (Shao and Reynolds 2006) Generally the application of decision-
support systems to assist SFM has been successful worldwide (Varma et al 2000)
However the use of decision analysis techniques has not been applied in forest
management before Most work on decision analysis has been applied in economic
analysis and decision making in investment scenarios by corporate bodies and
businesses (Ragsdale 2007)
There are different types of modelling techniques that are used to help managers gain
an in-depth understanding about the decision problems they face However models
do not make decisions but people do While the insight and understanding gained by
modelling problems can be helpful decision making often remains a difficult task
The two primary causes for this difficulty are uncertainty regarding the future and
conflicting values or objectives (Ragsdale 2007) The goal of decision analysis is to
137
help individuals make good decisions however it is important to understand that
good decisions do not always result in good outcomes Using a structured approach to
make decisions should give us enhanced insight and sharper intuition about the
decision problems we face As a result it is reasonable to expect good outcomes to
occur more frequently when using a structured approach to decision making than if
we make decision in a more haphazard manner
Although all decision problems are somewhat different they share certain
characteristics such as when a decision must involve at least two alternatives for
addressing or solving a problem An alternative is a course of action intended to solve
a problem Alternatives are evaluated on the basis of the value they add to one or
more decision criteria The criteria in a decision problem represent various factors that
are important to the decision maker and influenced by the alternatives The impact of
the alternatives on the criteria is of primary importance to the decision maker Not all
criteria can be expressed in terms of monetary value making comparisons of the
alternatives more difficult The values assumed by the various decision criteria under
each alternative depend on the different states of nature that occur The states of
nature in a decision problem correspond to future events that are not under the
decision makerlsquos control
There are various useful decision analysis techniques such as influence diagrams
decision trees sensitivity analysis and tornado diagrams as well as more traditional
accounting techniques such as net present value (NPV) (Lieshout 2006) In the
current study the application of a decision analysis technique in CBFM in PNG is a
new approach to tropical forest management This type of technique is justified for
application in tropical forests because of the complexity and uncertainty (Wollenberg
et al 2000) these type of forests present in their management In the context of forest
management in PNG community forest owners have very little capacity to make
decisions on how they would like to manage their forests The decision analyses tools
such as the four decision tree models developed in this study will assist the
community forest owners to make the best decisions in order to get the maximum
return from the different forest management scenarios before them The decision
analyses tools developed in this study are the four decision tree models for
community-based management of cutover forest in PNG The objectives of Chapter 6
138
are to develop scenario analysis and evaluation tools for assisting decision-making in
CBFM and test these tools in two case study sites in PNG
62 BACKGROUND ndash DECISION TREE MODELS
Decision trees are models for sequential decision problems under uncertainty
(Middleton 2001) Decision tree models describe graphically the decisions to be
made the events that may occur and the outcomes associated with combinations of
decisions and events Probabilities are assigned to the events and values are
determined for each outcome A major goal of decision analysis is to determine the
best decisions
Two Excel spreadsheet add-ins called TreePlan and SensIT are the packages used to
build tree diagrams and carryout sensitivity analyses TreePlan and SensIT were
developed by Professor Michael R Middleton at the University of San Francisco and
modified for use at Fuqua (Duke) by Professor James E Smith (Middleton 2001)
This work is based on spreadsheet modelling and decision analysis (Ragsdale 2007)
63 METHODOLOGY
In the previous Chapters (Chapter 1 and 4) some background information about the
two case study sites have been given The forest resource assessment and
aboveground forest carbon data obtained from the study in Chapter 4 as well as other
related costs and income data for timber harvesting and marketing described in
Chapter 5 are used in the Decision Tree Models in Chapter 6 The methodologies for
developing scenarios for CBFM which are guided by a PAR protocol have been
described in Chapter 5 In Chapter 6 these scenarios are tested using the decision tree
models developed in the study Given the data requirements to test the decision
analysis models developed in this study the models are tested using data from the
Yalu case study site only The Yalu case study site had sufficient forest area to
support a CBFM project while the community forest area in Gabensis village was
considered insufficient to support such a project
139
631 Building the Decision Tree
Decision tree models include such concepts as nodes branches terminal values
strategy payoff distribution certainty equivalents and the rollback method When
using decision tree models for decision analysis there are usually two main
approaches Analysis of a single-stage decision problem in which a single decision
has to be made while in multi-stage decision problems most decisions lead to other
decisions thus multi-stage decision problems can be modelled and analysed using a
decision tree (Ragsdale 2008) In this study the multi-stage decision analysis
approach has been used to develop four decision tree models for community forest
management in PNG
To construct the tree diagrams and carry out sensitivity analysis two Excel
spreadsheet add-ins called TreePlan and SensIT have been used
To build the decision trees TreePlanlsquos dialog boxes are used to develop the structure
The branch name branch cash flow and branch probability (for an event) are entered
in the cells above and below the left side of each branch As you build the tree
diagram TreePlan enters formulas in the other cells
632 Nodes and Branches
A decision tree has three kinds of nodes and two kinds of branches A decision node
is shown as a square and this is a point where a choice must be made The branches
extending from a decision node are decision branches and they represent one of the
possible alternatives or course of action available at that point An event node (chance
node) is a point where uncertainty is resolved and is shown as a circle The event set
consists of the event branches extending from an event node and represents one of the
possible events that may occur at the point Each event in a decision tree is assigned a
probability and the sum of probabilities for the events in a set must equal one
In general decision nodes and branches represent the factors that can be controlled in
a decision problem while event nodes and branches represent factors that cannot be
controlled Decision nodes and event nodes are arranged in order of subjective
chronology For example the position of an event node corresponds to the time when
the decision maker learns the outcome of the event The third kind of node is a
terminal node which represents the final result of a combination of decisions and
140
events Terminal nodes are the endpoints of a decision and shown at the end of a
branch
633 Terminal Values
In a decision tree each terminal node has an associated terminal value referred to as a
payoff value Each payoff value measures the result of a scenario or the sequence of
decisions and events along the decision branches leading from the initial decision
node to a specific terminal node The payoff value is determined by assigning a cash
flow value to each decision branch and event branch and then summing the cash flow
values on the branches leading to a terminal node Given the number of probability
and financial estimates used as inputs to a decision tree tornado and spider charts are
generated to identify the inputs that have the greatest impact on the expected
monetary value (EMV) Graphical outputs such as the tornado and spider charts can
be generated from the SensIT for sensitivity analysis to summarise the impact on the
decision treelsquos EMV of each input cell
In the decision tree models that have been developed in this study for community-
based management of cutover forests in PNG the key inputs into the models are
actual costs and income (cash flows) associated with each scenario The five scenarios
for forest management that have been tested using these models include community
sawmill local processing medium-scale log export carbon trade and no harvest
634 Expected Monetary Values (EMV)
In decision analysis using decision trees a decision maker uses a rollback method to
determine the EMV for the decision he makes in each scenario A rollback is a
process that is used to determine the decision with the highest EMV by starting with
each payoff and working from the right to left through the decision tree and
computing the expected values for each node This system is used to select the largest
EMV The EMV for a decision alternative is the average payoff for making a
particular decision In a decision tree an EMV with the highest value is the decision
alternative that is expected to return the highest monetary value for a particular
scenario being considered and in this case an EMV represents profit values The
EMV approach differs from more traditional accounting techniques such as NPV in
that EMV estimation is for annual basis only while income and expenditure are
141
required over a period of time for the estimation of NPV In the case of the current
study EMV calculation was derived from the analyses of income and costs along
each decision and event branch in the decision tree
To select the decision alternative with the largest EMV the following equation was
used (Ragsdale 2007)
(6-1)
Where rij is the payoff for alternative i under the jth state of nature pj is the
probability of the jth state of nature
635 Application of the Decision Tree Models
Decision tree models allow sensitivity data to be linked to a cash flow model and the
cash flow model to be linked to the decision tree model (Figure 6-1) Decision
alternatives and uncertain events are then analysed along the decision and event
branches which result in a payoff value for a particular decision alternative The
payoff value is further analysed using a rollback method by working from the right to
the left of the decision tree to identify the highest EMV for a particular decision
alternative
The main features of the decision tree models developed in this study to test the
community sawmill (Figure 6-2) local processing (Figure 6-3) medium-scale log
export (Figure 6-6) and carbon trade (Figure 6-9) scenarios have the management
arrangement and type of market as the decision alternatives while the anticipated
demand for various forest products and values and their estimated market prices are
uncertain events In the decision tree models the cash flows associated with each
scenario are either negative (costs) or positive (income) and all cash flows are in
PNGK To apply the models the four forest management scenarios have been tested
using data available from the case study site
Local communities in PNG require immediate income to improve their livelihoods
therefore the aim of the analyses using the decision tree approach is to estimate
annual profits (EMV) from the different scenarios being tested in the decision tree
models In terms of the equipment used under different scenarios (for example Lucas
142
Mill) depreciation costs are not considered in the analyses therefore a Lucas Mill in
this case may be written-off or undergo major service after a 12 month operation
Figure 6-1 Basic framework for decision analyses
6351 Scenario 1 ndash Community Sawmill
The two decision alternatives for consideration are community sawmill or no
harvesting (Figure 6-1) If a community or a decision-maker chooses community
sawmill the two uncertain events anticipated are whether the demand for sawn timber
is high or low in the domestic market These events are followed by consideration for
three decision alternatives to sell sawn timber to industry central marketing unit
(CMU) or nearby local market After a decision has been made the last uncertain
events to consider are whether the sawn timbers produced from the sawmill are sold at
high or low price The analysis of the decision alternatives and the events along the
decision tree are expected to return either a zero negative or a positive EMV in profit
terms during the operation of the community sawmill
Field interviews and discussions with the groups involved in small-scale sawmilling
indicated that on average 20m3 of sawn timber are produced from portable mills per
annum and this is for 8 productive months of operation Because communities do not
work continuously in the operation of the mill for 12 months as they may be engaged
EMV
Spider
Charts
Tornado
Charts
Decision Tree
Model
Decision
Alternatives
Uncertain
Events
Cash Flow
Model
Sensitivity
Data
Decision
Analyses
Sensitivity
Analyses
Payoff
Strategy
143
in other village activities such as gardening and due to other factors for example bad
weather and machinery breakdown low annual production volumes are anticipated
The production and marketing requirements for the community sawmill scenario
include costs for the start-up kit operational costs marketing costs and sawn timber
prices (Appendix 6-1)
The examples of calculation of EMVs (profits) estimated for the community sawmill
scenario are as follow (Figure 6-2)
EMV at 2nd
node = (06 x -59850) + (04 x -63850) = PNGK-61450
EMV at 3rd
node = (06 x -61450) + (04 x -76350) = PNGK-67410
6352 Scenario 2 - Local Processing
The two first decision alternatives analysed under the local processing scenario using
the decision tree are the central marketing unit (CMU) managed processing and
community managed processing (Figure 6-3) For a start the decision maker
encounters the first two uncertainties high or low sawn timber demand (ST-Demand
High ST-Demand Low) and the second alternative decisions to be considered are
sawn timber production for Export Market or Domestic Market After a decision has
been made the last uncertainties (events) encountered are selling sawn timber at high
or low prices in both export and domestic markets In the export market prices for
sawn timber are high in a certified market while in a non-certified market sawn
timber prices are low In the domestic market sawn timber prices are either high or
low
Under the local processing scenario with increased capacity and use of mechanized
equipment in a community managed processing the annual production volume is
increased to 50m3 and under the local processing scenario managed by a CMU
annual production volume is further increased to 200m3
The production and marketing requirements for a community-based processing
scenario covers costs for the starting capital operation transport marketing and
sawn timber prices for domestic and certified overseas market (Appendix 6-2)
The examples of the calculation of EMVs (profits) estimated under the local
processing scenario are as follow (Figure 6-3)
EMV at 1st event node = (06 x 199800) + (04 x 19800) = PNGK127800
EMV at 2nd
event node = (06 x 127800) + (04 x -112200) = PNGK31800
144
6353 Scenario 3 ndash Medium-Scale Log Export
CMU managed log export or community managed log export are the two first
decision alternatives to consider under the medium-scale log export scenario (Figure
6-6) When a decision is made the uncertain events that follow are whether the
demand for log export in the overseas export market is high or low After those
uncertain events the next two decision alternatives to consider are whether to export
the logs to an Asian market (60 round logs from the forest industry sector in PNG
are exported to the Asian market) or to other markets (for example Australia and
New Zealand) The last uncertain events to consider are whether the logs are exported
for high or low log prices The related costs and log prices for the international market
(Asia and others) under the medium-scale log export scenario for a community have
been estimated in the PNG context (Appendix 6-3)
The example of calculation of EMVs (profit) estimated under the medium-scale log
export scenario are as follow (Figure 6-6)
EMV at 1st event node = (06 x 4359318) + (04 x 3859318) = PNGK4159318
EMV at 2nd
event node = (06 x 4159318) + (04 x 3659318) = PNGK3959318
6354 Scenario 4 ndash Carbon Trade
C trade and the emergence of REDD and REDD+ are now increasingly of interest to
many communities in PNG While the exact costs and the benefit sharing
arrangements for C trade are still uncertain in PNG these analyses have been carried
out based on the assumption that a community involved in a forest C project
anticipates to sell its C credits to either a voluntary or compliance market primarily at
an estimated US$20 per tonne The alternative decisions considered by a community
are whether to manage their forests for C trade or do nothing (Figure 6-9) The two
uncertain events that are encountered for the start are whether there is high or low
demand for C credits as a commodity in the C market Two decision alternatives are
then considered whether to sell the C credits to a compliance market or a voluntary
market The last uncertain events that follow are whether the community sells its C
credits for a high or low price The costs for a community forest C project including
the field forest C assessment and accounting administrative expenses and
requirements for the trading of credits have been estimated based on the PNG
community context The analyses for a community forest C assessment and marketing
145
have been based on some crude estimates to demonstrate an example of the likely
costs and benefits for communities in a C trade scenario (Appendix 6-4)
The estimated benefits (EMV or profit) from C trade have been based on estimates of
above ground forest C in the Yalu case study site The average forest C in the study
site was estimated at 150 t C ha-1
giving a total aboveground forest C of 329670 t C
Based on the C emission rate from large-scale selective harvesting in PNG which is
estimated at 55 (Fox et al 2010 Fox and Keenan 2011 Fox et al 2011a Fox et
al 2011b) the total C emission in the study site was estimated at 181319 t C
However considering a CO2 equivalent of 4412 emission from the Yalu case study
site was estimated at 665500 t CO2 Therefore the avoided emission to be sold by the
community is 665500 t CO2 and the average price for C assumed is US$20 per tonne
(compliance market) and US$15 per tonne (voluntary market) In this analysis the
CO2 emission was estimated from the past large-scale selective harvesting that took
place in the study site and the estimated income from selling the avoided emission is
for one year
Below are the examples of calculation of EMVs (profits) under the C trade scenario
(Figure 6-9)
EMV at 1st event node = (06 x 79781735) + (04 x 71130235) = PNGK76321135
EMV at 2nd
event node = (06 x76321135) + (04 x 67669635) = PNGK72860535
636 Decision Tree Model Parameters
The basic model parameters that are input in the decision tree models are the cost and
income (cash flow) associated with each scenario For the community sawmill local
processing and medium-scale log export scenarios the main costs that are input in the
models are for equipment fuel maintenance wages and transport while the income
associated with all the scenarios are dependent on timber price and annual production
(Table 6-1 6-2 and 6-3 and Appendix 6-1 6-2 and 6-3) The cost estimates used in
this study are based on actual figures obtained from communities and NGOs who are
involved in CBFM using portable sawmills in the region where this study was
undertaken (Morobe Madang and West New Britain provinces) For example the
costs of Lucas mill and chainsaw are actual costs obtained from supplies in PNG
during the time of field data collection and interviews The costs associated with
146
wages are based on the PNG Minimum Wages Standards and direct wages paid to
workers by NGOs and communities involved in CBFM
In the case of the C trade scenario the costs and income that are input in the model
are based on crude estimates in order to demonstrate the likely costs and benefits for a
community C trade project For example C price in USD are estimates only while
forest C C emission and avoided CO2 emission (Table 6-4 and Appendix 6-4) to be
sold by the community have been calculated from the forest assessment carried out in
the Yalu case study site (Chapter 4)
64 RESULTS
641 Decision Tree Model 1 Community Sawmill
Under the community sawmill scenario the sensitivity data input to the decision tree
includes variables such as costs for equipments for example Lucas mill and
chainsaw variable costs operational costs and prices for sawn timber (Table 6-1)
Table 6-1 Sensitivity data - Community sawmill
Input Description
Variation
(10) Variable range
Abs var -var base case +var
Lucas mill (PNGK)5 85000 8500 76500 85000 93500
Chainsaw (PNGK) 6000 600 5400 6000 6600
Manager wages (PNGKm3) 80 8 72 80 88
Fuel and oil (PNGKm3) 120 12 108 120 132
Maintenance amp repairs (PNGKm3) 70 7 63 70 77
Transport local market (PNGKm3) 60 6 54 60 66
Transport town market (PNGKm3) 255 255 2295 255 2805
Timber price - community market
(PNGKm3) 500 50 450 500 550
Timber price - local market (PNGKm3) 600 60 540 600 660
Timber price ndash industry (PNGKm3) 750 75 675 750 825
Timber price ndash CMU (PNGKm3) 1000 100 900 1000 1100
Average sawn timber production
(m3annum) 20 2 18 20 22
No of fortnights (per 8 productive
months) 16 16 144 16 176
5 At the time of this study PNGK1 was equivalent to AUD045
147
Cash flow analysis shows that the main costs under the community sawmill scenario
are the starting capital (K91000) (costs of equipment including portable mill and
chainsaw) and the costs for selling sawn timber to industry CMU or the local market
(Figure 6-2)
Input of cash flows in the decision tree model for the two decision alternatives
(Community sawmill and No harvesting) resulted in the community sawmill returning
an EMV of zero (Figure 6-2) Although the community has the option of selling their
sawn timber to either industry CMU or local market such an enterprise with very
limited capacity and capital is unlikely to generate enough income for the community
and in many cases may make a loss in one year of operation
Income expected are when sawn timber is sold for either a high or low price to
industry CMU or the local market (Figure 6-2) In a community project the local
people also use some of the sawn timber produced for building homes or fuel wood at
no costs to the project
Sensitivity analysis to identify those input variables that impacted the EMV showed
that none of the variables had any impact on the EMV This is because such an
operation had made a loss hence returning a zero EMV under the community
sawmill scenario This particular analysis is not supported by tornado and spider
charts
148
Figure 6-2 Main Features of decision tree model 1 - Community sawmill
Decision Tree Model 1 Community Sawmill 06 Payoff
High Price (PNGK)
-64850
Sell ST-Industry 15000 -64850
-8850 -66050 04
Low Price
-67850
12000 -67850
06
High Price
06 -59850
ST Demand High Sell ST-CMU 20000 -59850
2
20000 -61450 -8850 -61450 04
Low Price
-63850
16000 -63850
06
High Price
-63950
Sell ST-Local Market 12000 -63950
CommSawmill -4950 -64750 04
Low Price
-91000 -67410 -65950
10000 -65950
06
High Price
-75950
Sell ST-Local Comm 10000 -75950
-4950 -76350 04
2 04 Low Price
0 ST Demand Low -76950
1 9000 -76950
10000 -76350
Comm Use
-81000
0 -81000
No Harvest
0
0 0
149
642 Decision Tree Model 2 Local Processing
The sensitivity data input to the decision tree under the local processing scenario
includes equipment costs operational costs and prices for sawn timber (Table 6-2)
An absolute variable in this type of analysis is the input variable (for example cost of
a Lucas mill) multiplied by the range in percentage as set (for example +-10)
Table 6-2 Sensitivity data ndash Local processing
Input Description
Variation
(10) Variable range
Abs var -var base case +var
Lucas mill (PNGK) 85000 8500 76500 85000 93500
Chainsaw (PNGK) 6000 600 5400 6000 6600
Wages manager (PNGKm3) 80 8 72 80 88
Wages mill operator (PNGKm3) 80 8 72 80 88
Fuels amp oil -CM (PNGKm3) 126 126 1134 126 1386
Maintenance amp repairs - CM (PNGKm3) 735 735 6615 735 8085
4WD truck ndash CMU (PNGK) 260000 26000 234000 260000 286000
4WD tractor ndash CMU (PNGK) 162000 16200 145800 162000 178200
Planner Moulder ndash CMU (PNGK) 100000 10000 90000 100000 110000
Breakdown saw ndash CMU (PNGK) 50000 5000 45000 50000 55000
Cross-cut saw ndash CMU (PNGK) 50000 5000 45000 50000 55000
Fuel amp oil - CMU (PNGKm3) 132 132 1188 132 1452
Maintenance amp repairs - CMU (PNGKm3) 77 77 693 77 847
Transport local market (PNGKm3) 60 6 54 60 66
Transport wharfexport (PNGKm3) 255 255 2295 255 2805
Certification requirements (PNGKm3) 50 5 45 50 55
Fumigation (PNGK) 720 72 648 720 792
Wharf handling (PNGK) 950 95 855 950 1045
Customs clearance (PNGK) 330 33 297 330 363
Sawn timber price -domestic market
(PNGKm3) 700 70 630 700 770
Max timber price -certified market
(PNGKm3) 2400 240 2160 2400 2640
Max timber price - noncert Market
(PNGKm3) 1500 150 1350 1500 1650
Sawn timber production - CM (m3year) 50 5 45 50 55
Sawn timber production - CMU (m3year) 200 20 180 200 220
No of fortnights (per 8 productive months) 16 16 144 16 176
150
In the local processing scenario input of cash flow of the two decision alternatives
(CMU managed processing and Community managed processing) resulted in the
CMU managed processing returning an EMV of PNGK 31800 in profit terms in one
year of operation (Figure 6-3) Analyses showed that when local processing is
managed by the community itself the estimated EMV is PNGK-89494 therefore
resulting in a loss in the first year
151
Figure 6-3 Main features of decision tree model 2 ndash Local processing
Decision Tree Model 2 Local Processing 06 Payoff
CertMarket HP
199800
Export Market 480000 199800
-69200 127800 04
Non-CertMarket LP
06 19800
ST-Demand High 300000 19800
1
480000 127800 06
ST High Price
-124450
Domestic Market 140000 -124450
-53450 -132450 04
ST Low Price
-144450
CMU Mng Process 120000 -144450
-691000 31800 06
CertMarket HP
-40200
Export Market 480000 -40200
-6920000 -112200 04
Non-CertMarket LP
04 -220200
ST-Demand Low 300000 -220200
1
240000 -112200 06
ST High Price
-364450
Domestic Market 140000 -364450
-5345000 -372450 04
ST Low Price
-384450
120000 -384450
1
31800 06
CertMarket HP
-474938
Export Market 120000 -474938
-24494 -654938 04
Non-CertMarket LP
06 -924938
ST-Demand High 75000 -924938
1
120000 -654938 06
ST High Price
-120494
Domestic Market 35000 -120494
-12494 -122494 04
ST Low Price
-125494
CommMng Process 30000 -125494
-263000 -894938 06
CertMarket HP
-107494
Export Market 120000 -107494
-2449375 -125494 04
Non-CertMarket LP
04 -152494
ST-Demand Low 75000 -152494
1
60000 -125494 06
ST High Price
-180494
Domestic Market 35000 -180494
-1249375 -182494 04
ST Low Price
-185494
30000 -185494
152
Sensitivity analysis shows that the annual sawn timber production under a CMU
managed processing has the largest impact on the EMVlsquos range followed by the
maximum sawn timber price in the overseas certified market at +-10 of the EMV
(Figure 6-4) The input variable in the decision tree with the smallest impact on the
EMV is the customs clearance of sawn timber before export The input variable with
either the smallest or no impact on the EMV is shown at the bottom of the Tornado
chart (Figure 6-4)
153
Figure 6-4 EMV sensitivity at +-10 of the base case ndash Local processing
180
2160
286000
178200
1350
110000
1080
93500
55000
88
22000
2805
55
6600
1452
55
220
2640
234000
145800
1650
90000
1320
76500
45000
72
18000
2295
45
5400
1188
45
-60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100110120
Sawn timber production - CMU (m3year)
Max timber price -certified market (Km3)
4WD truck - CMU (PNGK)
4WD tractor - CMU (PNGK)
Max timber price - noncert Market (Km3)
Planer Moulder - CMU (PNGK)
Min timber price -certified market (Km3)
Lucas mill (PNGK)
Breakdown saw - CMU (PNGK)
Wages casual worker (Km3)
Cross-cut saw - CMU (PNGK)
Transport wharfexport (Km3)
Sawn timber production - CM (m3year)
Chainsaw (PNGK)
Fuels amp oil - CMU (Km3)
Certification requirements (Km3)
Scenario income value (PNGK)
Tornado chart showing effect on scenario income of +-10 input variation
154
Cash flow (input variables) in the decision tree that impact the EMV represented by
the spider chart (Figure 6-5) shows that the annual sawn timber production by the
CMU and the maximum sawn timber price in the overseas certified market have the
largest impact on the EMV at +-10 of the base case At the inflection point (100
of base case and about PNGK30000 expected EMV) the annual sawn timber
production in a CMU managed local processing is expected to increase by 10
Figure 6-5 Impact of input variables on the EMV at +-10 ndash Local processing
-60000
-50000
-40000
-30000
-20000
-10000
0
10000
20000
30000
40000
50000
60000
70000
80000
90000
100000
110000
120000
86 90 94 98 102 106 110
EMV
(PN
GK
+-
10
B
ase
Cas
e)
Input Value as of Base Case
Spider chart for Local timber processing scenario income with +-10 variation
Sawn timber production - CMU (m3year)
Max timber price -certified market (Km3)
4WD truck - CMU (PNGK)
4WD tractor - CMU (PNGK)
Max timber price - noncert Market (Km3)
Planner Moulder - CMU (PNGK)
Min timber price -certified market (Km3)
Lucas mill (PNGK)
Breakdown saw - CMU (PNGK)
155
643 Decision Tree Model 3 Log Export
The sensitivity data under the medium-scale log export that are linked to the cash flow
model are all the costs for equipments operations roading transport marketing and
log prices for overseas market (Table 6-3)
Table 6-3 Sensitivity data ndash Medium-scale log export
Input Description
Variation
(10) Variable range
Abs var -var
base
case +var
Chainsaw (PNGK) 6000 600 5400 6000 6600
Logging truck - CM (PNGK) 120000 12000 108000 120000 132000
4WD tractor - CM (PNGK) 162000 16200 145800 162000 178200
Front-end loader -CM (PNGK) 162000 16200 145800 162000 178200
Wages Manager (PNGKfortnight) 250 25 225 250 275
Wages - Casual (PNGK) 175 175 1575 175 1925
Fuel amp oil - CM (PNGKm3) 144 144 1296 144 1584
Maintenance repairs spare parts - CM
(PNGm3) 84 84 756 84 924
Logging truck - CMU (PNGK) 150000 15000 135000 150000 165000
Dozer D6 - CMU (PNGK) 200000 20000 180000 200000 220000
Skidder D7 - CMU (PNGK) 240000 24000 216000 240000 264000
Front-end loader -CMU (PNGK) 240000 24000 216000 240000 264000
Fuel amp oil - CMU (PNGKm3) 180 18 162 180 198
Maintenance repairs spare parts - CMU
(PNGm3) 105 105 945 105 1155
Transport export (PNGKm3) 255 255 2295 255 2805
Roading cost - CM (PNGKKm) 6000 600 5400 6000 6600
Roading cost - CMU (PNGKKm) 40000 4000 36000 40000 44000
Distance to wharf - CM (Km) 15 15 135 15 165
Distance to wharf - CMU (Km) 10 1 9 10 11
Wharf handling fees (PNGK) 950 95 855 950 1045
Customs clearance (PNGK) 330 33 297 330 363
Log export tax (PNGKm3) 10 1 9 10 11
Government registration (PNGK) 250 25 225 250 275
Sawn timber price - Asia market (PNGKm3) 600 60 540 600 660
Sawn timber price - other market (PNGKm3) 450 45 405 450 495
Annual log production - CM (m3) 2500 250 2250 2500 2750
Annual log production - CMU (m3) 5000 500 4500 5000 5500
No of fortnights 16 16 144 16 176
156
In a medium-scale log export managed by a CMU the data input into the decision tree
model returns an EMV of PNGK 3959317 in profit terms during 8 productive
months of operation (Figure 6-6) If the community manages the log export itself it is
likely to make an estimated profit of PNGK 1987692
The main cost variables input in the decision tree under the log export scenario are
associated with the starting capital and exporting of logs to the overseas market The
export of logs in an operation managed by a CMU or a community group is to either
an Asian market or other markets
157
Figure 6-6 Main features of decision tree model 3 ndash Medium-scale log export
Decision Tree Model 3 Medium-scale Log Export 06 Payoff
Log Price High (PNGK)
4359317
Asia Market 3000000 4359317
-798683 4159317 04
Log Price Low
06 3859317
Log Demand High 2500000 3859317
1
3000000 4159317 06
Log Price High
3609317
Other Market 2250000 3609317
-798683 3509317 04
Log Price Low
3359317
CMU Mng Log Export 2000000 3359317
-842000 3959317 06
Log Price High
3859317
Asia Market 3000000 3859317
-798683 3659317 04
Log Price Low
04 3359317
Log Demand Low 2500000 3359317
1
2500000 3659317 06
Log Price High
3109317
Other Market 2250000 3109317
-798683 3009317 04
Log Price Low
2859317
2000000 2859317
1
3959317 06
Log Price High
2187692
Asia Market 1500000 2187692
-338308 2087692 04
Log Price Low
06 1937692
Log Demand High 1250000 1937692
1
1500000 2087692 06
Log Price High
1812692
Other Market 1125000 1812692
-338308 1762692 04
Log Price Low
1687692
CommMng Log Export 1000000 1687692
-474000 1987692 06
Log Price High
1937692
Asia Market 1500000 1937692
-338308 1837692 04
Log Price Low
04 1687692
Log Demand Low 1250000 1687692
1
1250000 1837692 06
Log Price High
1562692
Other Market 1125000 1562692
-338308 1512692 04
Log Price Low
1437692
1000000 1437692
158
Sensitivity analysis represented by the Tornado chart shows that the annual log
production by a central marketing unit has the biggest impact on the EMV in the
medium-scale scale log export scenario The second input variable in the decision tree
that had the biggest impact on the EMV is the log price in the Asian market followed
by the costs of transport associated with the logging operations (Figure 6-7) The
input variable that has the smallest impact on the EMV is the distance from the
logging operation site to the wharf for transportation of logs for overseas export
159
Figure 6-7 EMV sensitivity at +-10 of the base case ndash Log export
4500
540
2805
198
1155
44000
11
11
176
1045
363
275
5400
108000
145800
145800
225
1575
1296
756
135000
180000
216000
216000
5400
135
405
2250
5500
660
2295
162
945
36000
9
9
144
855
297
225
6600
132000
178200
178200
275
1925
1584
924
165000
220000
264000
264000
6600
165
495
2750
33000003400000350000036000003700000380000039000004000000410000042000004300000440000045000004600000
Annual log production - CMU (m3)
Log price - Asia market (PNGKm3)
Transport export (PNGKm3)
Fuel amp oil - CMU (PNGKm3)
Maintenance repairs spare parts - CMU (PNGm3)
Roading cost - CMU (PNGKKm)
Distance to wharf - CMU (Km)
Log export tax (PNGKm3)
No of fortnights
Wharf handling fees (PNGK)
Customs clearance (PNGK)
Government registration (PNGK)
Chainsaw (PNGK)
Logging truck - CM (PNGK)
4WD tractor - CM (PNGK)
Front-end loader -CM (PNGK)
Wages Manager (PNGKfortnight)
Wages - Casual (PNGK)
Fuel amp oil - CM (PNGKm3)
Maintenance repairs spare parts - CM (PNGm3)
Logging truck - CMU (PNGK)
Dozer D6 - CMU (PNGK)
Skidder D7 - CMU (PNGK)
Front-end loader -CMU (PNGK)
Roading cost - CM (PNGKKm)
Distance to wharf - CM (Km)
Log price - other market (PNGKm3)
Annual log production - CM (m3)
PNGK (+- 10 Base case)
160
The spider chart represents the same information as the tornado chart but with
additional details (Figure 6-8) The inflection point where the associated lines
(representing each input variable) meet in the chart is when annual log production in
the medium-scale operation by the CMU is increased by 10
Figure 6-8 Impact of input variables on the EMV at +-10 - Log export
644 Decision Tree Model 4 Carbon Trade
Sensitivity data (Table 6-4) for the C trade scenario are based on a crude assumption
that communities in PNG will engage in selling C credits from their forests to either a
compliance or voluntary market The cost assumption covers areas such as landowner
issues and social mapping equipments for forest C assessment logistics and
transport verification and validation and selling of credits in the international C
market
3300000
3400000
3500000
3600000
3700000
3800000
3900000
4000000
4100000
4200000
4300000
4400000
4500000
4600000
860 880 900 920 940 960 980 1000 1020 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120
EMV
(PN
GK
+-
10
B
ase
cas
e)
Input Value as of Base Case
Annual log production - CMU (m3)
Log price - Asia market (PNGKm3)
Transport export (PNGKm3)
Fuel amp oil - CMU (PNGKm3)
Maintenance repairs spare parts - CMU (PNGm3)
Roading cost - CMU (PNGKKm)
Distance to wharf - CMU (Km)
Log export tax (PNGKm3)
No of fortnights
Wharf handling fees (PNGK)
Customs clearance (PNGK)
Government registration (PNGK)
Chainsaw (PNGK)
Logging truck - CM (PNGK)
4WD tractor - CM (PNGK)
Front-end loader -CM (PNGK)
Wages Manager (PNGKfortnight)
Wages - Casual (PNGK)
Fuel amp oil - CM (PNGKm3)
Maintenance repairs spare parts - CM (PNGm3)
Logging truck - CMU (PNGK)
Dozer D6 - CMU (PNGK)
Skidder D7 - CMU (PNGK)
Front-end loader -CMU (PNGK)
Roading cost - CM (PNGKKm)
Distance to wharf - CM (Km)
Log price - other market (PNGKm3)
Annual log production - CM (m3)
161
Table 6-4 Sensitivity data ndash Carbon trade
Input Description
Variation
(10) Variable range
Abs var -var base case +var
Landowner issuessocial mapping
(PNGK) 30000 3000 27000 30000 33000
Measuring tapes (Ktape) 35 35 315 35 385
Diameter tapes (Ktape) 70 7 63 70 77
Suunto clinnometer (Kclinnometer) 85 85 765 85 935
Compass (Kcompass) 65 65 585 65 715
GISMapping (PNGK) 20000 2000 18000 20000 22000
Logisticstransport (PNGK) 10000 1000 9000 10000 11000
Wages team leader (Kfortnight) 250 25 225 250 275
Inventory field staff (Kfortnight) 175 175 1575 175 1925
Consultancy (PNGK) 10000 1000 9000 10000 11000
Other paper work (PNGK) 2000 200 1800 2000 2200
VerificationValidation (PNGK) 20000 2000 18000 20000 22000
MarketingTrading (PNGK) 10000 1000 9000 10000 11000
Administration (PNGK) 10000 1000 9000 10000 11000
Carbon price - Compliance ($UStC) 20 2 18 20 22
Carbon price - Voluntary ($UStC) 15 15 135 15 165
Average aboveground forest carbon (t
Cha) 150 15 135 150 165
Rate of CO2 Emission () 55 0055 0495 055 0605
Average community forest area (ha) 2200 220 1980 2200 2420
No of fortnights (8 productive
months) 16 16 144 16 176
Application of the decision tree model shows that if a community decides to manage
its forests for C trade the EMV anticipated from analysis of the decisions and events
along the decision tree is estimated at PNGK72860535 over a one year period
(Figure 6-9) The cost input into the decision tree model includes the estimated
starting capital (PNGK60765) and the costs of trading C credits in the overseas
market (PNGK17500)
162
Figure 6-9 Main features of decision tree model 4 ndash Carbon trade
The tornado chart shows that the average aboveground forest C average community
forest area C price in the compliance market and the rate of CO2 equivalent emission
had equal impacts on the EMV under the C trade scenario (Figure 6-10) The other
input variables in the decision tree had either small or no impact on the EMV Results
from the sensitivity analysis are as expected because most of the costs and income
(cash flow) associated with the community C trade scenario are based on crude data
from communities in PNG
Decision Tree Model 4 Carbon Trade 06 Payoff
High Price (PNGK)
79781735
Compliance Market 39930000 79781735
-17500 76321135 04
Low Price
06 71130235
High Demand 31278500 71130235
1
39930000 76321135 06
High Price
69799235
Voluntary Market 29947500 69799235
-17500 67203785 04
Low Price
63310610
Carbon Trade 23458875 63310610
-60765 72860535 06
High Price
71130235
Compliance Market 39930000 71130235
-17500 67669635 04
Low Price
04 62478735
Low Demand 31278500 62478735
1
1 31278500 67669635 06
72860535 High Price
61147735
Voluntary Market 29947500 61147735
-17500 58552285 04
Low Price
54659110
23458875 54659110
Do Nothing
0
0 0
163
Figure 6-10 EMV sensitivity at +-10 of base case ndash Carbon trade
The spider chart shows that C price in the compliance market available forest C and
average community forest area the variables that have the direct impact on the EMV
(Figure 6-11) At the inflection point these three input variables are expected to
increase by 10
135
1980
18
50
33000
22000
11000
22000
176
1925
11000
11000
11000
275
2200
935
77
715
385
135
165
2420
22
61
27000
18000
9000
18000
144
1575
9000
9000
9000
225
1800
765
63
585
315
165
47000004800000490000050000005100000520000053000005400000550000056000005700000580000059000006000000
Average aboveground forest carbon (t Cha)
Average community forest area (ha)
Carbon price - Compliance ($UStC)
Rate of CO2 Emission ()
Landowner issuessocial mapping (PNGK)
GISMapping (PNGK)
Logisticstransport (PNGK)
VerificationValidation (PNGK)
No of fortnights (8 productive months)
Inventory field staff (Kfortnight)
Consultancy (PNGK)
MarketingTrading (PNGK)
Administration (PNGK)
Wages team leader (Kfortnight)
Other paper work (PNGK)
Suunto clinnometer (Kclinnometer)
Diameter tapes (Ktape)
Compass (Kcompass)
Measuring tapes (Ktape)
Carbon price - Voluntary ($UStC)
EMV (PNGK +- 10 Base Case)
164
Figure 6-11 Impact of input variables on the EMV at +-10 - Carbon trade
65 DISCUSSION
Forest management requires decision-making hence management tools are required
Application of decision analyses systems in forest management worldwide has not
been common while decision support systems have been widely applied in natural
resource management including the forestry sector
The decision analyses tools developed in this chapter are new techniques in tropical
forest management The major goal of this type of technique is to assist the decision-
maker determine the best decision when presented with different alternatives and
future uncertainties (Middleton 2001) This approach is an analytical technique that
facilitates a structured approach to decision-making
651 Silvicultural Management of Rainforests
The decision tree models developed in Chapter 6 are appropriate tools that can assist
the silvicultural management of rainforests However there have been a few examples
of long-term silvicultural management of native tropical rainforests For example the
Malayan Uniform System (MUS) applied in parts of Malaysia for the management of
4700000
4800000
4900000
5000000
5100000
5200000
5300000
5400000
5500000
5600000
5700000
5800000
5900000
6000000
880 900 920 940 960 980 1000 1020 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120
EMV
(PN
GK
+-
10
B
ase
Cas
e)
Input Value as of Base Case
Average aboveground forest carbon (t Cha)
Average community forest area (ha)
Carbon price - Compliance ($UStC)
Rate of CO2 Emission ()
Landowner issuessocial mapping (PNGK)
GISMapping (PNGK)
Logisticstransport (PNGK)
VerificationValidation (PNGK)
No of fortnights (8 productive months)
Inventory field staff (Kfortnight)
Consultancy (PNGK)
MarketingTrading (PNGK)
Administration (PNGK)
Wages team leader (Kfortnight)
Other paper work (PNGK)
Suunto clinnometer (Kclinnometer)
Diameter tapes (Ktape)
Compass (Kcompass)
Measuring tapes (Ktape)
Carbon price - Voluntary ($UStC)
165
Dipterocarp forest dominated by a single species (about 50) such as Virola Carapa
and Irianthera (Dawkins and Philip 1998 Mckinty 1999) The MUS involves a
single felling and post-felling treatment For example for a shade-tolerant species
such as Dryobalanops aromatic its advance regeneration could stand the sudden
change in light conditions following heavy felling The key to the success of MUS is
the presence of seedling regeneration of the economic species on the ground at the
time of felling
In 1989 the Indonesian government regulations required natural forests to be
managed under one of three systems (Dawkins and Philip 1998) the Indonesian
selective felling which involves multiple use and benefits of the forest soil and water
conservation sustainable timber production conservation of nature and economics of
harvesting The second system involved a clear-cutting practice with natural
regeneration a natural forest stand is managed in a longer cutting cycle and natural
regeneration is encouraged The third system is clear-cutting with planting and this
involves natural advance growth or artificial enrichment In this system 25 candidate
trees ha-1
with DBH gt 20cm are selected to be felled in each cutting cycle of 35 years
In PNG FORCERT has promoted FSC guidelines for sustainable management of
native forests in the communities Basically the silvicultural system involves the
application of RIL by selective harvesting of 1-2 trees ha-1
(Rogers 2010) Logging
gaps created from operations of portable-sawmill promoted abundant regeneration of
primary and secondary species Communities involved in small-scale silvicultural
management of their forests in West New Britain and Madang provinces in PNG were
able to share the financial benefits of exporting their sawn timber to the overseas FSC
certified markets
652 Testing the Decision Tree Models
When the decision tree approach was tested in the case study site (Yalu community
forest) results showed that in a community sawmill scenario because of limited
capacity high starting capital lack of mechanised equipment and low annual sawn
timber production such an operation is likely to make a loss in one year of operation
However whether a high low or no EMV is returned in such an operation is
dependent on costs and income (cash flow) associated with this scenario
The application of this model using data from the case study site showed that when
the two decision alternatives (CMU and community managed processing) were
166
considered in a local processing scenario the EMV returned for the CMU managed
processing was higher (PNGK 31800) in profit terms while the community managed
processing returned an EMV in the form of a loss of PNGK-89494 during the first
year (Figure 6-3) Sensitivity analysis of the EMV showed that the annual sawn
timber production is the model input that has the largest impact on the EMV followed
by the sawn timber price in the certified market at +-10 (Figure) In this case the
profit is dependent on sawn timber prices for exports to certified and non-certified
overseas market The price differential here is justified as sensitivity analyses provide
evidence that prices in the certified market also had a high impact on the profit
(EMV)
The application of the model is flexible in that depending on the cash flow associated
with each decision alternative the EMV is determined by the related costs and income
input into the model For example in a CMU managed local processing facility with
an increased capacity addition of mechanised equipment increased sawn timber
production and high sawn timber price in the certified market is expected to make a
reasonable profit in one year The aim of the EMV analysis is to estimate profits for
only one year and this is dependent on the cash flow (costs and income) associated
with each scenario Although under the community sawmill scenario and if the option
of the local processing being managed by the community is considered (Figure 6-2 6-
3) a loss is made but this loss is only for one year of operation One limitation of the
EMV analysis is that it assigns all the costs of purchasing equipment to one year
rather than spreading the costs over a longer production period of several years or
more The loss is made in the first year of operation because the costs of equipment
are high relative to production sales This does not mean that over a longer period
community sawmilling cannot be viable There is evidence in community sawmilling
in PNG that such operations can be viable if the equipment costs are spread out over
several years (FORCERT 2010 Scheyvens 2009)
This study considered the EMV approach to estimate annual profits and income and
overlooked other analyses techniques such as NPV and internal rate of return (IRR)
because in PNG communities there is a lack of income and local people are in
desperate need for immediate financial benefits to pay for their basic needs to
improve their livelihoods Therefore the EMV analysis was considered appropriate in
the case of the study in Chapter 6 because communities can anticipate monetary
benefits sooner than later
167
Analyses of input variables in the decision tree model under the medium-scale log
export scenario that is managed by a CMU returned a positive EMV
(PNGK3959317) in profit terms Sensitivity analyses showed that the input variables
that had the largest impact on the EMV were annual log production and log price in
the overseas Asian market Results were similar when the log export was managed by
the community itself but with a lower EMV of PNGK1987692
Decision analyses along the decision tree under the C trade scenario resulted in an
estimated EMV of PNGK72860535 With crude data applied in this scenario and
assumption of most of the cash flow input in the model sensitivity analyses showed
that the C price in the compliance market and the rate of CO2 equivalent emission are
two of the four main input variables that had the largest impact on the EMV
Estimates of the EMV under the C trade scenario are based on 150 t C ha-1
in the Yalu
case study site and 55 rate of emission from selective timber harvesting in PNG
(Fox et al 2010 Fox and Keenan 2011 Fox et al 2011a Fox et al 2011b) and
considering a CO2 equivalent of 4412 This particular analysis has been undertaken
to demonstrate to communities the decision tree approach in considering options such
as C trade in the management of cutover forests in PNG Because of insufficient data
available to test the C trade scenario and most of the input variables (costs and
income) in the decision tree model have been based on assumptions the outputs from
the analyses are considered weak and do not provide a strong basis for the anticipated
income from selling C credits by communities in PNG The profit and income
estimated under the C trade scenario are based on crude data and assumptions The
issue of timing of costs and benefits are not considered in this particular analysis
however given the situation that if the community chose to participate in a REDD+
project the income anticipated is assumed to be paid upfront in one lump sum in the
first year While this is unlikely in practice it is consistent with the approach used for
financial analysis of other management options and the best basis for comparison As
C credits are produced over the accounting period of the project usually about 30
years hence payment may be conditional on periodic verification of performance
Considering these uncertainties the analyses undertaken under the C trade scenario
demonstrates the likely costs and benefits for a C project if a community participates
in a REDD+ project
168
A comparison of the starting capital and estimated annual EMV (profit) is made
between the scenarios tested using the decision tree (Table 6-5) Test results showed
that the community sawmill was unable to make any profit in a community-based
operation during the first year of operation This is because the community lacked
capacity management skills and could not bear the operational costs therefore no
profit was made in such an operation In a community managed local processing an
annual loss (PNGK-89494) is anticipated while a CMU managed local processing
makes a profit in one year (PNGK31 800) of operations Analyses outputs from the
decision tree indicated that both the CMU and community managed medium-scale log
export projects make annual profits estimated at PNGK4 million and PNGK2 million
respectively C trade scenario is the option that is expected to generate huge profits if
the community decides to manage its forests for C benefits As mentioned earlier the
analyses outputs for the C trade scenario are uncertain because of the assumptions
made in the costs and income that were input in the decision tree model
Table 6-5 Comparison of the four management scenarios
Scenarios
Starting
Capital
(PNGK)
Annual
EMVProfitLoss
(PNGK)
Community Sawmill 91000 0
Local Processing
CMU Managed 691000 31800a
Community Managed 263000 -89494b
Log Export
CMU Managed 842000 3959317
Community Managed 474000 1987692
Carbon Trade 60765c
72860535
a positive figure represent estimated annual profit
b denotes estimated annual loss
c starting capital for carbon trade scenario based on crude estimates
169
66 CONCLUSIONS
The objectives of Chapter 6 had been to develop scenario analysis and evaluation
tools for assisting decision-making in CBFM and test these tools in two case study
sites in PNG Generally the objectives of this chapter have been achieved There are
four decision analysis models developed in this chapter These are presented in
diagrammatic form which is commonly known as decision trees or decision tree
models The models represent the four management scenarios for CBFM These are
community sawmill local processing log export and carbon trade
Test of the decision tree models with data available from the case study site provided
evidence that depending on the costs and income associated with each scenario the
EMV (whether it is a profit or loss) is generally dependent on the variables such as
cash flow that are input in the model In this case the price differential (for example
sawn timber price in a domestic market versus prices in the overseas certified market)
is a key factor that should be taken into account in the sensitivity analyses
The study in Chapter 6 did not consider the combination of scenarios to test the
decision analyses models for example combining community sawmilling and
REDD+ as one scenario but recommends that future analyses should investigate this
In this case multiple use forest for example community sawmilling and REDD+
project should be considered with the objective of increasing income in CBFM
Currently many community forests in PNG are potentially subject to further
industrial logging or the impact of SPBALs This study does not address these issues
in detail but recommends that community forests that are potentially subject to future
industrial-scale harvesting should be considered for REDD demonstration projects
The tools developed in this study are appropriate for community-based forest
managed in PNG and can be applied in tropical forest management elsewhere in the
region
170
CHAPTER 7
SCENARIO EVALUATION FRAMEWORK FOR COMMUNITY-BASED FOREST MANAGEMENT
71 INTRODUCTION
More than 80 of PNGlsquos population depends on forests in some ways for their survival As
PNGlsquos population increases at a rate of over 3 per annum (wwwpostcouriercompg)
increasing pressure are put on the environment including the forest resources of the
country Currently accessible primary forests are being exhausted for commercial
exploitation but the future management of areas left after harvesting is not the agenda of
governments timber industry and communities Areas left after harvesting is currently
estimated to be 10 of the total forest area in PNG (PNGFA 2007) However because of
the cultural ties between rural communities in PNG and their environments areas left after
harvesting which are considered as secondary or cutover forests are likely to be taken over
by the communities in the future However communities also face a big challenge because
the traditional rights to their land including cutover forests are being limited by a land lease
concept called special purpose business and agricultural leases (SPBALs)
(Wwwpostcouriercompg) implemented by the PNG government This land lease concept
has received a lot of criticism from local groups and international bodies such as the
Association of Tropical Biology and Conservation When local communities and
stakeholders are faced with challenges on how they would like to manage their forest
resources there is a need to deliver to them appropriate tools for assisting decision-making
in CBFM
In developed countries forestry frameworks have long been adopted For example Boyle et
al (1997) developed a forestry framework for the Oregon State Department of Forestry for
evaluation of cumulative effects of forestry practices on the environment In a detailed
framework for forest management the systems that should be taken into account include
measurement monitoring and decision-making (Boyle et al 1997)
171
The objective of Chapter 7 is to develop a framework for community-based management of
cutover forests in PNG
72 BACKGROUND
The background in Chapter 7 covers the MSE approach an overview of forest planning in
PNG small-scale harvesting and requirements for certification in PNG A review of forest
planning in the country shows that the PNGFA has got adequate systems in place but these
systems have been ineffective in terms of implementation In the 1980s small-scale
harvesting by communities in PNG started as an alternative to large-scale conventional
harvesting While this industry has grown particularly at community level there have been
various problems associated with their operations for example the low capacity of
communities and the high starting capital requirements In Subsection 721 some
background of the MSE framework (Sainsbury et al 2000) is provided The MSE approach
has been originally developed and widely applied in fisheries and marine management
(SEQHWP 2007) and this approach forms the basis of the development of an integrated
conceptual framework for assisting decision-making in CBFM in this chapter A framework
such as the MSE seeks to provide the decision maker with the information on which to
base a rational decision given their own objectives and attitudes to risk (Sainsbury et al
2000 Smith et al 1999)
721 The Management Strategy Evaluation (MSE) approach
MSE is a simulation technique developed more than 20 years ago to consider the
implication of alternative management strategies for the robust management of natural
resources (Punt and Smith 1999 Sainsbury et al 2000) MSE is often used to assess the
effects of a range of management strategies and present the results in a way which lays
bare the tradeoffs in performance across a range of management objectives This approach
anticipates to provide the decision maker with the information on which to base a rational
decision given their own objectives preferences and attitudes to risks (Sainsbury et al
2000 Smith et al 1999)
The MSE method has been used by organizations such as the International Whaling
Commission (IWC) and Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living
172
Resources (CCAMLR) (de la Mare and Williams 1997 Kirkwood 1993) It has been
adopted successfully as a standard management tool for the fishery sector in a number of
countries including South Africa Europe New Zealand and Australia (Punt and Smith
1999) The MSE approach has not been applied in forest management before although most
of its application has been common in other natural resource management sectors such as
the fisheries and watersheds As the need for multi-disciplinary approaches to forest
management are increasing there is a need to investigate the utility of systems such as the
MSE method
The indicator concept is common in environmental and fishery management for an
integrated approach (Rochet et al 2007) The concept works in that all environmental
variables cannot be monitored in a complex natural ecosystem therefore indicators
summarise the information required Indicators are usually incorporated in broader
approaches or frameworks (FAO 1999) however working operational frameworks for
their use in decision-making are still lacking (Rochet et al 2007) To date the most
developed frameworks are the hierarchical structure of the Australian Ecologically
Sustainable Development (ESD) reporting framework which divides well-being into
ecological human and economic components and then further sub-divides these
components (Chesson and Clayton 1998) Another complex framework is the pressure-
state-response (PSR) promoted by FAO (FAO 1999)
The more detailed MSE framework describes the simulation technique for natural resource
management (Punt and Smith 1999 Sainsbury et al 2000) (Figure 7-1)
173
Figure 7-1 The MSE framework for natural resource management
722 Overview of Forest Planning in PNG
The requirements for the National Forest Plan and National Forest Inventory in PNG are set
out in the Forestry Act 1991(Amended 2000) (Table 7-1) The Forestry Act sec 47 (1)
provides provision for a National Forest Plan Section 47 (2) (b) National Forest Inventory
and sec 49 (1) Provincial Forest Plan (Ministry of Forests 1991a) Data and other related
information collected from forest inventories by the PNGFA provides the basis for drawing
up forest plans in PNG Basically forest plans are developed at two levels National Forest
Plan to provide a detailed statement of how the national and provincial governments intend
to manage the countrylsquos forest resources and the Provincial Forest Plans to be drawn up by
174
the provincial government The National Forest Plan is to be consistent with the 1991
national forest policy and relevant government policies and be based on a certified National
Forest Inventory and also consist of the National Forestry Development Guidelines and the
National Forest Development Programme The Provincial Forest Plans contain Provincial
Forestry Development Guidelines and a five year rolling forest development program The
1991 National Forest Policy also has provision for all agreements and permits to be
conditional upon broad land use plans However there is currently no comprehensive land
use planning process in place in PNG (Keenan et al 2005) The PNGFA has adequate
systems in place for planning requirements however they are not currently integrated
effectively for strategic forest planning As it is now there is a lack of understanding of the
overall forest planning framework within PNG (Keenan et al 2005)
175
Table 7-1 Forest Planning and inventory requirements in Papua New Guinea
Planning Level
Inventory Planning
Requirement
Standard Specification Responsibility Comment
National Forest Plan
Forestry Act s 47(1) 1 sample process with
FIPS FIMS and PNGRIS
PNGFA
National Forest Inventory
Forestry Act s 47(2) 1 sample
same as above
PNGFA Significant inventory work
done but not a
comprehensive National
Forest Inventory
Provincial Plans
Forestry Act s 47(2) 1 sample same as above
Compiled for each province
Provincial Forest Officers
Forest Management
Agreement Project
Statement (Feasibility study
tender)
Forestry Act s 100 1 sample from company
plots different to above
PNGFA Significant inventory done
1 inventory not necessary
for sound statistics
5 Year Working Plan
Forestry Act s 101 with
detailed prescription in the
Planning Monitoring and
Control Procedures (PMCP)
1 sample PMCP states
estimate of net harvestable
volume must be based at a
minimum of a 1 sample of
the gross loggable area
Details of net harvestable
volumes presented must be
based of actual inventory of
the areas to be logged and
not on historical data from
previously logged areaslsquo
Company As above
Annual Logging Plan
Forestry Act s 102 and
PMCP
1 Company As above
Operational set-up plan
(harvesting plan)
PMCP At minimum consist of 10
sample of the loggable area
Company Companies prefer to a 20
sample of trees selected to
be harvested Some
companies asses 100 of
trees planned for harvest
(Source Keenan et al 2002)
176
723 Small-Scale Timber Harvesting in PNG
Large-scale commercial timber harvesting of primary forest began in PNG in the
1970s and 80s In the mid 1980s small-scale harvesting particularly by private
operators and community groups started as an alternative income generating activity
as well as to supply sawn timber to build decent homes and community infrastructures
such as buildings for community halls schools hospitals and churches By then
there were over 5000 small-scale portable sawmills sold throughout PNG however in
the 1990s 1500 of these sawmills were still operational with the estimated capacity to
produce 75000m3 of sawn timber per year with the value of AUS$10 million in the
local market (wwwforcertorgpg)
Small-scale timber harvesting in PNG started in the mid 1980lsquos as an alternative to
large-scale logging this was the result of local communities and forest owners
receiving very little services and other benefits from large-scale logging operations
Since then up to now small-scale harvesting has rapidly increased in many
communities throughout PNG Usually this involves individuals family groups clan
groups or community groups harvesting on small blocks of forest land using small-
scale portable sawmills Small-scale harvesting is community-based and most of their
activities have been supported primarily through funding assistance from overseas aid
donors
724 Requirements for Certification
Certification of good forest management represents a new approach in the global
effort to sustain the diverse forest ecosystems and this is being seen as a necessary
requirement particularly in the forestry sector in the tropics (Alder et al 2002
Dickinson 1999) The market for certified products is relatively new and small
compared with the overall wood trade there are few brokers and as yet there are no
trade magazines and few product shows
FSC is a global certification body and its goals are to promote environmentally
responsible socially beneficial and economically viable management of forests
through the establishment of worldwide standards for good forest management
(Dickinson 1999 FSC 1996 FSC 1999) One of the roles of FSC is to accredit
177
organizations that in turn offer independent third-party certification of forest
operations
Certification has been developed as an instrument for promoting SFM (Durst et al
2006) Although initially certification was focused on tropical forests it rapidly
shifted to cover other forest types Ten years after the first certification schemes were
developed about 92 of the 271 million hectares of forests that have been certified
are located in Europe and North America In developing countries only 13 percent of
certified forests are located while only 5 percent of the certified forests are located in
the tropics (Durst et al 2006) There are challenges facing certification and eco-
labelling of forest products in developing countries but the strengths of certification
are promising (Table 7-2)
Table 7-2 Strengths and weaknesses of certification
STRENGTHS
WEAKNESSES
Standards for forest management and
chain of custody are developed
through multistakeholder processes
Forest and chain of custody
management are audited by accredited
third party assessors
Legality and sustainability are
verified under public and private
procurement policies
Broad guidance to forest managers
and assurance to markets
Market is guaranteed for certified
products
Chain of custody guarantees buyers of
certified products
Market driven approach to improve
forest management and address
consumer concerns about social issues
and the environment to good practice
Assurance to consumers that products
they buy are from sustainably
managed forest
Weak market demand for certified
products in the global market
Wide gaps between existing
management standards and
certification requirements
Requirements of certification not
consistent with FSC standards and
guidelines
Weak implementation of national
forest legislation policies and
programs in developing countries
Insufficient capacity to implement
SFM at forest management unit level
and to develop standards and delivery
mechanisms
High direct and indirect costs of
obtaining certification in developing
countries
178
Despite these challenges and constraints many developing countries are increasingly
interested in pursuing certification Recently some promising developments have
emerged that may give further encouragement to developing countries efforts such as
supportive codes of forestry practice stepwise approaches to certification and
increasing interest in forest certification and certified products in the Asia-Pacific
region (Durst et al 2006)
In PNG while there is a national FSC working group in place (FSC 2005) interests
in adopting certification standards are increasing in community-level forest
management While various agencies such as FORCERT FPCD and VDT are
promoting FSC certification standards in CBFM the requirements for certification are
very costly and time consuming and community groups have very little capacity to
comply with the standards and guidelines Certification of village-based timber
operations require heavy subsidisation of not only the certification process but also
the subsequent production transport and marketing of timber (Scheyvens 2009) and
this is a major challenge in PNG
Although PNG communities have very little capacity are financially disadvantaged
and have difficulties in complying with FSC standards certification has a potential to
offer alternative income and benefits through the promotion of SFM When CBFM in
PNG can demonstrate that FSC standards have been met communities will be
rewarded with economic benefits such as continued market access financially
competitive alternatives to poor practice illegal logging and conversion to other land-
uses For those who are able to meet the requirements for certification the financial
benefits of having access to overseas certified markets may be significant For
example FORCERT and FPCD have in the past exported A Grade sawn timber to the
Woodage in Sydney for a price that is almost three times higher than the price in the
local market However with the recent establishment of the PNG Liquefied Natural
Gas (PNG LNG) project in PNG there is currently high demand for sawn timber in
the domestic market Therefore local groups who are unable to comply with the
certification requirements and are unable to sell their products to the overseas certified
market can benefit from higher prices in the domestic market
The FSC has also developed a High Conservation Value Forest Toolkit for PNG to be
used in forest management certification The toolkit is intended to be used by forest
managers to comply with Principle 9 of the FSC standards to assist managers to
179
identify any high conservation values (HCVs) that occur within their individual forest
management units and manage them in order to maintain or enhance the values
identified Examples of HCVF in PNG include the following
Forest areas containing globally regionally or nationally significant
concentrations of biodiversity values (for example endemism endangered
species refugia)
Forest areas that are in or contain rare threatened or endangered ecosystems
(for example breeding sites migratory sites)
The toolkit is intended for use by forest managers undergoing FSC accredited forest
management certification and by FSC accredited certification auditors assessing or
monitoring conservation values in PNG as a part of a complete FSC assessment or
evaluation process The toolkit will assist in making FSC certification acceptable
within the forest industry in PNG
There are three certification models promoted by FORCERT in CBFM in PNG and
the requirements come under three main phases (Figure 7-2) These include
Community Based Fair Trade (CBFT) status Pre-certification status and FSC Group
Certification membership or full certification status There are several criteria for a
community group to comply with and this is a step-wise process for them to move
towards FSC certification
180
Figure 7-2 Certification model promoted by FORCERT in PNG
Phase 2 Pre-certified
Awareness on FORCERT group
certification service network in the group
Carry out 1 forest inventory in its forest
area
Group must be starting the ILG application
process
Application to be lodged for a company or
business name registration
Group to integrate business plan with
community needs
Socio-economic and environmental baseline
survey must be completed
Landuse plan must be in place
Group must undergo chain of custody
training
Must undergo training on operational health
and safety procedures
Enter into a service and production
agreement with a CMU
Must enter into procedure membership
agreement with FORCERT
After achieving pre-certification status
group must progress to FSC certified
producer status with 2 years
Phase 1 CBFT Community must own a good forest resource of
sufficient size
Must have the management right over the forest
area
Group working well with members of its clan
and there are no disputes over the forest area
Awareness on FORCERT group certification
service network in the group
Harvesting to not occur in the buffer zones
Group to undergo training on chain of custody
Must understand the coding system with 3-letter
producer code on both ends of all individual
timber species
Group must enter into a service and production
agreement with a CMU
Must enter into producer membership
agreement with FORCERT
After achieving a CBFT status group must
progress to the pre-certified producer status
within 2 years
Phase 3 FSC certified Awareness on FORCERT group certification
service network in the group
Carry out 1 forest inventory in its forest area
Complete the ILG process and submit to
relevant government agency
Have a company or business name registered
Socio-economic and environmental baseline
survey completed
Landuse plan must be completed
Group must be registered as a member of FIP
Have forest management plan in place
Carry out 10 inventory of the first 5 years
working forest area
Complete set-up establishment
Group must have the chain of custody processes
in place
After achieving the FSC certified producer
status group must meet the FORCERT member
training requirements within 1 year
181
73 METHODOLOGY
In this chapter an integrated conceptual framework for scenario analyses and
evaluation is presented for CBFM The framework is based on the MSE approach
(Sainsbury et al 2000 Smith et al 1999) which has been discussed earlier (Section
721) and the outcomes of the study on scenario analyses (Chapter 5) and decision
tree models developed and tested in case study sites (Chapter 6) The details of the
MSE approach have been given in the literature review (Chapter 2 Figure 2-1) These
are represented by the MSE framework developed by (Sainsbury et al 2000)
The framework for management of cutover forest in PNG was developed after
consultation with local communities (Yalu Gabensis and Sogi villages) government
agencies (PNGFA FRI TFTC) timber industries (LBC Madang Timbers Santi
Timbers) and NGOs (VDT FORCERT FPCD CMUs) in the pilot region where this
research was carried out The procedures were guided by the PAR protocol and
included field visits meetings discussions and interviews with those stakeholders in
the pilot region
731 Stakeholder Consultation
The stakeholder consultation in case study sites leading up to the development of the
framework involved the PAR approach in communities These involved village
meetings and research participants were interviewed and different forest management
options for the future were investigated for cutover forests Outputs from this
investigation and forest management options were fed into a planning systems for
further analyses
732 Forest Inventory
Forest inventory data forms an important part of input data in the planning system for
scenario analyses Data from case study sites including volume growth timber
volume in different size classes and available forest area information were fed into
the planning system The integration of forest inventory data forest growth and area
from the case study site facilitated the estimates of timber yields under different
scenarios
182
733 Planning System
The framework has a spreadsheet-based planning system (Keenan et al 2005) that
analyses forest growth different management options and annual timber yield
estimates to develop scenarios for CBFM The details of the planning tool have been
discussed earlier (Chapter 5 Figure 5-1) In this chapter the planning tool integrates
forest inventory growth and area from the case study site to analyse timber yields
734 Decision Analysis Tools
In the framework the decision analyses tools are models that have been developed
based on spreadsheet modelling and decision analyses technique The models have
been developed in four parts to represent the different forest management scenario for
community-based management of cutover forests (see details in Chapter 6)
For the purpose of this framework a decision analyses tool called decision tree model
analyses decision alternatives and uncertain events along the branches and a payoff
value is determined at the end of the analyses The payoff value is further analysed to
determine the largest EMV for a particular decision alternative
735 Sensitivity Analyses
Sensitivity analyses is facilitated by an Excel Add-in called SensIT to consider how
sensitive the recommended decision is to changes in values in the decision tree
(Ragsdale 2008) This approach is carried out to determine which of the input
variables in the decision tree model have the largest impact on the EMVs range for
example at +-10 Tornado and spider charts are generated using SensIT to identify
the input variables in the decision tree that if changed have the greatest impact on the
EMV Tornado and spider charts summarise the impact on the decision treelsquos EMV of
each input variable being set at for example +-10 of the original EMV (base case)
183
74 RESULTS
The main result in Chapter 7 is the framework presented in this study for assisting
decision-making in CBFM in PNG The framework integrates outputs from
stakeholder consultations (communities industry) a PAR protocol to analyse
stakeholder interests and expectations and management options from field interviews
into an integrated spreadsheet-based scenario analyses and evaluation system The
framework involves decision analyses modelling and evaluation systems and delivers
scenario outputs which can be further evaluated for action
741 A Scenario Analyses and Evaluation Framework
A conceptual framework for scenario analysis has been presented in this study for
community-based management of cutover forests in PNG (Figure 7-1) This approach
has been adopted from earlier studies carried out by Sainsbury et al (2000) for marine
and fishery resource management Their earlier study has been used as a basis to
develop an integrated scenario analyses and evaluation framework in Chapter 7 for
CBFM because of the following reasons
(i) Active participation of different stakeholders and generation of ideas by those
involved in forest management in PNG such as the timber industry community
groups NGOs and PNGFA
(ii) Different stakeholders will have different expectations and requirements on how
they would like to manage their forests hence this framework will accommodate their
interests
(iii) Support the capacity of PNGFA to develop an integrated regional planning and
management system for cutover native forests in PNG
The framework in Chapter 7 has been presented based on the MSE approach
(Sainsbury et al 2000) and the outputs from the studies in Chapter 5 and 6 The
framework integrates different processes from the PAR protocol in the case study
sites testing of scenarios using a planning tool (Chapter 5) and decision analyses tools
(Chapter 6) The framework is an integration of qualitative data from interviewing
communities and quantitative data from forest inventory that have been input in to the
planning and decision analyses systems (Figure 7-2) Sensitivity analyses are carried
out on the outputs of these systems before a decision is implemented
184
Figure 7-3 A conceptual framework for community-based forest management
75 DISCUSSION
Participatory approaches to tropical forest management are increasing and have been
successful because opportunities arise for more inclusive and better informed
decision-making by communities (Evans and Guariguata 2008) Similar studies such
as the one in this chapter have developed tools to assist decision-making in CBFM
For example Anil (2004) developed a GIS-based participatory 3-dimensional model
(3PDM) for transforming landscape information into a format that communities in
Sasatgre in India can use to monitor their forests to make management decisions
Participatory approaches developed in the Brazilian Amazon (Shanley and Gaia
2002) for communities to manage NTPF in their forests and biodiversity management
in Nepal (Lawrence et al 2006) have also been successful Studies in the Philippines
involving community participation in forest management with the application of the
criteria and indicators framework (Hartanto et al 2002) a vegetation monitoring
system developed in India (Roy 2004) for community participation in assessing their
An integrated conceptual framework for scenario evaluation and decision analyses for community-based forest management
Stakeholder
Consultation
Field Interviews
PAR
Investigate
Options
Forest Inventory
Data
Planning System
Growth Data
Decision
Analyses Tools
Spreadsheet
Planning Tool
Decision Tree
Model
Annual Yield
Estimates
Management
Options
Payoff
Strategy
Decision
Alternatives
Uncertain
Events
EMV
Tornado
Chart
Spider Chart
Sensitivity
Analyses
Scenario
Evaluation amp
Analyses
Decision
Implementation
Scenario
Output
Feedback to
Stakeholders
185
vegetation status and other related systems developed for community management of
plantations to assist in decision-making have been also successful
The framework presented in Chapter 7 involved a participatory approach in
communities development of scenarios and analyses of timber yields under different
management scenarios and testing these scenarios using decision analyses models
The framework can be described as having a data input system three simple
spreadsheet-based analyses and modelling systems (planning system decision
analyses tools and sensitivity analyses system) for scenario analyses and evaluation
and a scenario output system for decision implementation
Currently there is a shortfall in the overall forest planning in PNG in that land use
planning process is inadequate and PNGFAlsquos planning systems are ineffective Forest
certification and good practice forestry are not the goal of the government but they are
widely promoted by NGOs and international organisations Small-scale forest
management is usually funded by international donor agencies with very limited or no
support from the government The framework presented in this chapter addresses
these shortfalls from the participation by communities in decision-making and small-
scale timber harvesting to the marketing of products in an overseas certified market
The framework requires forest management options to be investigated from
stakeholder consultations and interviews and forest inventory data to be fed into a
planning system The planning tool integrates inventory data growth and area from a
forest for example a community forest area and estimates annual yields under
different management scenarios The outputs from the planning tool are tested using
decision analyses tools In the decision analyses system a spreadsheet-based model
analyses decision alternatives and uncertain events and at the end of the decision tree
a payoff value is determined The decision tree model has a roll-back system that
analyses the payoff value to determine the largest EMV in profit terms When the
largest EMV is selected and before the decision is implemented the EMV is further
analysed by applying sensitivity analyses to determine which input variables (costs
and income associated with a scenario) have the largest impact on the EMVlsquos range
(at for example +-10) Finally the decision alternative with the largest EMV is
implemented and feedback is given to the stakeholders
186
76 CONCLUSIONS
The objective of Chapter 7 was to present a framework for community-based
management of cutover forests in PNG Unlike decision support systems the system
developed in this chapter is an analytical approach and decision analyses follow a
structured methodology The system developed in this study will build the capacity of
NGOs and communities and assist in decision-making in forest management This
will require stakeholder participation in forest management especially at the
community level A framework such as the one developed in this study has not been
used in PNG hence application of the system will assist decision-making in
community-based management of cutover forests
Since there is no planning system in place for the management of cutover forests in
PNG the framework presented in this chapter will assist the PNGFA develop a
regional forest planning system Application of the framework will involve
community participation in small-scale harvesting in cutover forests and export of
their sawn timber to the overseas certified markets in Australia and New Zealand
The conceptual framework developed in this study is an integrated system for
scenario analyses and evaluation and is applicable to a participatory approach to
tropical forest management in PNG and elsewhere in the tropical region
187
CONCLUSIONS
188
CHAPTER 8
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
81 INTRODUCTION
The overall aim of the thesis was to investigate and identify frameworks that support
community decision-making regarding the future use of cutover forests in PNG
Generally this aim has been achieved The objectives of Chapter 8 are to summarise
the outputs of the overall study draw some conclusions and point out the future
directions for forest management in PNG The research questions and objectives of
the thesis are restated and how they have been achieved are discussed (Section 82)
The key outputs of the study are summarised (Section 83) and the application of the
tools developed in the study by stakeholders in CBFM are discussed (Section 84) In
Section 85 the contributions of the current study to knowledge are presented The
study had some short-falls and limitations and these are highlighted (Section 86) and
in section 87 future directions in research and policy are discussed Finally the
outputs of the thesis are discussed and some comparisons are made with the literature
(Section 88) and some conclusions and recommendations are given (Section 89)
82 RESEARCH OBJECTIVES AND QUESTIONS
821 Research Objectives
In this section the objectives of the thesis are restated and how they have been
addressed are discussed The details of how the objectives of the study have been
addressed are as follow
i) to assess the current condition and future production potential of cutover
forests in PNG
The first objective of the study has been achieved from the outcomes of analyses of
PSPs (Chapter 3) and forest resources in the two case study sites (Chapter 4)
Evidence from analyses of PSPs suggest that cutover forests in PNG showed a high
degree of resilience following harvesting Residual timber volume and aboveground
189
forest carbon determined in case study sites are adequate for communities to
participate in small-scale harvesting and REDD+ projects
ii) to develop scenario analyses and evaluation tools for assisting decision-
making in community-based management of cutover native forests in PNG
This objective has been addressed in Chapter 5 and 6 Scenarios have been analysed
and evaluated in community-based harvesting and decision analyses models have
been developed The scenario analyses and evaluation tools developed under the
second objective have been tested in case study sites
iii) to test the scenario analyses and evaluation tools developed under the second
objective in case study sites
The decision tree models developed in this study have been tested using actual data in
the Yalu case study site Data relating to cash flow (costs and income) associated with
community sawmill local processing medium scale log export and carbon trade were
input into the decision tree model and tested
iv) to develop a scenario analysis and evaluation framework for community-based
management of cutover native forests in PNG
This objective has been achieved and an integrated conceptual framework has been
developed in the study based on the MSE approach (Sainsbury et al 2000) This
MSE type of management approach has been successfully applied in fishery and
marine resource management (Butterworth and Punt 1999 Kirkwood 1993)
822 Research Questions
There were four questions that have been addressed in this thesis These questions are
restated and how they have been addressed are discussed The questions are addressed
as follow
i) what is the current condition and future production potential of cutover forests
in PNG
This question has been adequately addressed from the outputs of the study on the
structure and dynamics of cutover forests (Chapter 3) and forest resource estimates in
case study sites (Chapter 4) Analyses of PSPs suggest that a majority of plots showed
increasing BA and stand volume following selective timber harvesting but there were
190
also on-going decline in 25 of sites studied In the two case study sites residual
timber volumes estimated can be able to support small-scale timber harvesting while
high estimates of forest carbon in these sites provide an option for communities to
manage their forests for carbon benefits
ii) what are the potential options for future management of cutover forests by
communities
The study in Chapter 5 has addressed this question and from the outputs of the
qualitative interviews in the case study sites the following were the future
management options for cutover forests community sawmill local processing
medium-scale log export and carbon trade
iii) How can information on the structure and dynamics of forests and the
potential uses of forest resources be used to support effective decision-making
in community management of cutover native forests in PNG
Outputs from the studies in Chapter 3 (Forest dynamics after selective timber
harvesting) Chapter 4 (Forest resources in case study sites) Chapter 5 (Evaluation of
scenarios) and Chapter 6 (Testing of scenarios using decision analysis models) have
addressed this question Data related to forest structure dynamics and timber yields
under different management scenarios have been analysed using the planning tool and
further tested using the decision analyses models These outputs have been integrated
in the conceptual framework that has been presented in this study (Chapter 7)
Therefore this framework will support effective decision making in community-based
management of cutover native forests in PNG
iv) what type of scenario methods are appropriate for adaptive management of
cutover native forests in PNG
The literature review (Chapter 2) has addressed this last question and the scenario
method and MSE approach have been applied in this study In the review different
forest management approaches were investigated for possible application in the
management of cutover forests in PNG This study recommends that the type of
scenario methods appropriate for adaptive management of cutover forests in PNG is
the MSE approach (Butterworth and Punt 1999 Sainsbury et al 2000) The MSE
approach has been used as the basis to present a new conceptual framework (Chapter
191
7) for community-based management of cutover forests in PNG The tools developed
in this study are appropriate for application in PNG and other tropical regions
83 KEY OUTPUTS OF THE STUDY
There are three key outputs of the overall study reported in this chapter The first is
the scenario analysis and evaluation tools developed for assisting decision making in
community-based management of cutover native forests in PNG These tools have
been developed from the outputs of the analyses of timber yields under different
management scenarios and the study of decision tree models for community-based
management of cutover forests in PNG The different management regimes developed
from an existing planning tool are applicable to CBFM The decision tree models
developed in the study are based on a spreadsheet modelling and decision analyses
technique (Ragsdale 2007 Ragsdale 2008) This type of modelling technique has
been mainly applied in making investment decisions under uncertain circumstances
for example application of decision analyses in the selection of a product
development strategy or investing in a real estate business by a company (Lieshout
2006 Middleton 2001 Ragsdale 2007)
The second output of the study was the testing of the scenario analyses and evaluation
tools in the case study sites When the decision analysis model (Decision Tree Model
2 Local Processing) was tested in the Yalu case study site analyses indicated that
depending on the input variables in the model the expected monetary value (EMV)
returned is determined by the related cash flow associated with each scenario
An integrated conceptual framework for CBFM has been developed in the study and
this relates to the third key output of the overall study The framework integrates
outputs from scenario analyses and evaluation and testing of the scenarios using the
decision analyses models Development of this framework has been guided by the
PAR approach with the two communities that have participated in this study for the
past four years
192
84 APPLICATION OF THE TOOLS DEVELOPED IN THIS
STUDY
Currently there is no overall policy framework in place for community-based
management of cutover forests in PNG Scenarios and approaches developed in this
study can support the development of national and provincial policies and local-level
decision-making for cutover natural forests in PNG NGOs who are currently
supporting small-scale forest management in PNG may be the most likely initial
users Some NGOs have good capacity and are supported by international
organisations Hence these models can be applied by them in promoting small-scale
harvesting in communities throughout PNG Workshop-based exercises can provide a
basis for equipping NGOs and communities with the skills required for the practical
application of the decision analyses tools developed in this study
The conceptual framework developed in this study is a new tool for forest
management in PNG The framework can be applied by NGOs and conservation
groups involved in small-scale harvesting and those engaged in promoting
certification in PNG However wider application of these tools and the analytical
framework will depend on development of supporting policy at national and
provincial levels in PNG that aims to increase the capacity and control of local forest
owners and facilitate their involvement in implementing sustainable forest
management objectives
85 CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE PRESENT STUDY
While decision support systems have been commonly applied in natural resource
management decision analyses and evaluation techniques have not been applied in
tropical forest management before The systems developed in this study necessitate a
structured approach to decision-making in tropical forest management Therefore the
present study contributes knowledge in the area of decision analyses and modelling in
tropical forest management This study has also contributed to knowledge in the form
of one publication in an international journal and two papers in a book chapter (see
the preface on page vi)
The study of forest dynamics after selective timber harvesting in Chapter 3 is the first
detailed analyses in the tropical forest of PNG based on a comprehensive set of
193
permanent sample plot data Scenario analyses and evaluation are new approaches to
tropical forest management and the types of analyses undertaken in this study are new
as far as forest management in PNG is concerned In the context of forest
management in PNG the outputs from the present study will assist decision-making
in CBFM
A framework such as the one presented in this study has never been applied in forest
management in PNG before Therefore this framework will assist the stakeholders
including communities in the management of cutover forests in PNG
86 LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY
The decision analyses models developed in Chapter 6 relied on data available from
case study sites However insufficient data was obtained from the study areas to test
the C trade scenario using the decision tree model The costs and income estimated in
the analyses are based on crude data only at the community-level and do not provide a
strong basis for such analyses Therefore the results obtained in the estimation of the
EMV (profit) under the C trade scenario are only for the purpose of demonstrating the
application of decision analyses models to assist decision-making in communities to
consider different forest management options Based on the current in-country
situation C trade has not officially started yet and issues such as REDD and REDD+
are still being discussed at policy level
861 Forest Management Implications
As more community groups become involved in small-scale harvesting the need for
application of management tools such as the systems developed in this study will be
necessary This will put additional pressure on the PNGFA to control the increase in
participation of communities in small-scale harvesting Land and forest owning
communities who would like to participate in small-scale harvesting may want to
expand their operations to cover bigger forest areas which will in turn call for
compliance with PNGFA and government policy requirements Therefore the
government will need to consider putting in place regulatory systems not only to
control small-scale operations but also to assist and promote small-scale harvesting
by communities in order for them to get maximum benefits from the management of
their cutover forest resources
194
87 FUTURE DIRECTIONS
After over two decades of large-scale commercial harvesting of primary forests in
PNG there are still no land use plans for the management of forest areas after
harvesting A major challenge for the PNGFA and the government is the development
of appropriate management systems for cutover forest Management planning should
include consideration of the future production capacity of cutover and degraded
forests and the development of the capacity of local forest owner communities to
participate in small-scale forest management and utilisation for example through
management systems that are compliant with requirements of certification bodies
871 Future Research Needs
In Chapter 3 the study used forest structure data to assess the current condition and
future production potential of cutover forests in PNG However the study fall-short of
the required data to adequately address the issue of forest degradation after selective
timber harvesting Therefore future research is required to quantify the extent of
degradation after harvesting The study also tested models developed in other tropical
regions to assess the growth of harvested forests in PNG Research is also required to
develop country-specific growth models for sustainable management of tropical
forests in PNG
The study in Chapter 5 assessed timber yields under different management scenarios
in community-based harvesting to recommend a regime that is sustainable and can
continuously supply sawn timber for communities The study has not considered the
question of optimisation in the analyses Future research is therefore necessary to
investigate optimisation in community-based harvesting to address a research
question such as how can an intensity of cut be optimised in community-based
harvesting In Chapter 6 the decision analyses relating to C trade are based on
unreliable data to estimate annual EMV from managing forests for C benefits by
communities Future research is necessary to study detailed economic analyses (costs
and benefits) for participation by communities in C trade in PNG Further
investigation is also necessary to consider the combination of scenarios to test the
decision analyses models for example combining community sawmilling and
REDD+ as one scenario with the objective of increasing income in CBFM
195
872 Future Policy Directions
The present study has addressed some aspects of PNG Forest Policy 1991 Currently
there are no policy instruments in place to address issues relating to cutover forest
management and community forestry A new direction in Forest Policy is now
necessary to meet the increasing demands and expectations of stakeholders in PNG as
well as the international community There is a need for policy change to reflect the
changing circumstances in forest management As the need for a multi-disciplinary
approach to natural resource management is increasing worldwide policy must be
changed to address the need for an integrated and participatory approach to the
management of forests that have been over-exploited Capacity building is required at
the community-level to address the needs of forest owners and other stakeholderlsquos
expectations and the demands for small-scale forest management and utilisation in
PNG
88 DISCUSSION
This study has focused on analyses and evaluation of scenarios for the management of
cutover tropical forests in PNG To the knowledge of the author scenario analyses
and evaluation are new approaches to tropical forest management therefore there is
limited literature available on the subject However approaches such as the MSE have
been widely applied in other natural resource management sectors such as fishery and
marine resources (Butterworth and Punt 1999 Sainsbury et al 2000)
Studies at CIFOR have embarked on work relating to scenarios but this has been
mainly focused on participatory approaches to decision-making in community-based
management of natural resources including tropical forests (Nemarundwe et al 2002
Nemarundwe et al 2003 Wollenberg et al 2000 Wollenberg et al 1998) Work at
CIFOR has concentrated on providing training through workshop-based exercises for
trainers to equip them with skills to develop scenarios for natural resource
management in community settings
In developed countries detailed studies have been carried out in modelling forest
management scenarios across landscapes for example studies by Tappe et al (2004)
involved use of satellite imagery in conjunction with field data to quantify differences
196
in landscape that can aid in making management decisions in ecologically and
socially complex forests
The present study does not involve complex modelling of scenarios for forest
management in PNG The study rather provides an analytical system approach that is
appropriate for application in community decision-making in tropical forest
management The tools developed in the study are spreadsheet-based analyses and
modelling applications hence can be made available to stakeholders in PNG
The outputs from this study have provided some basis for the review of PNGlsquos 1991
National Forest Policy Part II Section 3 Sustained Yield Management At the
moment there are no policy framework and guidelines in place for the management of
cutover forests The tools developed in this study provide the framework to be used
for the development of new policies for the management of cutover forests in PNG
Policy change should be directed at addressing stakeholder requirements and
expectations especially at community-level in the management of the 10 of forest
areas that are now regarded as cutover and degraded These policy changes should
also address international issues relating to SFM biodiversity conservation climate
change and meet the needs of the global community
89 CONCLUSIONS
The current condition of cutover forests in PNG requires management interventions
and the future production potential of these forests will depend on frequency of future
harvests and other land uses such as conversion to agricultural lands and traditional
farming activities for example land cultivation for gardening In community-based
harvesting shorter cycles for example 10-20 years and removing about 50 of
available pre-harvest volume only in commercial timber species groups at each cycle
are recommended
There are four decision analysis models developed in this study (Chapter 6) to
represent the decision tree models for community sawmill local processing medium-
scale log export and C trade
The integrated conceptual framework for scenario analyses and evaluation presented
in this study will assist the capacity of NGOs and communities in the management of
cutover forests in PNG
197
The application of the systems developed in this study will assist communities in the
management of the extensive cutover forests in PNG by participating in small-scale
harvesting and marketing of sawn timber to generate income This will have forest
management implications in the activities of stakeholders such as the PNGFA timber
industry NGOs and community groups A new policy direction in forest management
is therefore necessary in PNG in order to apply these systems particularly at
community level forest management and utilisation
198
REFERENCES
ABDULHADI R KARTAWINATA K amp SUKARDJO S 1981 Effects of
mechanised logging in the lowland Dipterocarp forest at Lempake East
Kalimantan Malaysian Forester 44 407-418
AGAWAL B 2001 Participatory Exclusions Community Forestry and Gender An
analyses of South Asia and a conceptual framework World Development 29
1623-1648
ALDER D 1997 Data Analysis and Growth Modeling with the ITTO Plots in Papua
New Guinea Lae PNG Forest Research Institute ITTO Project PD162-
91PNGFRI
ALDER D 1998 PINFORM A Growth Model for Lowland Tropical Forest in
Papua New Guinea PNG Forest Institute ITTO Project PD162-91PNGFRI
Lae
ALDER D OAVIKA F SANCHEZ M SILVA J N M VAN DER HOUT P
amp WRIGHT H L 2002 A comparison of species growth rates from four
moist tropical forest regions using increment-size ordination International
Forestry Review 4
ALDER D amp SYNNOT T J 1992 Permanent sample plot techniques for mixed
tropical forests Tropical Forestry Papers No 25 Oxford Forestry Institute
University of Oxford
AMBIA V amp YOSI C K 2001 A review of sampling methods for forest resource
inventories in Papua New Guinea PNGFA and PNGFRI PNG Forest
Research Institute Lae 28 June 2001
ANIL C N 2004 Participatory 3 Dimensional Modeling for ecological monitoring
in mountainous areas ICIMODIFAD Partnership Programme
ASLEY C amp CARNEY D 1999 Sustainable Livelihoods In (DFID) D F I D
(ed) London UK DFID
AVERY T E amp BURKHART H E 1994 Forest Measurements Fourth Edition
McGraw Hill Inc USA
BALLESTEROS A amp MONCEL R 2011 Additionality of Climate Finance
Available online at httpwwwwriorg [Online] Washington DC World
Resource Institute [Accessed November 2011]
199
BEEHLER B M (ed) 1993 Papua New Guinea conservation needs assessment
Vol2 Washington DC Biodiversity Support Program
BELLAMY J A amp MCALPINE J R 1995 Papua New Guinea Inventory of
Natural Resources Population Distribution and land use handbook Australia
June 1995 PNGRIS Publication No 6 CSIRO
BODORKOS B amp PATAKI G 2009 Local communities empowered to plan
Applying PAR to establish democratic communicative spaces for sustainable
rural development Action Research 7 313-334
BOYLE J R WARILA J E BESCHTA R L REITER M CHAMBERS C C
GIBSON W P GREGORY S V GRIZZEL J HACAR J C LIT J L
MCCOM W C PARZYBOK T W amp TAYLOR G 1997 Cumulative
effects of forestry practices An example framework for evaluation from
Oregon USA Biomass and Bioenergy 13 223-245
BREUGEL M V RAMOS M M amp BONGERS F 2006 Community dynamics
during early secondary succession in Mexican tropical rainforest Journal of
Tropical Ecology 22 663-674
BROWN S amp LUGO A E 1990 Tropical secondary forests Journal of Tropical
Ecology 6 1-32
BRYDON-MILLER M 2001 Education research and action theory methods of
participatory action research In TOLMAN D L amp BRYDON-MILLER M
(eds) From subjects to subjectivities A handbook of interpretative and
participatory methods New York New York University Press
BUN Y A Year Present status of logged-over forest in Papua New Guinea In NIR
E amp SRIVASTARVA P eds Management of logged-over forests 1992 Lae
PNG JICA PNGFRI
BUTTERWORTH D S amp PUNT A E 1999 Experiences in the evaluation and
implementation of management procedures ICES Journal of Marine Science
56 985-998
CAIN J 2001 Planning improvements in natural resources management Guidelines
for using Bayesian networks to support the planning and management of
development programmes in the water sector and beyond Wallingford UK
Center for Ecology and Hydrology Crowmarsh Gifford
CARBON TRUST 2009 Carbon Mechanism Available online at
wwwcarbontrustcomuk [Online] [Accessed November 2011]
200
CHAMPION H G 1936 A preliminary survey of the forest types of India and
Burma Dehra Dun India Indian Forest Record Silviculture
CHAVE J ANDALO C BROWN S CAIRNS M A CHAMBERS J Q
EAMUS D FOumlLSTER H FROMARD F HIGUCHI N KIRA T
LESCURE J P PUIG H RIEacuteRA B amp YAMAKURA T 2005 Tree
allometry and improved estimation of carbon stocks and balance in tropical
forests Oecologia 145 87-99
CHAVE J CONDIT R LAO S CASPERSEN J P FOSTER R B amp
HUBBELL S P 2003 Spatial and temporal variation of biomass in a tropical
forest results from a 20 large census plot in Panama Journal of Ecology 91
240-252
CHAZDON R L PERES C A DENT D SHEIL D LUGO A E LAMB D
STORK N E amp MILLER S 2009 Where are the wild things Assessing the
potential for species conservation in tropical secondary forests Conservation
Biology 23 1406-1417
CHESSON J amp CLAYTON H 1998 A framework for assessing fisheries with
respect to ecologically sustainable development Canberra Bureau of Rural
Sciences Report 60 pp
CLARK D A amp CLARK D B 1999 Assessing the growth of rainforest trees
issues for forest modeling and management Ecological Applications 9 981-
997
COOKE J G 1999 Improvement of fishery management advice through simulation
testing of harvest algorithms ICES Journal of Marine Science 56 797-810
COOPER R 2003 Lecture notes on World Forest Resources and Commercial
Timbers MSc in Environmental Forestry Programme Bangor UK School of
Agricultural and Forest Sciences University of Wales
CORLETT R T 1987 Post-fire succession on Mt Wilhelm Papua New Guinea
Biotropica 19 157-160
COX M 2004 Exporting for small-scale forestry enterprises International
symposium on contributions of family farm enterprises to sustainable rural
development Gengenbach Germany Queensland University of Technology
Australia
201
CRESWELL J W HANSON W E CLARK PLANO V L amp MORALES A
2007 Qualitative Research Designs Selection and Implementation The
Counseling Psychologist 35 236-264
CROME F H J THOMAS M R amp MOORE L A 1996 A novel Bayesian
approach to assessing impacts of rainforest logging Ecological Applications
6 1104-1123
CURTIN T 2005 The great illegal logging swindle Commonwealth Forestry
Association Newsletter No 37 June 2007 Shropshire UK Edited by
Pottinger A
DAWKINS H C 1958 The management of the natural tropical high forest with
special reference to Uganda Imperial Forestry Institute University of
Oxford UK
DAWKINS H C amp PHILIP M S 1998 Tropical moist forest silviculture and
management A history of success and failure UK CAB International
DEATH C 1980 The throw away people Social impact of the Gogol Timber
Project Madang Province Monograph 13 Institute of Applied Social and
Economic Research Papua New Guinea
DE LA MARE W K 1996 Some recent developments in the management of marine
living resources In FLOYD R B SHEPHERD A W amp DE BARRO P J
(eds) Frontiers of population Ecology Melbourne Australia CSIRO
Publishing
DE LA MARE W K amp WILLIAMS R 1997 Abundance of Patagonian toothfish at
Macquarie Island estimated from tagging studies SAFAG976
DFID 1999 Sustainable livelihoods guidance sheets DIFID London UK[online]
URLhttpwwwlivelihoodsorg Department for International Development
DICKINSON J C 1999 Forest Management Certification as a tool for
Conservation Geographical Review 89 431-439
DICKINSON M B DICKINSON J C amp PUTZ F E 1996 Natural Forest
Management as a Conservation Tool in the Tropics Divergent Views on
Possibilities and Alternatives Commonwealth Forestry Review 4 309-315
DONOVAN G P (ed) 1989 The comprehensive assessment whale stocks The
Early Years Reports of the International Whaling Commission (Special Issue
II) 210pp
202
DUCHELLE A E CRONKLETON P KAINER K A amp GUANCOMA G 2011
Resource theft in tropical forest communities implications for non-timber
management livelihoods and conservation Ecology and Society 16(1) 4
[online] URL httpwwwecologyandsocietyorgvol16iss1art4 [Online]
[Accessed November 2011]
DURST P B MCKENZIE P J BROWN C L amp APPANAH S 2006
Challenges facing certification and eco-labelling of forest products in
developing countries International Forestry Review 8 193-200
EDDOWES P J 1977 Commercial Timbers of Papua New Guinea Their
Properties and Uses Papua New Guinea Office of Forests
EDWARDS P J amp GRUBB P J 1977 Studies of Mineral Cycling in a Montane
Rain Forest in New Guinea The distribution of organic matter in the
vegetation and soil Journal of Ecology 65 943-969
ELLISON A M 1996 An introduction to Bayesian inference for ecological research
and environmental decision-making Ecological Application 6 1036-1046
ERICHO J 1998 Lessons from Crater Mountain ICAD Project and Some
Suggestions In SAULEI M A amp ELIS J (eds) The Reports of Matupore
Conference ICAD Practitionersrsquo views from the field DEC and UNDP
Rome Pp168-173
EVAN J 1982 Plantation Forestry in the Tropics Oxford United Kingdom ELBS
and Clarendon Press
EVANS K amp GUARIGUATA M R 2008 Participatory monitoring in tropical
forest management a review of tools concepts and lessons learned Bogor
Indonesia Center for International Forestry Research (CIFOR)
FALS-BORDA O amp MORA-OSEJO L E 2003 Context and diffusion of
knowledge A critique of Eurocentrism Action Research 1 29
FAO 1999 Indicators for sustainable development of marine capture fisheries FAO
Technical Guidelines
for Responsible Fisheries 8 68 pp
FAO 2000 Global Forests Resource Assessment FAO Rome Italy
FAO 2005 State of the Worlds Forests 2005 FAO Rome Italy
FAO 2006 Global Forest Resources Assessment 2005 A progress towards
sustainable forest management FAO Forestry Paper 147 Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome Italy 2006
203
FAO 2007 State of the Worlds Forests 2007 FAO Rome Italy
FELTON A FELTON A M WOOD J amp LINDENMAYER D B 2006
Vegetation structure phenology and regeneration in the natural and
anthropogenic tree-fall gaps of a reduced-impact logged subtropical Bolivian
forest Forest Ecology and Management 235 186-193
FILER C ALLEN B J KEENAN R J amp MCALPHINE J R 2009
Deforestation and degradation in Papua New Guinea Annals of Forest
Science 66 813-825
FORCERT 2010 Forest Management and Product Certification Service Group
certification membership requirements FORCERT Walindi WNBP
Working Document
FOREST TRENDS 2006 Logging Legality and Livelihoods in Papua New Guinea
Synthesis of official assessments of the large-scale logging industry Volume
I Jakarta Indonesia
FORESTRY COMPENDIUM 2003 Selected Statistics World Bank 2000
FOX J YOSI C NIMIAGO P OAVIKA F POKANA J LAVONG K amp
KEENAN R 2010 Assessment of Aboveground Carbon in Primary and
Selectively Harvested Tropical Forest in Papua New Guinea Biotropica 42
410-419
FOX J C amp KEENAN R J 2011 Modelling CO2 emissions from selective-
harvesting in Papua New Guinea In FOX J C KEENAN R J BRACK
C L amp SAULEI S (eds) Native forest management in Papua New Guinea
advances in assessment modelling and decision-making ACIAR Proceeding
No 135 136-151 Canberra Australian Center for International Agricultural
Research
FOX J C VIEILLEDENT G YOSI C K POKANA J N amp KEENAN R J
2011a Aboveground forest carbon dynamics in Papua New Guinea isolating
the influence of selective-harvesting and El Nintildeo Ecosystems 14 1276-1288
FOX J C YOSI C K amp KEENAN R J 2011b Assessment of timber and carbon
stocks for community forest managment In FOX J C KEENAN R J
BRACK C L amp SAULEI S (eds) Native forest management in Papua New
Guinea advances in assessment modelling and decision-making ACIAR
Proceeding No 135 42-52 Canberra Australian Center for International
Agricultural Research
204
FREDERICKSEN T S amp MOSTACEDO B 2000 Regeneration of timber species
following selection logging in a Bolivian tropical dry forest Synthesis of
official assessments of the large-scale logging industry Forest Ecology and
Management 131 47-55
FREDERICKSEN T S amp PUTZ F E 2003 Silvicultural intensification for tropical
forest conservation Biodiversity and Conservation 12 1445-1453
FREEMAN M 2006 Globalisation and international trade in forest products How
does it impact on forest management A literature review School of Forest
and Ecosystem Science The University of Melbourne
FREIRE P 1970 Predatory of the oppressed New York Continium
FSC 1996 Forest Stewardship Council Principles and Criteria for Forest
Management Oaxaca Mexico FSC Mimeographed
FSC 1999 Forest Stewardship Council [httpwwwfscoaxorg] Accessed 2009
[Online] [Accessed 2008]
FSC 2005 Forest Stewardship Council-Certificates Worldwide FSC International
Center and Working Group Germany October 2005
GARDNER T A BARLOW R L CHAZDON R L HARVEY C A PEREZ
C A amp SODHI N 2009 Prospects for tropical forest biodiversity in human
modified world Ecology Letters 12 561-582
GERWING J J 2002 Degradation of forests through logging and fire in the eastern
Brazilian Amazon Forest Ecology and Management 157 131-141
GILLENWATER M 2011 What is additionality Part 2 A framework for more
precise definition and standardized approaches Greenhouse Gas Management
Institute Silver Spring MD
GRAINGER A 1983 Quantifying changes in forest cover in the humid tropics
Overcoming current limitations Journal of the World Forest Resource
Management (Vol Pages)
HABERLE S G HOPE G S amp VAN DER KAARS S 2001 Biomass burning in
Indonesia and Papua New Guinea Natural and human induced fire events in
the fossil record Palaeogeogr Palaeoecol 171 259-268
HAMMERMASTER E T amp SAUNDERS J C 1995 Forest Resources and
Vegetation Mapping of Papua New Guinea PNGRIS Publication No 4
CSIRO Australia May 1995
205
HARTANTO H LORENZO M C B amp FRIO A L 2002 Collective action and
learning in developing a local monitoring system A review of tools concepts
and lessons learned International Forestry Review 4 184-195
HEALEY J 2003 Lecture notes on Forest Ecology MSc in Environmental Forestry
Programme School of Agricultural and Forest Sciences University of Wales
Bangor UK
HTTPWWWCIFORCGIARORG [Accessed June 2008]
HTTPWWWFSCORGTROPICALFORESTSHTML Tropical forest
certification [Online] [Accessed 12 December 2011]
HUBBELL S T amp FOSTER R B 1983 Diversity of canopy trees in a neotropical
forest and implications for conservation In SUTTON S L WHITMORE T
C amp CHADWICK A C (eds) Tropical Rainforest Ecology and
Management Oxford UK Blackwell Scientific Publication
ITTO 1998 Criteria and Indicators for sustainable management of natural tropical
forests ITTO Policy Development Series No10 ITTO Yokohama Japan
ITTO 2004 Annual Review and Assessment of the World Timber Situation 2003
International Tropical Timber Organisation Yokohama Japan
ITTO 2005 Annual Review and Assessment of the World Timber Situation 2004
International Tropical Timber Organisation Yokohama Japan
ITTO 2006 Status of Tropical Forest Management 2005 ITTO Technical Series No
24 Yokohama Japan
ITTO 2007 Making SFM Work ITTOrsquos First Twenty Years International Tropical
Timber Organization Yokohama Japan
ITTO 2008 Tropical Timber Market Report International Tropical Timber
Organization (ITTO) Market Information Services (MIS) Vol 13 No 4 16-29
February 2008 Yokohama Japan
JAAKKO POYRY 2005 Report of overview of illegal logging Department for
Agriculture Fisheries and Forestry (DAFF) Canberra 2005
JOHNS A D 1986 Effects of selective logging on the behavioural Ecology of West
Malaysia Primates Ecology Letters 67 684-694
JOHNS A D 1997 Timber production and biodiversity conservation in tropical
rainforests Cambridge University Press
JOHNS R J 1978 Vegetation of Papua New Guinea A manual for the PNG
Forestry College Bulolo Morobe Province Papua New Guinea
206
JOHNS R J 1989 The influence of drought on tropical rainforest vegetation in
Papua New Guinea Mountain Research and Development 9 248-251
KAINER K A DIGIANO M L DUCHELLE A E WADT L H O BRUNA
E amp JONATHAN L D 2009 Partnering for Greater Success Local
Stakeholders and Research in Tropical Biology and Conservation Biotropica
41 555ndash562
KEEN P G W amp SCOTT-MORTON M S 1978 Decision Support Systems An
Organizational Perspective Reading MA Addition-Wesley 264pp
KEENAN R 2007 Assessment management and marketing of goods and services
from cutover native forests in Papua New Guinea ACIAR Project FST2004-
061 Project Document The University of Melbourne Australia
KEENAN R J 2001 Planning Methods for Sustainable Management of Timber
Stocks in Papua New Guinealsquos Forests ACIAR Project Document Number
FST1998118 Bureau of Rural Sciences Canberra Australia
KEENAN R J 2009 Disturbance degradation and recovery forest dynamics and
climate change mitigation Paper presented at the XIII World Forestry
Congress Buenos Aires Argentina October 2009
KEENAN R J AMBIA V BRACK C BRAGG C FRAKES I GERRAND
A GOLMAN M LAVONG K TICKLE P VANCLAY J amp YOSI C
2002 Forest planning growth modeling and yield regulation in natural forests
Paper presented to the PNG Forest Industry Association Forest Investment
Seminar 19-20 March 2002 Port Moresby
KEENAN R J AMBIA V BRACK C FRAKES I GERRAND A GOLMAN
M LAVONG K TICKLE P SAM N VANCLAY J amp YOSI C K
2005 Improved timber inventory and strategic forest planning in Papua New
Guinea Bureau of Rural Sciences Canberra and PNG Forest Research
Institute Lae
KINGSTON B amp NIR E 1988a A Report on Diagnostic Sampling conducted in
Oomsis Forest FAO DPPNG84003 Working Document No 9 Lae
Morobe Province
KINGSTON B amp NIR E 1988b A Report on Diagnostic Sampling conducted in
Oomsis Forest Morobe Province FAOUNDPPNG84003 Working
Document No 9
207
KIRKWOOD G P 1993 Incorporating allowance for risk in management The
Revised Management Procedure of the International Whaling Commission
KOBAYASHI S 1992 Effects of Harvesting Impact on Tropical Rainforests In
NIR E amp SRIVASTARVA P (eds) Management of logged-over forests
proceedings of the JICA-PNGFRI Research Project Seminar Lae PNG
JICA-PNGFRI
KORSGAARD S 1989 The standtable projection simulation model In MOHD W
R CHAN H T amp APPANAH S (eds) Proceedings of seminar in Growth
and Yield in Tropical MixedMoist Forests Kuala Lumpur Kepong Forest
Research Institute Malaysia
LAMB D 1990 Exploiting the tropical rainforest An account of pulpwood logging
in Papua New Guinea Man and the Biosphere Series Vol 3
LAMB D 1998 Large-scale ecological restoration of degraded tropical forest lands
The potential role of timber plantations Restoration Ecology 6 271-279
LAMPRECHT H 1989 Silviculture in the tropics Tropical forest ecosystems and
their tree species possibilities and methods for their long-term utilisation
Eschborn Germany Dt Ges Fur TechnZusammenarbeit (GTZ) GmbH
LANLEY J P (ed) 1981 Tropical Resource Assessment Project (GEMS) Tropical
Africa Tropical Asia Tropical America (4 vols) FAOUNDP Rome
LANLEY J P 2003 Deforestation and Forest Degradation Factors Paper presented
to the XII World Forestry Congress Quebec City Canada
LAWRENCE A PAUDEL K BARNES R amp MALLA Y 2006 Adaptive value
of participatory biodiversity monitoring in community forestry Environmental
Conservation 33 325-334
LIESHOUT R V 2006 Using Decision Analysis tools for Innovation Whitepaper
Decision analysis tools 12 Simbon Innovation Management Solutions
LINDEMALM F amp ROGERS H M 2001 Impacts of conventional logging and
portable sawmill logging operations on tree diversity in East New Britain
Papua New Guinea Australian Forestry 64 26-31
LITTLE L R PUNT A E MAPSTONE B D PANTUS F SMITH A D M
DAVIES A R amp MCDONALD A D 2007 ELFSimmdashA model for
evaluating management options for spatially structured reef fish populations
An illustration of the ―larval subsidylsquo effect Ecological Modeling 205 381-
396
208
LOFFLER E 1979 Papua New Guinea Hutchinson Group Victoria Australia
LOWMAN B amp NICHOLLS S 1994 Forestry in Papua New Guinea In
SEKHRAN N amp MILLER S (eds) Papua New Guinea Country Study on
Biodiversity PNG Department of Environment and Conservation
Conservation Resource Centre Boroko Pp155-167
MAGNUSSON K G amp STEFANSSON G 1989 A feedback strategy to regulate
catches from a whale stock In DONOVAN G P (ed) Reports of the
International Whaling Commission (Special issue II) pp 171-189
MAGUIRE P 1987 Doing participatory research A feminist approach University
of Massachusetts Press
MARIAUX A 1981 Past efforts in measuring age and annual growth in tropical
trees In BORMANN F H amp BERLYN G (eds) Age and Growth Rate of
Tropical Trees Proceedings of Workshop on Age and Growth Rate
Determination for Tropical Trees Yale University School of Forestry and
Environmental Studies Harvard Forest MA
MCCANN R K MARCOT B G amp ELLIS R 2006 Bayesian belief networks
application in ecology and natural resource management Can J For Res
36 3053-3062
MCDONALD A D LITTLE L R GRAY R FULTON E SAINSBURY K J
amp LYNE V D 2005 Multiple-use Management Strategy Evaluation for
Coastal Marine Ecosystems using In Vitro In ZERGER A amp ARGENT R
M (eds) MODSIM 2005 International Congress on Modeling and Simulation
Modeling and Simulation Society of Australia and New Zealand December
2005
MCKINTY M H 1999 Silviculture of tropical mixed forests of Melanesia (Papua
New Guinea ndash Solomon Islands ndash Vanuatu) Lae PNG The Papua New
Guinea University of Technology
MENDOZA G A amp GUMPAL E C 1987 Growth projection of a selectively cut-
over forest based on residual inventory Forest Ecology and Management 20
253-263
MERY G ALFARO R KANNINEN M LOBOVIKOV M VANHANEN H amp
PYE-SMITH C (eds) 2005 Forests for the New Millennium Ministry for
Foreign Affairs of Finland International Union of Forest Research
Organisations
209
MIDDLETON M R 2001 Decision Trees Using TreePlan Add-in for Microsoft
Excel School of Business and Management University of San Francisco San
Francisco CA
MINISTRY OF FORESTS 1991a National Forest Policy Independent State of Papua
New Guinea Hohola September 1991
MINISTRY OF FORESTS 1991b Forestry Act 1991 No 30 of 1991 Independent
State of Papua New Guinea Hohola 16 October 1991
MIZARAS S MIZARAITE D SADAUSKIENE L amp OZOLINCIUS R 2007
Improving Incomes From Small-scale Forestry of Lithuania In HARRISON
S MURDIYARSO A D HERAWATI H amp ISKANDAR H (eds)
Carbon Sequestration and Sustainable Livelihoods A workshop synthesis
Borgor Indonesia April 2005 Centre For International Forestry Research
(CIFOR)
MURDIYARSO D HERAWATI H amp ISKANDAR H 2005 Carbon
Sequestration and Sustainable Livelihoods A workshop synthesis Centre For
International Forestry Research (CIFOR) Borgor Indonesia April 2005
MYERS N MITTERMEIER R A MITTERMEIER C G DA FONSECA G A
B amp KENT J 2000 Biodiversity Hotspots for Conservation Priorities
Nature 403 853-858
NAKAGAWA M TANAK A K NAKASHIZUKA T OHKUBO T KATO T
MAEDA T SATO K MIGUCHI H NAGAMASU H OGINO K TEO
S HAMID A A amp SENG L H 2000 Impact of severe drought associated
with the 1997-1998 El Nino in a tropical forest in Sarawak Journal of
Tropical Ecology 16 355-367
NEMARUNDWE N DEJONG W amp CRONKLETON P 2002 Future Scenarios
as an Instrument for Forest Management Bolivia Workshop Report Amboro
Eco-Resort Buena Vista Bolivia-CIFOR Bogor May 7-11 2002
NEMARUNDWE N JONG W amp CRONKLETON P 2003 Future scenarios as
an instrument for forest management Manual for training facilators of future
scenarios Bogor Indonesia Center for International Forestry Research
(CIFOR)
210
NEWTON A C MARSHALL E SCHRECKENBERG K GOLICHER D TE
VELDE D W EDOUARD F amp ARANCIBIA E 2006 Use of Bayesian
Belief Network to predict the impacts of commercializing Non-timber Forest
Products on Livelihoods Ecology and Society 11 (2) 24 [online]
URLhttpwwwecologyandsocietyorgvol11iss2art24
NG F S P 1983 Ecological Principles of tropical lowland rain forest conservation
In SUTTON S L WHITMORE T C amp CHADWICK A C (eds)
Tropical Rain Forest Ecology and Management Oxford UK Blackwell
Scientific Publication
NICHOLSON D I 1958 An analysis of logging damage in a tropical rainforest
North Borneo Mal For 21 235-245
NICHOLSON D I 1985 The Development of Silviculture in North Queensland
Rainforests In SHEPHERD K R amp RICHTER H V (eds) Managing the
Tropical Forest Canberra Development Studies Centre The Australian
National University pp203-223
NICHOLSON D I HENRY N B amp RUDDER J 1988 Stand Changes in North
Queensland rainforests Proc Ecology Society Aust 15 61-80
NIELSEN K A amp SVENSSON L G (eds) 2006 Action research and interactive
research Maastricht Shaker Publishing
NIR E 1995 Current status of Oomsis forest Papua New Guinea In OAVIKA F
(ed) Report of Workshop on Permanent Sample Plots in Logged Natural
Forest Lae Papua New Guinea ITTO Project PD 16291 Internal Report
OAVIKA F 1992 Report on the Establishment of PSPTSI in Turama Forest Papua
New Guinea Forest Research Institute Internal Report Lae PNG
OFFICE OF FOREST 1979 Compendium of Statistics Office of Forests Department
of Primary Industry Port Moresby
OLIVER C D ADAM A B amp ZASOSKI R J 1985 Disturbance patterns and
forest development in a recently deglaciated valley in the northwestern
Cascade Range of Washington USA Canadian Journal of Forest Research
15 221-232
PAIJMANS K 1975 Vegetation of Papua New Guinea [map with explanatory
notes] Scale 11000 000 CSIRO Melbourne
PAIJMANS K (ed) 1976 New Guinea Vegetation Canberra Australian National
University Press
211
PARK A JUSTINIANO M J amp FREDERICKSEN T S 2005 Natural
regeneration and environmental relationships of tree species in logging gaps in
a Bolivian tropical forest Forest Ecology and Management 217 147-157
PEARL J 1995 Causal diagrams for empirical research Biometrika 82 669-688
PELISSIER R PASCAL J P HOULLIER F amp LABORDE H 1998 Impact of
selective logging on the dynamics of a low elevation dense moist evergreen
forest in the Western Ghats (South India) Forest Ecology and Management
105 107-119
PHILIP M S 1994 Measuring Trees and Forests Second Edition Wallinford
United Kingdom CAB International
PIMM S L amp RAVEN P H 2000 Extinction by numbers Nature 403 843-845
PNG FSC 2006 High Conservation Value Forest Toolkit for Papua New Guinea Port
Moresby First Edition November 2005 FPCD
PNGFA 1991 Forestry Act 1991 No 30 of 1991 Independent State of Papua New
Guinea Hohola 21 April 1993
PNGFA 1993 Forestry (Amendment) Act 1993 No 3 of 1993 Independent State of
Papua New Guinea Hohola 21 April 1993
PNGFA 1996a Forestry (Amendment) Act 1996 No 27 of 1996 Independent State
of Papua New Guinea Hohola 11 October 1996
PNGFA 1996b National Forest Plan for Papua New Guinea PNG Forest Authority
Hohola May 1996
PNGFA 1998 Forest Resource Acquisition General Information PNG Forest
Authority Port Moresby June 1998
PNGFA 2001 Forestry (Amendment) Act 2000 Independent State of Papua New
Guinea PNG Forest Authority Hohola 29 January 1996
Author 2003 Forest Resources of Papua New Guinea The National Newspaper
Article Port Moresby 20 September 2003
PNGFA 2005 PNG Forest Authority Minimum Export Price Species List Appendix -
List of species codes and names in alphabetical order Port Moresby October
2005
PNGFA 2007 Forest Resource Area Status and Harvested Figures PNG Forest
Authority Port Moresby
PNGFA AND DEC 1996 Papua New Guinea Logging Code of Practice First
Edition Port Moresby April 1996
212
POKANA J N 2002 Assessing the relationship between the soil groups and species
composition in logged-over rainforests of Papua New Guinea MSc Thesis
University of Wales
POORE D 1989 No Timber without Trees In BURGESS P PALMER J
RIETBERGEN S amp SYNNOTT T (eds) Sustainability in the Tropical
Forest London Earthscan
POORE M E D 1968 Studies in Malaysian Rainforests The Forest on the Triassic
Sediments in Jengka Forest Reserve Journal of Ecology 56 143-196
PUNT A E amp SMITH A D M 1999 Harvest strategy evaluation for the eastern
stock of gemfish (Rexea solandri) ICES Journal of Marine Science 56 860-
875
RAGSDALE C T 2007 Spreadsheet Modeling amp Decision Analysis A Practical
Introduction to Management Science Fifth Edition
RAGSDALE C T 2008 Spreadsheet Modeling and Decision Analysis A Practical
Introduction to Management Science Fifth Edition Revised South-Western
Cengage Learning
REASON P 2007 Education for Ecology Science aesthetics spirit and ceremony
Management Learning 38 27-44
RICHARDS P W 1983 The three dimensional structure of tropical rain forest In
SUTTON S L WHITMORE T C amp CHADWICK A C (eds) Tropical
Rainforest Ecology and management Oxford UK Blackwell Scientific
Publications
RICHARDS P W 1996 The Tropical Rainforest An ecological study UK Second
Edition Cambridge University Press
ROCHET M-J TRENKEL V M FOREST A LORANCE P amp MESNIL B
2007 How could indicators be used in an ecosystem approach to fisheries
ICES 2006 R 05
ROGERS H M 2010 Impacts of portable-sawmill logging on stand structure and
regeneration in the lowland forests of West New Britain Papua New Guinea
Australian Forestry 73 12-23
ROMIJN K 1994a PSP Standards and Procedures (A 5 Part Manual) ITTO Project
PD 16291 Internal Report PNG Forest Research Institute Lae PNG
213
ROMIJN K 1994b PERSYST A Data Management System for permanent sample
plots in natural forest ITTO Project PD 16291 Internal Report PNG Forest
Research Institute Lae PNG
ROY S B 2004 Participatory vegetation monitoring Examples from West Bengal
In BAHUGUNA V K MITRA K CAPISTRANO D amp SAIGAL S
(eds) Root to Canopy Regenerating Forests through Community-State
Partnerships New Delhi India Winrock International IndiaCommonwealth
Forestry Association-India Chapter
SAINSBURY K J 1998 Living marine resource assessment for the 21st Century
What will be needed and how will it be provided In FUNK F QUINN
T J HEIFETZ J IANELLI J N POWERS J E SCHWEIGERT J F
SULLIVAN P J amp ZHANG C I (eds) Fishery Stock Assessment Models
Alaska Sea Grant College Program Report N AK-SG-98-01 University of
Alaska Farbanks Alaska USA pp1-40
SAINSBURY K J PUNT A E amp SMITH A D M 2000 Design of operational
management strategies for achieving fishery ecosystem objectives ICES
Journal of Marine Science 57 731-741
SAM N 1999 Damage assessment in logged forests Seminar Beyond the First
Harvest Lae PNG PNG Forest Research Institute
SAUNDERS J C 1993 Forest Resources of Papua New Guinea PNGRIS
Publication No2 CSIRO Australia
SCHEYVENS H 2009 Socio-Economic Impact Survey Forest Conservation
Livelihoods and Rights Project Institute for Global Environmental Strategies
(IGES) Japan Forest Management and Product Certification (FORCERT)
PNG
SEKHRAN N amp MILLER S (eds) 1994 Papua New Guinea country study on
biological diversity Waigani Papua New Guinea Department of
Environment and Conservation
SEQHWP 2007 South East Queensland Healthy Waterways Strategy 2007-2012
Management Strategy Evaluation Action Plan Waterways December 2007
SHANLEY P amp GAIA G R 2002 Equitable ecology collaborative learning for
local benefit in Amazonia Agricultural Systems 73 83-97
214
SHAO G amp REYNOLDS K M (eds) 2006 Computer Applications in Sustainable
Forest Management Including Perspectives on Collaboration and
Integration The Netherlands Springer
SHEARMAN P L BRYAN J E ASH J HUNNAM P MACKEY B amp
LOKES B 2009a The State of the Forests of Papua New Guinea Mapping
the extent and Condition of Forest Cover and Measuring the Drivers of Forest
Change in the Period 1972-2002 Port Moresby University of Papua New
Guinea
SHEARMAN P L BRYAN J E ASH J HUNNAM P MACKEY B amp
LOKES B 2009b Forest conversion and degradation in Papua New Guinea
Biotropica 41 379-390
SHEIL D amp MAY R M 1996 Mortality and recruitment rate evaluations in
heterogeneous tropical forests Journal of Ecology 84 91-100
SHONO K CADAENG E A amp DURST P B 2007 Application of assisted
natural regeneration to restore degraded tropical forestlands Restoration
Ecology 15 620-626
SHUGART H H 1984 The Theory of Forest Dynamics The Ecological
Implications of Forest Succession Models New York Springer-Verlag
SMITH A D M SAINSBURY K J amp STEVENS R A 1999 Implementing
effective fisheries management systems - management strategy evaluation and
the Australian partnership approach ICES Journal of Marine Science 56
967-979
SMITH R G B amp NICHOLS J D 2005 Patterns of basal area increment mortality
and recruitment were related to logging intensity in subtropical rainforest in
Australia over 35 years Forest Ecology and Management 218 319-328
STOCKER G C UNWIN G L amp WEST P W 1985 Measures of richness
evenness and diversity in tropical rainforest Australian Journal of Botany 33
131-137
STORK N E 2010 Reassessing Extinction Rates Biodiversity and Conservation
19 357-371
STORK N E amp TURTON S M 2008 Living in a Dynamic Tropical Forest
Landscape Lessons from Australia Oxford 650pp Blackwells
STRINGER E T 1999 Action research (2nd ed) CA Thousand Oaks Sage
215
STUART M amp SEKHRAN N 1996 Developing externally financed greenhouse
gas mitigation projects in Papua New Guinealsquos forestry sector a review of
concepts opportunities and links to biodiversity conservation Department of
Environment and ConservationUNDP Port Moresby 80 p
SYNNOT T J 1978 Tropical Rainforest Silviculture A Research Project Report
Occasional Paper No 10 Oxford Commonwealth Forestry Institute
TAPPE P A WEIH R C THILL R E MELCHIORS M A amp WIGLEY T B
2004 Ecosystem management research In GULDIN J M (ed) Ouachita
and Ozark Mountains symposium Southern Research Station Asheville NC
US Department of Agriculture Forest Service 321p
TRACEY J G 1982 The vegetation of the humid tropical region of north
Queensland Melbourne CSIRO
TRUSWELL E M 1990 Australian Rainforests The 100 Million Year Record
Melbourne CSIRO
TURBAN E 1993 Decision Support and Expert Systems Management Support
Systems New York Macmillan 833pp
UNESCOUNEPFAO 1978 Tropical Forest Ecosystems A state of the art report
prepared by UNESCOUNEPFAO UNESCO Paris
UNFCCC 2006 Background paper for the workshop on reducing emissions from
deforestation in developing countries Part I Scientific socio-economic
technical and methodological issues related to deforestation in developing
countries UN Working paper No 1 (a) August 2006 Rome Italy
UNFCCC 2009 Report on the expert meeting on methodological issues relating to
reference emission levels and reference levels Subsidiary body for scientific
and technological advice Thirtieth session FCCCSBSTA20092 Bonn 1-
10 June 2009
VANCLAY J K 1992 Modelling regeneration and recruitment in a tropical
rainforest Canadia Journal of Forest Resources 22 1235-1248
VANCLAY J K 1994 Modeling Forest Growth and Yield Application to Mixed
Tropical Forests Wallingford UK CAB International
VANCLAY J K amp HENRY N B 1988 Assessing site productivity of indigenuous
cypress pine forest in Southern Queensland Commonwealth Forestry
Review 67 53-64
216
VARMA V K FERGUSON I amp WILD I 2000 Decision support system for the
sustainable forest management Forest Ecology and Management 128 49-55
VATASAN G S 1989 Forest Resource Inventories ndash Main tool for the
Management of the rainforest Lae Forestry Department PNG University of
Technology
VDT 2006a Konzolong Small-scale Logging Yalu Village sustainable forest
management plan Village Development Trust Internal Report Lae Morobe
Province Papua New Guinea
VDT 2006b Gabensis Village Small-scale Logging Sustainable forest management
plan Village Development Trust Internal Report Lae Morobe Province
Papua New Guinea
VDT 2008 Baseline data information survey for Yalu village VDT-ACIAR Project
VDT Internal Report Lae Morobe Province Papua New Guinea
VIANA V M ERVIN J DONORAN R Z ELLIOT C amp GHOLZ (eds) 1996
Certification of forest products Issues and perspectives Washington DC
Island Press
WALTERS C J amp HILBORN R 1976 Adaptive control of fishing systems
Journal of the Fisheries Board of Canada 33 145-159
WARDLE P JANSKY L MERY G PALO M UUSIVUORI J amp
VANHANEN H 2003 World Forests Society and Environment - Executive
Summary World Forests Volume I The United Nations University Tokyo
WEBB L T amp KIKKAWA J (eds) 1990 Australian Tropical Rainforests
Melbourne CSIRO
WESTOBY J 1989 Introduction to World Forestry People and their trees Oxford
Basil Blackwell Ltd
WHITMORE T C 1984 Tropical Rainforests of the far East Second Edition
Oxford Clarendon PressOxford University Press
WHITMORE T C 1990 An introduction to Tropical Rainforest Oxford Clarendon
Press
WHITMORE T C 1991 Tropical rainforest dynamics and its implications for
management In GOMEZ-POMPA A WHITMORE T C amp HADLEY M
(eds) Rainforest regeneration and management Carnforth UNESCO Paris
and Parthenon Publishing
217
WHITMORE T C 1998 An Introduction to Tropical Rainforest Second Edition
UK Oxford University Press
WHYTE W F GREENWOOD D J amp LAZES P 1991 Participatory action
research through practice to science in social research In WHYTE W F
(ed) Participatory action research CA Thousand Oaks Sage
WILLIAMS M RYAN C M REES R M SAMBANE E FERNANDO J amp
GRACE J 2007 Carbon sequestration and biodiversity of re-growing
miombo woodlands in Mozambique Forest Ecology and Management 254
145-155
WOLLENBERG E EDMUNDS D amp BUCK L 2000 Anticipating Change
Scenarios as a Tool for Adaptive Forest Management A Guide Bogor
Indonesia Center for International Forestry Research (CIFOR)
WOLLENBERG E D EDMUNDS D amp BUCK L 1998 Using Scenarios to
Make Decision about the Future Anticipating Learning for the Adaptive Co-
Management of Community Forests Paper presented at a Symposium on
Adaptive Co-Management in Proteced Areas Cornell University Ithaca New
York 17-19 September 1998
WRIGHT D D JESSEN J H BURKE P amp DE SILVA GARZA H G 1997
Tree and Liana enumeration and diversity on a one-hectare plot in Papua New
Guinea Biotropica 29 250-260
WWWFAOORGFORESTRYSITE28679EN [Accessed August 2008]
WWWFAOORGFORESTRYSITE28679EN 2008 [Accessed August 2010]
WWWFORCERTORGPG [Accessed September 2009]
WWWGLOBALNETPGVDT [Accessed October 2009]
WWWPOSTCOURIERCOMPG [Accessed June 2008]
WWWPOSTCOURIERCOMPG The Association for Tropical Biology and
Conservation opposes land lease in PNG [Online] Port Moresby Postcourier
PNG [Accessed April 2011]
WWWSCIAMCOM 2007 Indonesia deforestation fastest in the World [Online]
Shropshire UK Commonwealth Forestry Association Newsletter No 37
June 2007 [Accessed 2007]
WWWSPCINTLRDHIGHLIGHTS_ARCHIVEHIGHLIGHTS_DRAWA_MODE
LHTM [Accessed March 2009]
218
WWWWORLDBANKREPORTSGOVERNANCEampANTI-
CORRUPTIONWGI1996-2007INTERACTIVEHOMEMHT [Accessed
April 2008]
YOSI C K 1999 Final Status Report - PSP Database Management ITTO Project
PD 16291 Internal Report PNG Forest Research Institute Lae November
1999
YOSI C K 2004 Impact of logging on short-term trends in forest structure
composition and population of lowland tropical forest in Papua New Guinea
MSc Thesis University of Wales
YOSI C K FOX J C KEENAN R J amp POKANA J N 2009 Condition and
changes in stand structure of lowland tropical forests after selective timber
harvesting in Papua New Guinea In PUANGCHIT L amp DILOKSUMPUM
S (eds) Proceedings of the FORTROP II international conference on
Tropical Forestry Change in a Changing World Bangkok THAILAND 17-
20 November 2008 Kasetsart University
YOSI C K KEENAN R amp FOX J C 2011 Forest dynamics after selective timber
harvesting in Papua New Guinea Forest Ecology and Management 262 895-
905
219
APPENDICES
APPENDIX 3-1 SUMMARY OF PSPS USED IN THE STUDY
Forest Condition
No of Plots
Un-harvested 13
Selectively-harvested
Increasing BA (un-burnt) 63
Falling BA (un-burnt) 21
Burnt during 1997-98 El nino drought 21
Total 118
APPENDIX 3-2 SUMMARY OF THE PSPS IN UNLOGGED FOREST
PLOTNO PLOTID
FIRST
CENS
LAST
CENS
BA_FIRST
CENS
(m2ha
-1)
BA_LAST
CENS
(m2ha
-1)
1 DANAR03 2006
208470 No data
2 DANAR04 2006
77838 No data
3 HUVIV02 1999
253617 No data
4 KAUP_03 1998 2000 242586 216303
5 MARE_03 2001
237487 No data
6 SAGAR03 1998 2005 321673 332807
7 SASER03 2005
248061 No data
8 SASER04 2005
293279 No data
9 SOGER03 1998 2003 217693 239859
10 WATUT05 1997 1999 338812 253121
11 WATUT06 1997 1999 441607 286389
12 WCOST05 1998 2001 336952 344092
13 WCOST06 1998 2001 314374 328569
220
APPENDIX 3-3 UN-BURNED PSPS IN HARVESTED FOREST WITH
INCREASING BA
PLOTNO PLOTID LOGDATE
FIRST
CENS
LAST
CENS
BA_FIRST
CENS
(m2ha
-1)
BA_LAST
CENS
(m2ha
-1)
MBAI
(m2ha
-1yr
-
1)
1 ANUAL01 1993 1995 1999 168828 179791 02741
2 ANUAL02 1993 1995 1999 209696 214081 01096
3 ARI__01 1995 1996 2003 118680 164226 06506
4 ARI__02 1995 1996 2003 112410 134710 03186
5 CARAW01 1991 1995 2004 194671 221647 02997
6 CARAW02 1991 1995 2004 188221 212092 02652
7 CFORD01 1994 1995 2004 302147 340191 04227
8 EMBIH01 1992 1994 1999 130070 135086 01003
9 EMBIH02 1992 1994 1999 95760 103879 01624
10 EMBIH03 1993 1994 1999 138590 159763 04235
11 EMBIH04 1993 1994 1999 125500 164194 07739
12 GAR__01 1991 1993 1999 150426 172383 03660
13 GAR__02 1991 1993 1999 142926 165673 03791
14 GARAM01 1991 1994 2000 201981 221105 03187
15 GILUW01 1987 1993 2003 125896 137937 01204
16 GILUW02 1991 1994 2003 198455 199718 00140
17 HAWAN01 1993 1994 2002 130935 171417 05060
18 HAWAN02 1994 1994 2002 133950 168687 04342
19 KAPIU01 1991 1993 1997 130361 226460 24025
20 KAPIU02 1991 1993 2003 116672 282623 16595
21 KAUP_01 1996 1996 2000 195241 198719 00869
22 KAUP_02 1996 1996 2000 223736 229669 01483
23 KRISA01 1991 1994 1996 164044 174124 05040
24 KRISA02 1991 1994 1996 231445 239709 04132
25 KUI__01 1994 1994 2002 180250 204151 02988
26 LARK_03 1994 1996 1999 186482 186841 00120
27 MALAM01 1995 1995 2000 165864 219264 10680
28 MOKOL01 1980 1993 2004 243010 291990 04453
29 MOKOL02 1981 1993 2004 218361 242578 02202
30 MORER01 1997 1997 1999 161786 170147 04180
31 MOSAL01 1992 1993 2003 124213 199976 07576
32 MOSAL02 1992 1993 1997 119561 196195 19159
33 MUSAU01 1996 1996 1999 170058 174021 01321
34 MUSAU02 1995 1996 1999 170392 178642 02750
35 PASMA01 1993 1997 2004 172060 214776 04746
36 PASMA02 1993 1997 1999 195182 206363 05591
37 PUAL_01 1993 1994 2000 191461 191960 00083
38 PUAL_02 1994 1994 2000 151644 175568 03987